fire alarm system catalog 2013 - ESSER by Honeywell

Product Catalog 2013 

Fire Alarm Systems

Contents 

1 

General Hints 

3-6 

1 

Introduction 

General Information 

3 

4-6 

2 

2 

Control Panels 

8-66 

Conventional ES Line 

Intelligent Addressable IQ8Control 

Intelligent Addressable FlexES Control 

Extinguishing System 

8-9 

10-35 

36-61 

62-66 

3 

4 

3 

Power Supplies 

Power Supply Units 

Voltage Converters 

Batteries (Rechargeable) 

Accessories 

68-71 

68 

69 

70 

71 

5 

6 

4 

Displays and Operating Units 

74-85 

7 

LED Indicator Panel 

LCD Indicator Panel 

System 3000 

Accessories 

74 

75-77 

78-84 

85 

8 

5 

Data Transmission 

88-94 

9 

6 

Analog Transmission Devices 

ISDN Dialing Devices 

Accessories 

Alarm Receiver 

Network 

88 

89-90 

91-92 

93-94 

96-103 

10 

11 

essernet 

Multiprotocol Gateway 

96-101 

102-103 

12 

7 

Management Systems 

106-134 

13 

FlexES Guard 

WINMAGplus 

WINMAGLite 

Difference between WINMAGLite and WINMAGplus 

106-120 

121-132 

133 

134 

14 

8 

Automatic Detectors 

136-179 

15 

Detector Series 9000 (Conventional) 

Series IQ8Quad (Intelligent Addressable) 

Intrinsically Safe 

Detector Base Series 9x00 

Base Series IQ8Quad 

Accessories 

136-138 

139-154 

155-160 

161 

162 

163-179 

16 

1

Contents 

9 

Manual Call Points 182-207 

Large Design (ABS) 182-185 

Large Design (Aluminum) 

Accessories for Large Design 

Small Design (ABS) 

Special Design 

186-189 

190-194 

195-204 

205-207 

10 

Transponders 

esserbus 

210-222 

210-222 

11 

Wireless Components 

Wireless Modules 

224-236 

224-236 

12 

Detectors for Special Applications 

Flame and Heat Detector 

Air Duct Detectors 

Linear Heat Detectors 

Linear Smoke Detectors 

Aspirating Smoke Detectors 

Accessories 

238-278 

238-242 

243-245 

246-247 

248-253 

254-277 

278 

13 

Alarm Devices 

IQ8Alarm Addressable 

Conventional 

Remote Indicators 

280-307 

280-290 

291-304 

305-307 

14 

Door Release System 

Connection Examples 

Triggering Devices 

Door Holding Devices 

310-322 

310-311 

312-313 

314-322 

15 

Installation & Service 

Installation Accessories 

Housings 

Services 

324-336 

324-330 

331-335 

336 

16 

Appendix 

Planning Guide 

Order Forms 

Terms and Conditions 

338-359 

338 

339-343 

358-359 

2 www.esser-systems.com

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

3

General Hints 


Abbreviations 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


General Hints 


Notice regarding the packing unit: 

1. The item will only be sold in a packing unit. 

2. The number of items, which have to be ordered, always refers to the number of packing units rather than the 

number of single items. 

3. The price stated in the catalog is always the respective price for the packing unit. It is not the price for the single item. 

Example item number 701040 (spare glass pane): 

Packing unit: 10 items. An order of 3 items, for instance, would be equivalent to an order of 3 packing units. 

This would correspond to 30 items of a spare glass pane, which have been ordered. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

What happens if the phase-out date of a product is reached? 

1. We guarantee to supply you for up to five years with all related components that are available and the legal regulations permit this. 

2. Manufacturing-stop date is five years after the phase-out date. No matter whether we are able to manufacture the items, we 

will stop manufacturing them. 

3. After stopping delivery, as far as it is possible for us, we will try to repair the product for another two years. 

4. As long as stock is available, the products can be ordered further with the same part number, as far as this is legally permissible. 

5. As soon as the products are no longer available in our main-warehouse, we supply you with products from our service and repair 

warehouse. These products are marked by a "K" number. In this case it can be a repaired product, however as good as new. 

Also here we must consider the actual legal regulations. 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

5

General Hints 


Symbols used 

= List of contents which the part number includes 

= Packing unit 

= Information, important notice 

such as special versions, dependencies etc. 

= Available starting on 

IP type of protection 

The type of protection indicates the suitability of electric operating materials (for example, devices, lights and installation material) 

against solid foreign objects and for various ambient conditions. 

Levels of protection from contact and foreign bodies (first digit) 

Digit Protection from contact Protection from foreign bodies 

0 No protection No protection 

1 Protection from large-sized body parts Large foreign bodies 

(diameter 50 mm) 

(diameter from 50 mm) 

2 Finger protection Medium-size foreign bodies 

(diameter 12 mm) 

(diameter from 12.5 mm) 

3 Tools and wires Small foreign matter 



4 Tools and wires Granular foreign matter 



5 (K) Wire protection (as IP 4) dust-protected Dust accumulation 

6 (K) Wire protection (as IP 4) dust-proof No ingress of dust 

Levels of protection from water (second digit) 

Digit Protection from water 

0 No protection 

1 Protection from vertically dripping water 

2 Protection from diagonally (15°) falling drip water 

3 Protection from falling spray water up to 60°, against the vertical 

4 Protection against splashing water 

5 Protection from hose water (nozzle) from any angle 

6 Protection from strong hose water (flooding) 

7 Protection from temporary submersion 

8 Protection from permanent submersion 

Example: 

IP64: Completely dust-proof - protected against splashing water - nearly leak-proof. 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


Conventional ES Line 8-9 


10-35 


36-61 


62-66 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

7



Features 

• 8 sensor groups with up to 30 sensors in each 

sensor group 

• Large LCD display with 8 rows x 40 characters 

• Integrated sensor group single display 

• Optimized commissioning, maintenance and operation 

• Simple configuration and programming on the 

keypad 

• Four relays, freely programmable, non-monitored, 

potential free, max. 30 V DC / 2 A or 60 V DC / 1 A 

• 2 outputs for connecting acoustic or optical 

sounders according to EN 54-13 (29 V DC/ max. 

500 mA) 

• 1 interface to a transmission unit for fire warnings 

(12 V DC / max. 200 mA) 

• 1 interface to a transmission unit for fault warnings 

(12 V DC / max. 200 mA) 

• 1 standard interface extinguisher for fire control 

system type C according to DIN EN 54-2 

• RS485 for connecting to fire brigade operating 

panel and fire brigade display panel 

• 1 output UBext 29 V / 0.5A, for power supply of 

external bus users 

• 72 h emergency current bridge 

• “Delay of relaying” function (PM operating mode 

according to DIN VDE 0833-2 for preventing false 

alarms, delay / verify) 

• “2-detection dependency” function (TM operating 

mode according to DIN VDE 0833-2 for 

preventing false alarms), alternatively programmable 

as intermediate alarm storage or 2-zone 

dependency between the detector zones 

• Alarm counter for up to 10,000 trips 

• Event memory for up to 10,000 events 

Approval: G 212165 

The ES Line is a compact but high-performance and professional fire alarm control panel 

for monitoring small facilities. It supports up to 8 conventional groups and has integrated 

detector group displays. It is programmed and operated easily via the large display. The 

sophisticated configuration concept is self-explanatory and enables fast commissioning 

without programming with a PC. Thus, the ES Line ensures high flexibility in the assignment 

of numerous input/output and control functions. 

The ES Line is approved according to the relevant DIN EN 54 part 2, 4, 13 and VdS standards. 

The integrated RS485 interface allows the control of peripheral fire brigade equipment 

(FBF, FAT). 

Ideal for facilities like kindergartens, law firms, service providers, catering firms, handicraft 

firms, medical practices, pharmacies or retail shops. 

To meet the standard requirements of monitoring the detector group inputs, the EOL-I 

terminal element (Part No. 808626) must be, for connected alarm sensors the EOL-O 

(Part No. 808624). 

Technical Data 

Rated voltage 

230 V AC 

Rated frequency 

50 ... 60 Hz 

Rated current 

0.8 A 

Battery capacity 

max. 2 x 12 Ah 

Ambient temperature -5 °C ... 45 °C 

Storage temperature -5 °C ... 50 °C 

Type of protection 

IP30 

Housing ABS, 10 % glass fiber reinforced, V-0 

Color gray, similar to Pantone 538 

Weight 

approx. 5 kg (without batteries) 

Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 185 mm 

Central control unit, complete with system software including installation material, installation, 

commissioning and operating manuals, operating book for BMA, but without batteries. 

Accessories 

804900 Conventional MCP electronic module 

804901 Conventional MCP electronic module with 2nd microswitch 

804970 Conventional MCP compact, small, with glass pane, red 

804950 Conventional MCP electronic module 

804951 Conventional MCP electronic module, with 2nd micro-switch 

704477.10 MCP electronic module series 9000 with second micro-switch 

761162 Fixed heat detector 

761262 Rate-of-rise heat detector 

761362 Optical smoke detector 

803271 Rate-of-rise heat detector IQ8Quad w/o loop isolator 

803371 Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad w/o loop isolator 

803374 O²T multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad w/o loop isolator 

FX808382 Fire brigade operating panel serial FBF 2003-EDP protocol RS 485, German 

FX808380 Fire brigade indicating panel FAT 3000-EDP protocol, German 

FX808383 Fire brigade operating panel serial FBF 2003-EDP protocol RS 232, German 

785078 Key box adapter SDA 3000 

FX808460 Touchscreen operating unit, surface mount 

FX808461.10 Touchscreen operating unit, cavity wall mount 

OUT 1 

OUT 2 

OUT 3 

OUT 4 

REL 1 

REL 2 

REL 3 

REL 4 

REL 5 

RS485 

Output voltage 

29 V 

IN 1 

IN 2 

IN 3 

IN 4 

Z 1 

Z 2 

Z 3 

Z 4 

Z 5 

Z 6 

Z 7 

Z 8 

Connection example 



809041.01 

¬q{J§/12I® 

FACP ES Line for 8 zones, German 


1 

With 8 detector zones, foil: German. 

2 

3 

809041.02 

809041.03 

¬q{J§/13P® 

¬q{J§/14W® 

FACP ES Line for 8 zones, English 

With 8 detector zones, foil: English. 

FACP ES Line for 8 zones, Italian 

4 

5 

6 

809041.08 

¬q{J§/19z® 

With 8 detector zones, foil: Italian. 

FACP ES Line for 8 zones, Dutch 

7 

With 8 detector zones, foil: Dutch. 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

9



FACP IQ8Control C/Intelligent Addressable 

Features 

• Max. two micromodules 

• Max. two esserbus analog loop modules 

• Short circuit and open circuit resistant loop operation 

• Loop installation with I-Y(ST)Y 0.8 mm cable for a 

maximum length of 3.5 km 

• Up to 127 esserbus devices (fire detectors and/or 

manual call points)/detector zones per loop 

• Up to 32 esserbus transponders per loop/ 

operation of wireless components (see chapter 

10) 

• Operation types TM and PM as per DIN VDE 0833 

- 2 to avoid unwanted alarms being triggered 

• Fire brigade operating panel and alarm transmission 

unit interface on the peripheral module 

• Three common relays, freely programmable, 

monitored, floating for up to 24 V DC/1A (on the 

peripheral module) 

• TTY or RS 485, RS 232 interface 

• Integration in the short circuit and open circuit 

resistant essernet network with up to 31 fire 

detection panels depends on transmission rate 

• Connection to graphical supervisor FlexES Guard/ 

WINMAG via serial essernet interface (SEI) 

• Operating panel with alphanumerical display 

• 2 x 20 backlit LCD display 


• All System 8000 micromodules are compatible 

• Printer interface for internal printer 

• Two batteries with monitoring circuit 

• Monitored input for external power supply unit 

Additional features for powered loop 

• Max. 2 analog powered loop modules 

• BUS powered, synchronously controlled, acoustic 

alarm signaling devices as per DIN EN 54-3 with 

alarm tone as per DIN 33404 

• Up to 48 powered loop base sounders (series 

9200) per loop 

• Up to 32 powered loop IQ8Alarm per loop 

• Up to 48 IQ8Quad with alarm device per loop 

Approval: VdS, CNBOP, BOSEC 

VdS system authorization: S 294050 

The IQ8Control C is an efficient fire alarm control panel for the property supervision of 

small to mid-sized objects facilitates simultaneous detection, control and alarm signaling 

both on the analog ring as well as on the spur. 

Within the multi-functional IQ8Control C panel, the operation type (powered-loop or nonpowered-loop) 

can be selected via a jumper located on the control panel power supply unit. 

Depending on which loop operation type has been selected, the corresponding loop 

module/modules are required. 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 

Rated current 

0.35 A (standard); 0.7 A (powered loop) 

Quiescent current 

approx. 215 mA (basic configuration without operating 

unit) 

approx. 230 mA (basic configuration with operating 

unit) 

Current consumption for ext. devices 2 A 


2 x 12 Ah, 2 x 24 Ah in extension housing 




IP30 

Housing ABS, 10 % glass fiber reinforced, V - 0 

Color gray similar to Pantone 538 

Weight 

approx. 6.5 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 185 mm 

CE certificate 

0786-CPD-20827 

- The IQ8Control fire detection panels are fully compatible with FACP 8000 panels within 

essernet applications 

- FACP 8000 micromodules are also compatible with IQ8Control devices 

- Housing form and color comply with the FACP 8000 generation 

- The IQ8Control panels can only be programmed with the tools 8000 software solution (Part 

No. 789861) and the field bus interface (Part No. 789862.10) or directly via USB with the RS- 

232 interface (Part No. 769828), with the field bus interface or the RS232 interface. 

Combined with Part No. 808619.10 FSA transponder, the control panel can be used to control 

automatic door arrester systems in compliance with the German Institute for Construction 

Engineering (DIBt: Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik). 

Fiber optic converter 

external equipment 

12V DC 

IQ8Control C 

essernet 

Loop length max. 1 km 

(with repeater max. 3 km) 

esserbus-PLus 

Loop length max. 3.5 km 

Repeater 

IQ8Control C 

esserbus transponder 

Management System 

XS Guard 





Order Diagram FACP IQ8Control C/Intelligent Addressable 

1 

2 

1. 

Choice of the 

housing type 

3 

IQ8Control C standard housing 808003 IQ8Control C for 19” cabinet 808139 

4 

Slot for one micromodule as standard 

2. 

Choice of the 

control panel 

modules 

(only 1 module at a time) 

772478 

Extension module with 

one additional micromodule slot 

772479 

Peripheral module 

772477 

Peripheral module with 

one additional micromodule slot 

5 

6 

7 

3. 

Choice of the 

micromodules 

804382.D0 

Analog loop module powered loop 

784382.D0 

Analog loop module 

784385 

Master box interface 

module 

784840.10 

essernet module 62.5kBd 

8 

4. 

Choice 

of the 

operating front 

language codes available: 

01 Germany 

02 England 

03 Italy 

04 Portugal 

05 Poland 

06 Spain 

07 Austria 

08 Netherlands 

09 Czech Republic 

10 Russia 

11 Hungary 

12 Denmark 

13 Sweden 

14 Croatia 

15 France 

16 Slovakia 

17 Switzerland / French 

18 Romania 

19 Slovenia 

20 Turkey 

21 Greece 

22 Belgium / Flemish 

23 Belgium / Walloon 

25 Arabic / English 

27 Serbian 

52 Chinese 

53 Chinese function 

787531 

3-relay module 

787532 

3-relay 

common fault module 

7860_ _ 

Operating front 

7864_ _ 

Operating front with 

1/4 VGA display 

7861_ _ 

Operating front w. 

SZI f. 64 detector 

zones 

7865_ _ 


1/4 VGA display & 

SZI for 64 zones 

784842 

RS 232/TTY 

serial interface module 

7868_ _ 

7863_ _ 

Operating front with Operating front for 

printer, 

printer, 

w/o take-up reel* w. take-up reel** 

7869_ _ 

Operating front w. 1/4 VGA 

display, printer , w/o take-up reel 

787530 


All operating fronts, except SZI 192 detector zones are suitable for both housing types 

*Space for only 1 battery **Requires an additional extension housing 

786000 

SZI front for 192 

detector zones 

784841.10 

essernet module 500kBd 

788093 

19” rack mounting kit for 

SZI 192 detector zones 

786100 

Filler panel front, 

neutral for 

IQ8Control C/M 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

5. 

Choice of an 

extension housing 

(optional) 

789300 

Battery extension housing 

789302 

Extension housing for SZI 

192 detector zones 

789301 

Extension housing for batteries and 


16 

Please notice the control panel packages available! 

11



FACP IQ8Control C Standard and for 19" Racks 

808003 

¬qq$N® 

FACP IQ8Control C 

Basic design. 

The operating front must be ordered separately and is not included in the price. 

Housing with standard rear panel and front frame for operating panel fronts, interface board, 

power supply module, system software. 

808139 

¬qrHU® 

FACP IQ8Control C for 19" cabinet 

Same as 808003, but 19" version (7 HU) for upright cabinet installation. 


FACP 808003 IQ8Control C, including 19" installation frame and flat cable for 19" installation. 




Accessories for FACP IQ8Control C 

789300 

¬o~!]® 

Battery extension housing 

Extension housing for additional batteries. 




Type of protection IP 30 

Housing ABS, 10% glass fiber reinforced, V - 0 

Weight 

approx. 5 kg (without battery) 

Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 185 mm 

Batteries are not included and must be ordered separately. 

Housing complete with battery rear panel, connecting cable for battery, mounting positions for 

two 12 V/24 Ah batteries. Neutral front and material for attaching to the existing panel housing, 

battery connecting cables, 800 mm. 

Assembling the housing parts 

Take off the 

4 standard covers. 

Insert the 

2 connecting elements. 

Put the 2 housings 

on top of each other 

and push them together. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

789301 

¬o~"`® 

1. 2. 3. 

Connection between the central housing and the extension housing 

Extension housing for batteries with 192 detector zones 

11 

12 



approx. 5 mA 

Current consumption 

1.5 mA when LED activated 





Weight 

approx. 5.5 kg (without battery) 

Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 185 mm 

13 

14 

This housing cannot be used if an operating module front with single zone indicator unit for 64 

zones is already fitted. Batteries are not included and must be ordered separately. 

A single zone indicator unit can only be used in connection with an operating module front. 

15 

Housing complete with battery rear panel, connecting cable for batteries, mounting positions for 

two 12 V/24 Ah batteries, single zone indicator front for 192 detector zones and material for 

attaching to the existing panel housing. 

16 

13


789302 

¬o~#c® 


Extension housing for SZI 192 detector zones IQ8Control 

The housing can be used to mount additional modules, e.g. an esserbus transponder. 



approx. 5 mA 


1.5 mA when LED activated 





Weight 

approx. 5 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 185 mm 

This housing cannot be used if an operating module front with single zone indicator unit for 64 

zones is already fitted. A SZI unit can only be used in combination with an operating module 

front. 

Housing complete with standard rear panel, single zone indicator front for 192 detector zones 

and material for attaching to the existing panel housing. 

FACP IQ8Control C Packages 

808020 

¬qq5£® 

FACP IQ8Control C package with 2 slots for micromodules 

The operating front must be ordered separately. 

1 x Control panel 808003 

1 x Extension module 772478 

808133 

808134 

¬qrBC® 

¬qrCF® 

FACP IQ8Control C package 1 

With one micromodule slot and peripheral module for, VdS and fire brigade option. 

Space for up to 2 x 12V/12Ah batteries (Part No. 018011). 


1 x Control panel in housing without front 808003 

1 x Operating panel front 7860xx 

1 x Peripheral module 772479 


With one micromodule slot, 64 single zone indicator units, VdS and fire brigade option. 








808135 

¬qrDI® 



1 

With second micromodule slot, VdS and fire brigade option. 



2 




3 

808136 

¬qrEL® 


4 

With second micromodule slot, 64 single zone indicator units, VdS and fire brigade option. 






5 

6 

808137 

¬qrFO® 


With second micromodule slot, integrated printer, VdS and fire brigade option. 

7 

8 

Space for up to 1 x 12 V/12 Ah battery (Part No. 018011). 


9 




10 

FACP IQ8Control C for Switzerland 

808138 

¬qrGR® 

FACP IQ8Control C package, German for Switzerland 


1 x Operating panel front CH/DE 786261 


1 x essernet module 500 kBd 784841.10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

15



FACP IQ8Control M/Intelligent Addressable 

Features 

• Max. five micromodules, with peripheral module 

Part No. 772477 

• Max. seven esserbus analog loops, with extension 

module Part No. 772476 

• Short circuit and open circuit tolerant loop operation 

• Loop installation with I-Y(ST)Y 0.8 mm cable for a 

maximum length of 3.5 km 

• Up to 127 esserbus devices (fire detectors and/or 

manual call points)/detector zones per loop 

• Up to 32 esserbus transponders per loop/ 

operation of wireless components (see chapter 

10) 

• Operation types TM and PM as per DIN VDE 0833 

- 2 to avoid unwanted alarms being triggered 

• Fire brigade operating panel and transmission 

interface on the peripheral module 

• Three common relays, freely programmable, 

monitored, floating for up to 30 V DC/1A (on the 

peripheral module) 

• TTY or RS 485 or RS 232 interface 

• Integration in the short circuit and open circuit 

resistant essernet network with up to 31 fire 

detection panels depends on transmission rate 

• Connection to graphical supervisor WINMAG via 

serial essernet interface (SEI) 

• Operating panel with alphanumerical display 



• All Systems 8000 micromodules are compatible 

• Printer interface for internal printer 

• Two batteries with monitoring circuit 

• Monitored input for external power supply unit 


• Max. 6 analog powered loops and expandable up 

to 124 power loops 

• BUS supplied, synchronously controlled, acoustic 

alarm signaling devices as per DIN EN 54 - 3 with 








The IQ8Control M as an efficient fire alarm control panel (FACP) for the property supervision 

of mid-sized to large objects, facilitates simultaneous detection, control and alarm 

signaling both on the analog ring as well as on the spur. 

The loop operation type of the panel (powered-loop or non-powered-loop) can be selected 

via a jumper located on the power supply card. 

Depending on which loop operation type has been selected, the corresponding analog 

module/modules should be used. 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 

Rated current 

0.35 A (standard); 0.7 A (powered loop) 


12 V DC 


approx. 215 mA (basic configuration without operating 

unit) 

approx. 230 mA (basic configuration with operating 

unit) 



max. 2 x 12 V/24 Ah 




IP30 

Housing ABS, 10 % glass fiber reinforced, V - 0 


Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 640 mm D: 185 mm 


0786-CPD-20827 

- The IQ8Control fire detection panels are fully compatible with FACP 8000 panels within 

essernet applications 

- FACP 8000 micromodules are also compatible with IQ8Control devices 

- Housing form and color comply with the FACP 8000 generation 

- The IQ8Control panels can only be programmed with the tools 8000 software solution (Part 

No. 789861) and the field bus interface (Part No. 789862.10) or directly via USB with the RS- 

232 interface (Part No. 769828), with the field bus interface or the RS232 interface. 

Combined with 808619.10 FSA transponders, the control panel can be used to control automatic 

door arrester systems in compliance with the German Institute for Construction Engineering 

(DIBt: Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik). 

Fiber optic converter 

external equipment 

12V DC 

IQ8Control C 

essernet 


(with repeater max. 3 km) 

esserbus-PLus 


Repeater 

IQ8Control M 

Management system 

WINMAG 


Application example 




Order Diagram FACP IQ8Control M/Intelligent Addressable 

1 

2 

1. 

Choice of the 

housing type 

3 

Wall housing 

808004 

IQ8Control M for 19" cabinet 

808219 

4 

Slot for one micromodule as standard 

2. 

Choice of the 

control panel 

modules 

2 Extension modules 

or 

1 Extension module 

+ 

1 Peripheral module 

772478 

Extension module 

with one additional 

micromodule slot 

772476 

Extension module with 

three additional 

micromodule slots 

772479 


772477 


with one additional 

micromodule slot 

5 

6 

7 

3. 

Choice of the 

micromodules 

4. 

Choice 

of the 

operating front 

language codes available: 

01 Germany 

02 England 

03 Italy 

04 Portugal 

05 Poland 

06 Spain 

07 Austria 

08 Netherlands 

09 Czech Republic 

10 Russia 

11 Hungary 

12 Denmark 

13 Sweden 

14 Croatia 

15 France 

16 Slovakia 

17 Switzerland / French 

18 Romania 

19 Slovenia 

20 Turkey 

21 Greece 

22 Belgium / Flemish 

23 Belgium / Walloon 

25 Arabic / English 

27 Serbian 

52 Chinese 

53 Chinese function 

804382.D0 

Analog loop module powered loop 

787531 


787532 

3-relay 

common fault module 

7860xx 


7864xx 


with 1/4 VGA 

display 

7861xx 


SZI f. 64 detector 

zones 

7865xx 


1/4 VGA display & 

SZI for 64 zones 

784382.D0 


784842 

RS 232/TTY 

Serial interface module 

7868xx 


with printer 

7863xx 

Operating front for 

printer, 

w. take-up reel** 

7869xx 

Operating front w. 1/4 VGA 

display, printer , w/o take-up reel 

784385 

Master box interface 

module 

787530 


All operating fronts, except SZI 192 detector zones are suitable for both housing types 

*Requires an additional extension housing 

786000 

SZI front for 192 


788093 

19” rack mounting kit for 


784840.10 

essernet module 62,5kBd 

784841.10 

essernet module 500kBd 

786100 

Filler panel front, 

neutral 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

5. 

Choice of an 

extension housing 

(optional) 

789303 

Extension housing f. additional modules 

789304 

Extension housing incl. printer 

with paper take-up reel 

16 

Please note the control panel packages available! 

17



FACP IQ8Control M Standard and for 19" Racks 

808004 

¬qq%Q® 

FACP IQ8Control M 

Basic design. 


Housing with rear panel and front frame for operating panel fronts, interface board, power 

supply module and system software. 

808219 

¬qs4¤® 

FACP IQ8Control M for 19" cabinet 

As 808004 but 19" version (7 HU) for upright cabinet installation. 


FACP IQ8Control M 808004, including 19" mounting frame and flat cable for 19" installation. 

FACP IQ8Control M Packages 

808214 

¬qs/s® 

FACP IQ8Control M package 1 

With 4 micromodule slots. 



808215 

808216 

¬qs0v® 

¬qs1y® 



1 x Neutral front 786100 



With 4 micromodule slots and 64 single zone indicator units. 








With 4 micromodule slots and integrated printer without paper take-up reel. 

Space for up to 2 x 12 V/24 Ah batteries (Part No. 018006). 








808217 

¬qs2|® 



1 

With 4 micromodule slots and 192 single zone indicator units. 



2 



1 x SZI for 192 detector zones 786000 


3 

808218 

¬qs3¡® 

FACP IQ8Control M package black box 

4 

789304 

¬o~%i® 

With 4 micromodule slots without operating front. 






1 x Essernet micromodule: 62.5 kBd 784840.10 or 500 kBd 784841.10 (Option) 

Extension housing for package Part No. 808218 





Housing ABS plastic, 10% glass fiber reinforced, V - 0 


Weight 

approx. 6 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 185 mm 

The operating front must be ordered separately and is not included in the price. The extension 

housing must always be mounted on top of the double housing of the IQ8Control M (Part No. 

808218). For expanding the IQ8Control M fire alarm panel by an integrated printer with paper 

take-up reel, the extension housing (Part No. 789304) must be mounted above the fire alarm 

panel. 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

808030 

¬qq?8® 


1 x Printer 

1 x Paper take-up reel 

FACP IQ8Control M package with 4 slots for micromodules 

12 

13 




14 

15 

808031 

¬qq@;® 

FACP IQ8Control M package with 7 slots for micromodules 

16 



2 x Extension modules 772476 

19



FACP IQ8Control M for Switzerland 

808220 

808221 

808296 

¬qs5§® 

¬qs6!® 

FACP IQ8Control M for France 

¬qs£4® 

FACP IQ8Control M for 19" cabinet, German for Switzerland 





FACP IQ8Control M, German for Switzerland 





FACP IQ8Control M (w/o UGA), French 

808295 

¬qs¢1® 

FACP IQ8Control M for 19" cabinet (w/o UGA), French 

808297 

¬qs¤7® 

FACP IQ8Control M (1 UGA function), French 



808298 ¬qs¥:® 

FACP 


IQ8Control M for 19" cabinet (1 UGA function), French 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

21



IQ8Control C/M 

Operating Fronts for IQ8Control C/M 

Features 

• alphanumerical display 


ESSER - front (Part No. 786001, 786101, 786301, 786401, 786501, 786801 and 786901) is also 

available with the respective country specification - except the special versions. When ordering, 

please fill in the last two digits with the specific language code. 

(Not all variants are available in all languages. Please contact your sales representative for 

details) 

Example: 

The German version of the standard operating front C/M would have the Part No. 7860-01. 

For the Dutch version, the number would have to be changed to Part No. 7860-08. 

Specific language code: 

786001 

¬o]"§® 

01 German (Germany) 02 English 

03 Italian 04 Portuguese 

05 Polish 06 Spanish 

07 German (Austria) 08 Dutch 

09 Czech 10 Russian 

11 Hungarian 12 Danish 

13 Swedish 14 Croatian 

15 French (France) 16 Slovakian 

17 French (Switzerland) 18 Romanian 

19 Slovenian 20 Turkish 

21 Greek 22 Flemish (Belgium/Dutch) 

23 Walloon (Belgium/French) 25 Arabic/English 

27 Serbian 52 Chinese 

53 Chinese with country functionality 

Operating front, German 



approx. 45 mA 

786101 

¬o^"©® 

Operating front with single zone indication 64, English 



approx. 50 mA 


single zone indication: per activated LED 1.5 mA 



786801 

¬oe".® 


Operating front with printer, w/o take-up reel, German 

1 



Available until Q4/2013 

approx. 45 mA 

2 

3 

786301 

¬o`"$® 

Operating front for printer with take-up reel, German 

4 



approx. 45 mA 

5 

This operating front can only be used on IQ8Control M and a separate extension housing (Part 

No. 789304) must be ordered separately. 

The printer kit with paper take-up reel (Part No. 784892) must be ordered separately. 

6 

786401 

¬oa"&® 


Operating front with 1/4 VGA display, German 

Two-line additional text can be programmed using the programming software package. 

7 

8 



Resolution 

approx. 170 mA 

320 x 240 pixels 

9 

Remote diagnosis is not possible if a two-line extra text is programmed. 

10 

786501 

¬ob"(® 

Operating front with 1/4 VGA display and SZI 64, German 

11 






single zone indication: per activated LED 1.5mA 

Resolution 



12 

13 

786901 

¬of"0® 

Operating front with 1/4 VGA display and printer, German 

14 


15 




Resolution 


printer: 45mA 


16 



23


786000 

¬o]!¤® 


SZI front for 192 detector zones 



approx. 5 mA 


single zone indication: per actuated LED 1.5mA 

Including insertable foils with country-specific version. 

786100 

¬o^!¦® 

Filler panel front, neutral 

788093 

¬oq~%® 

19” rack mounting kit for SZI 192 detector zones 

7 HU for upright cabinet mounting. 




approx. 5 mA 

1.5 mA per actuated LED 

786261 

¬o_^o® 

772445 Mounting frame 

786000 SZI front for 192 detector zones, including insertable foils with country-specific version 

Operating front with FBOIU, German for Switzerland 

With integrated Swiss fire brigade operating and indicating unit (FBOIU) - German lettering. 

786262 

¬o__r® 

Operating front with FBOIU, Italian for Switzerland 

Same as 786261, but with Italian lettering. 



786263 ¬o_`u® 

Operating 


front with FBOIU, French for Switzerland 

1 

Same as 786261, but with French lettering. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

25



Control Panel Modules for IQ8Control C/M 

772479 

¬n9pX® 


The peripheral module contains a fire brigade operating panel interface as well as an alarm 

transmission unit interface and three freely programmable, optionally monitored or up to 

30 V DC floating common relays. The peripheral module can only be used on system 

terminal 1 of the control panel interface board. 



approx. 15 mA 

772477 

¬n9nR® 

Only one (Part No. 772477/78/79) module can be plugged onto the interface board. 

Peripheral module with 1 additional micromodule slot 

Same as 772479 but with one additional micromodule slot. The peripheral module can only 

be used on system terminal 1 of the control panel interface board. 



approx. 15 mA (without micromodule) 

772478 

¬n9oU® 

Only one (Part No. 772477/78/79) module can be plugged onto the basic module. 

Extension module with 1 additional micromodule slot 

The extension module is plugged onto the interface board of the control panel. The extension 

module can only be used on system terminal 1 of the control panel interface board. 




772476 

¬n9mO® 

Only one (Part No. 772477/78/79) module can be plugged onto the interface board. 

Extension module with 3 additional micromodule slots 

The extension module is plugged onto the interface board of the control panel. This extension 

module can be used on plug connectors 1 and 2 of the basic control panel module. 




The (Part No. 772476) extension module can only be used in the IQ8Control FACP. 




Micromodules for IQ8Control C/M 

784382.D0 

804382.D0 

¬oLs§/E1n® 

¬qLs§/E1p® 


Single loop circuit module for up to 127 series 9200/IQ8 Quad intelligent fire detectors or 

bus devices, divisible into 127 zones. 



approx. 25 mA 

Analog loop module powered loop (PL) 

Single loop circuit module for up to 127 bus devices, and esserbus-PLus (powered loop) 

devices according to the load factor. Series 9200/IQ8 Quad intelligent fire detectors and 

esserbus transponders (Part No. 80xxxx) or addressable sounders and powered loop base 

sounders. 



approx. 25 mA 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

784385 

¬oLv*® 

Powered loop compatible only with IQ8Control and FlexES. 

Master box interface module 

Single master box interface module for activating and processing acknowledgement 

signals from master boxes; programmable as constant or pulsed master box activation. 

7 

8 

784842 

¬oQK£® 



RS 232/TTY serial interface module 

approx. 15 mA 

Serial interface module with optional RS 232 or TTY type, for operating external devices 

such as external printers, printers, modems for remote diagnosis. 

9 

10 

784842.F0 

¬oQK§/G1s® 


Quiescent current approx. 35 mA (RS 232) 

approx. 55 mA (TTY) 

RS 232/TTY serial interface module, France 

11 

12 

The RS 232/TTY micromodule provides an RS 232 or TTY output for the connection of a 

printer or a link to the CMSI 8000 or SensES. 

13 

787530 

¬ol?,® 


Quiescent current approx. 35 mA (RS 232) 

approx. 55 mA (TTY) 


4-relay module with freely programmable output functions, each of which can operate as 

an NC or NO contact (not monitored) for potential-free activation. 

14 

15 

787531 

¬ol@/® 



Contact load relay 


approx. 10 mA 

max. 30 V DC/1 A 

16 

3-relay module with output functions which can be programmed either as NC or NO 

contacts, 3 x latching "monitored" relay outputs. 




approx. 5 mA 


27


787532 

785087 

¬olA2® 

¬oSx>® 

3-relay common fault module 

3-relay module with pre-set functions such as common fault, 2 x freely programmable 

monitored relay outputs. 




MKS multi criteria transmitter 


approx. 15 mA 


The interface can be connected only to IQ8Control panels (Index G or higher) and provides 

16 potential-free relay contacts. 

Connected to the panel with a ribbon cable. 


Operating voltage 

12 ... 30 V DC 

Quiescent current @ 12 V DC 

approx. 8 mA 

Alarm current @ 12 V DC 

approx. 8.5 mA (+ 17.5 mA pro aktivem Relais) 


max. 30 V DC / 2A 



Weight 

approx. 170 g 

Cable length 

20 m 

Dimensions 

W: 160 mm H: 120 mm D: 20 mm 




Accessories for IQ8Control C/M 

769163 

¬m|`F® 

Upright cabinet IQ8Control 

With full view glass and swiveling lever lock (PHZ) for housing of the System 8000 and 

IQ8Control in 19" rack. Cabinet with welded 100 mm base, with drill holes for floor installation. 

Removable rear and side walls, cable inlet in top with bristles and cover plate. 40 HU 

hinged frame for integration of operating unit and facing with dummy plates. 

1 

2 

3 


Weight 

Dimensions 

approx. 150 kg 

W: 800 mm H: 2000 mm D: 600 mm 

4 

Upright cabinet not suitable for the releasing control equipment 788014, 788015, 788024, 

788025. 

5 

769164 

¬m|aI® 

Incl. 1 x 584925 door contact 

Upright cabinet IQ8Control incl. mounting 

6 

743212 

¬kA-j® 

Same as 769163, but completely premounted at the factory for integrating a fire alarm 

control panel. 

Spare keys (No. 1D009) 

To lock and unlock the HMI of fire alarm panels 2214, 3004, 3006, 3007, 3008, extinguishing 

panel 4908 and 8010, LCD tableau 4750 and upright cabinets (Part No. 769163 

and 769164). 

Two keys. 

7 

8 

9 

10 

743245 

¬kANf® 

Lever lock with 2 keys (No. 801) 

11 

To lock and unlock the HMI, housing and printer frame respectively of fire alarm panels 

2001, 3002, 8007, 8008, 8000 C/M and IQ8Control C/M. 

Two keys and one cylinder lock. 

12 

13 

769914 

¬m¦/*® 

Spare keys (No. 801) 

14 

For HMI, housing and printer frame respectively of fire alarm panels 2001, 3002, 8007, 

8008, 8000 C/M and IQ8Control C/M. 

15 

Two keys. 

16 

29


743248 

¬kAQo® 

Lever lock with 2 keys (No. 901) 

To lock and unlock the HMI, housing and printer frame respectively of fire alarm panels 

2001, 8007, 8008, 8000 C/M, IQ8Control C/M, FlexES and extinguishing panel 8010. 

Two keys and one cylinder lock. 


769915 

¬m¦0-® 

Spare keys (No. 901) 

For HMI, housing and printer frame respectively of fire alarm panels 2001, 8007, 8008, 

8000 C/M, IQ8Control C/M, FlexES and extinguishing panel 8010. 

Two keys. 

744030 

¬kI?I® 

Dummy cover 19", 2 HU 

For covering free installation space in upright cabinets and wall cabinets, 2 HU. 


Material 

sheet steel 


One height unit (HU) covers 44.45 mm. 

744027 

¬kI


744029 

¬kI>F® 



1 

Same as 744030, but 9 HU. 

2 

3 

804880 

¬qQq'® 

Kit DCF77 radio time module for IQ8Control and FlexES Control 

4 

Used in conjunction with the Kit DCF77 allows radio reception of the DCF77 time signal 

(CET and CEST time). The DCF77 time signal is sent from a German central transmission 

point in Frankfurt/Main and Mainflingen and can be received at a distance of up to approx. 

2,000 km. 

By connecting the Kit DCF77 to the fire alarm system IQ8Control or FlexES Control, the 

system time will be automatically set to this time signal. This applies to stand-alone FACP. 

5 

6 

784892 

¬oQ}I® 

Each FACP or essernet network must only be connected to a single DCF77 time master. 

Printer kit with paper take-up reel for IQ8Control C/M 

40 characters, printer with fixed print head. 

7 

8 

When the printer is installed in the FACP IQ8Control C, the battery case, including toroidal 

transformer, must be replaced by the mounting rack. The batteries and the toroidal transformer 

must be installed in an additional extension housing, either (Part No. 789300 or 789301). 

9 

Mounting frame complete with Part No. 736234 plain text thermal printer including winder and 

end-of-paper recognition. 


10 

736235 

¬j_D¥® 

Accessories 

736235 Printer paper for printer 736233 / 736234 / 784892 

Printer paper for printer 736233/736234/784892, IQ8Control C/M 

Printer paper for (Part No. 736233) printer without paper take-up reel and for (Part No. 

736234) printer with take-up reel. 

11 

12 


Dimensions 

L: 2500 mm W: 58 mm 

13 

736264 

¬j_as® 

Printer paper for printer 736259/784882, IQ8Control C/M 

For printers (Part No. 736259/736259/784882) with paper take-up reel. 

14 

15 


Dimensions 

L: 2500 mm W: 60 mm 

16 

31


789303 

¬o~$f® 

Extension housing for IQ8Control 


The standard extension housing can be used to mount additional modules, e.g. esserbus 

transponders. 

Features 

• For the installation of up to 6 transponders and FO 

converters with installation kit (Part No. 788605). 





IP30 

Housing ABS plastic, 10% glass fiber reinforced, V - 0 


Weight 

approx. 5 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 185 mm 

Housing complete with standard rear panel, neutral front and material for attaching to the 

existing control panel housing. 

Assembling the housing parts 

Take off the 

4 standard covers. 

Insert the 

2 connecting elements. 

Put the 2 housings 

on top of each other 

and push them together. 

772445 

¬n9NY® 

1. 2. 3. 

Connection between the central housing and the extension housing 

Mounting frame 19" for IQ8Control C/M 

Includes installation material 

Mounting frame with 6 HU for mounting of operating front and printer. 

768317 

Metal housing for FACP IQ8Control M and FlexES, red 



IP30 

Material 

metal sheet 

Color red, similar to RAL 3020 (Pantone 485) 

Weight 

approx. 12 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 455 mm H: 645 mm D: 185 mm 




Maintenance and Test Equipment 

789861 

¬o¥^P® 

Programming software tools 8000 

Convenient Windows programming software CD for programming the fire alarm panels 

belonging in series 8000 C/M, 8008, IQ8Control, FlexES Control, Gateway and extended 

supplementary text in ¼ VGA display. 

1 

2 

3 

For programming, the (Part No. 789862.10) field bus interface is required. 

Features 

One software for all panels: 

• Start-up 

• Programming 

• Loop diagnosis 

• Maintenance software 

789860.10 

¬o¥]§/21(® 

System requirements: 

- FACP 8000 C/M, FACP 8008, IQ8Control C/M, FlexES Control or ECP 8010 as of software 

version V2.20 

- PC/Notebook as of Windows XP, but no Windows NT (no USB support) 

- Recommended configuration: 512 MB RAM, 500 MHz CPU 

This software is also used for the LCD panels 7851xx 

Starter kit equipment PLus with programming software tools 8000 

4 

5 

6 

Complete package for programming the FACP 8007, 8000 C/M, 8008, Gateway, ABIGA 

IQ8Control and FlexES Control via PC or Notebook. 

7 

The field bus interface is used as a programming interface between the FACP and the PC/ 

notebook. 

Furthermore, the field bus interface facilitates the direct connection of a ring bus to the 

convenient monitoring of a finished installation and the elimination of possible cabling mistakes. 

8 

789861 Programming software for System 8000 and IQ8Control 

789862.10 Field bus and control panel interface PLus 

789863 USB cable 

789864 Serial connecting cable 

9 

Accessories 

BME2Z002 Switched-mode power supply with cylindrical plug 

789866 USB programming cable for extinguishing panel 8010 

10 

11 

USB 

Control panel 

12 

Field bus interface 

13 

esserbus PLus 



14 

15 


16 

33


789862.10 

¬o¥_§/21.® 

Field bus interface PLus 


Interface for the programming of the FACP 8007, 8000 C/M, 8008, gateway, ABIGA and 

IQ8Control or for the direct field-side connection of a single installed analog loop. With the 

optional switched-mode power supply (Part No. BME2Z002), bus-supplied alarm signaling 

equipment can be tested independently from the control panel via the direct connection to 

the field bus interface (Part No. 789862.10). (V1.12 or above of programming software 

tools 8000 is required) 


Ambient temperature 5 °C ... 45 °C 

Storage temperature 0 °C ... 50 °C 


IP40 

Housing 

plastic, PS (Polystyrene) 

Color white, similar to RAL 9010 / gray, similar to RAL 7035 

Weight 

approx. 300 g 

Dimensions 

W: 68 mm H: 30 mm D: 135 mm 

Connecting cables (Part No. 789863 and 789864) are not included in delivery. 

Windows NT does not support any USB interface. Therefore the use of the programming 

software tools 8000 is possible under Windows NT only with the usage of programming 

interface RS 232 (Part No. 769828). 

One interface and two 6-pin plugs. 

Accessories 

BME2Z002 Switched-mode power supply with cylindrical plug 

USB 

Power supply for bus supplied 

alarm signaling devices 

Field bus interface 

EFI-Plus 

esserbus-PLus 

Loop length max. 3,5 km 

esserbus-transponder 

789863 

¬o¥`V® 


USB cable A/B for 789862.10 field bus and panel interface 

For connecting service PC/laptop with the tools 8000 field bus and panel interface. 


Cable length 

1.8 m 



789866 

¬o¥c_® 

USB programming cable for ECP 8010 


1 

Connecting lead for programming the extinguishing control panel 8010. 

2 

Fieldbus interface 

USB 

Connecting cable, Part No. 789866 

3 

esserbus 

4 

Extinguishing panel 8010 

789864 

¬o¥aY® 

Serial connecting cable for 789862.10 

5 

For connecting the field bus interface to panels 8007, 8000 C/M, 8008, Gateway, ABIGA 

and IQ8Control. With 4-pin special plug for the control panel. 

6 


Cable length 

1.9 m 

7 

BME2Z002 

«CNF3[1138® 

Switched-mode power supply with cylindrical plug 



12 V DC 

Output current 

1 A 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

35



Ordering Form of FACP FlexES Control Standard/Intelligent Addressable 

Basic hardware configuration incl. software license 

Hardware 

Software 

license 

FX808392 FlexES Control FX2 - 2 loops 

FX808393 

FX808394 

FX808395 

FX808396 

FX808397 

FlexES Control FX10 - 5 loops 





Basic configuration consisting of: 

1 x Power supply module 

1 x PS connection module 

1 x Rear panel 

1 x Control module 

1 x Housing frame 

1 x Base module carrier 

Additional Components: 

FX808328.RE 

FX808324 

FX808325 

Redundant control module 

Display and operating unit 

5.7” display* 

Neutral front 

FX808322 Extension module carrier 1 

with 4 module slots 

FX808323 Extension module carrier 2 

with 4 module slots 

FX808331 

FX808332 

FX808340 

FX808341 

esserbus/esserbus-PLus module 

esserbus/esserbus-PLus module GI 

essernet module 62.5 kBd 

essernet module 500 kBd 


F6 

1 

4GHI 

7GHI 

ESC 

F7 F8 F9 F10 

2GHI 

5GHI 

8GHI 

0 

3GHI 

6GHI 

9GHI 

SHIFT 

LCD 

OK 

F1 

F1 

F1 

F1 

F1 



FACP FlexES Control Standard/Intelligent Addressable 

1 

FlexES Control FX2 

FX808392 

«GY¦qt}x® FACP 

Features 

• Combinable loop/spur technology with decentralized 

intelligence 

• Freely configurable functionality of modules 

• 4 free programmable potential free contacts and 1 

output for alarm transmission unit (ATU) 

• Increased availability via emergency mode function 

of the loop modules 

• Emergency mode for monitored areas up to 

48,000 m² or more than 512 fire detectors acc. to 

the German Planning standard VDE 0833 and/or 

VdS 2095. 

• USB, Ethernet, RS 485, TTY interfaces onboard 

• Direct output of the proprietary EDP communications 

protocol (Data Protocol) via interface RS 

485 

• Operation of loop-powered alarm signaling 

devices (optical/acoustic/voice) in different alarm 

zones via esserbus-PLus 

• Cascadable power supply to 450 W according to 

EN 54-4 

• Loop length up to 3.5 km (esserbus) 

• Operation of different input/output gateways 

• Integrated interfaces for operation of required fire 

brigade periphery, e.g. fire brigade indicating 

panel, fire brigade operating unit 

• Event memory with 10,000 entries 

• Operation of VdS-approved wireless components 

with convenient field intensity measurement 

• Parameterization, calibration and programming 

directly via USB 

• Galvanic isolation of analog loops possible 

In connection with display and operating unit 

(Part No. FX808324) 

• Display and operating unit with 5.7" TFT display 

• Capacitive keyboard for touch-sensitive operation 

• Program-controlled night design with interactive 

keyboard menu 


• Up to 2 analog powered loops 








FlexES Control FX2 (2 loops) 



Basic set for assembly of a FACP with module slots and software support of 2 modules. 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 

Rated current 

0.8 A 


24 V DC 


approx. 192 mA (base model w/o display and operating 

unit) 

approx. 348 mA (base model with display and 

operating unit) 



2 x 12 V/12 Ah (max. 4 x 12 V/24 Ah) 




IP30 



Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 185 mm 


0786-CPD-20903 

Optionally: the display and operating unit (Part No. FX808324), labeling set (Part No. 

FX8084xx) or the neutral front (Part No. FX808325) must be ordered separately. 

Following external printers to FlexES can be: 

OKI Microline 280 Elite 

Epson LQ300 

Printer MEFA 

Set includes 1 x power supply module, 1 x PS connection module, 1 x rear panel 1, 1 x control 

module, 1 x housing frame and 1 x base module carrier. 


 

Option: Extension housing including neutral front 

 

max. 2 x 12 V/12 Ah 

Please order separately: 


or neutral front 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

37


FX808392.F0 

«GY¦qt}§/G1_® FACP 


FlexES Control FX2 (2 loops), France 

Same as FX808392, but French version. 

1 x HMI FX808324 

1 x Labeling set FX808415 


F6 

1 

4GHI 

7GHI 

ESC 

F7 F8 F9 F10 

2GHI 

5GHI 

8GHI 

0 

3GHI 

6GHI 

9GHI 

SHIFT 

LCD 

OK 

F1 

F1 

F1 

F1 

F1 




Features 


intelligence 









VdS 2095. 




485 





EN 54-4 

















keyboard menu 










«GY¦qt~~® 

FX808393 



Basic set for assembly of a FACP with vertical expansion for a maximum of 10 module 

slots. 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 

Rated current 

0.8 A 


24 V DC 



unit) 





4 x 12 V / 24 Ah 




IP30 



Weight 

approx. 15.1 kg (incl. neutral front) 

approx. 17 kg (incl. operating unit) 

Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 960 mm D: 185 mm 


0786-CPD-20903 

Expandable to a maximum of ten module slots via optional extension module carriers. 

Space for required batteries in one or several extension housings. 

The following external printers could to FlexES can be: 

-OKI Microline 280 Elite 

-Epson LQ300 

-Printer MEFA 





 

 

 

 

 

 


FACP FlexES Control FX10 (5 loops) 




Extension housing 

including neutral front 

max. 2 x 12 V/24 Ah 

Hardware FlexES Control FX10 basic configuration, with software support for 5 loops. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

39


FX808394 

FX808394.F0 

«GY¦qt¡¦® 

«GY¦qt¡§/G1k® 




FACP FlexES Control FX10 (10 loops), France 


1 x HMI FX808324 



F6 

1 

4GHI 

7GHI 

ESC 

F7 F8 F9 F10 

2GHI 

5GHI 

8GHI 

0 

3GHI 

6GHI 

9GHI 

SHIFT 

LCD 

OK 

F1 

F1 

F1 

F1 

F1 




Features 


intelligence 









VdS 2095 




485 





EN 54-4 

















keyboard menu 










«GY¦qt¢#® 

FX808395 



Basic set for assembly of a FACP with horizontal extension for a maximum of 18 module 

slots. 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 

Rated current 

0.8 A 


24 V DC 



unit) 





4 x 12 V / 24 Ah 




IP30 



Weight 

approx. 15.1 kg (incl. neutral front) 

approx. 17 kg (incl. operating unit) 

Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 960 mm D: 185 mm 


0786-CPD-20903 

Expandable to a maximum of ten module slots via optional extension module carriers. 

Space for required batteries in one or several extension housings. 

The following external printers to FlexES can be: 


-Epson LQ300 

-Printer MEFA 





 

 

 

 

 


 

 





Extension housing 

including neutral front 

max. 2 x 12 V/24 Ah 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

41


FX808396 

FX808397 

FX808397.F0 

«GY¦qt£)® 

«GY¦qt¤/® 

«GY¦qt¤§/G1}® 






FACP FlexES Control FX18 (18 loops), France 


1 x HMI FX808324 





Operating Fronts for FlexES Control 

FX808324 

«GY¦qt9|® 

Display and operating unit with 5.7" display 

Operating front including mounting frame and housing lock for display and operation of a 

fire alarm panel or a fire alarm system. Capacitive keys and hidden-until-lit-status indicators 

for intuitive operation during status changes. Operator password via access codes for 

all levels, with menu navigation display in different operation levels. 

1 

2 

3 

Features 

• Capacitive keyboard for touch sensitive operation 


keyboard menu 

• Access level via access codes 

• Freely programmable function keys with operating 

macros for supplementary functions 

• 5.7” monochrome display 

FX808325 

«GY¦qt:¤® 



24 V DC 



Resolution 

320 x 240 pixel 


Color 

black, similar to RAL9005 

Weight 

approx. 1 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 30 mm 

The description set must be ordered separately! 

Built into front frame including housing lock, hinge unit and mounting material. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Neutral front 

Design front for screening of the housing opening as alternative for an operating unit. 



Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 30 mm 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

Built into front frame including housing lock, hinge unit and mounting material. 

FX808324.ND 

«GY¦qt9§/OE>® 

Display and operating unit with 5.7" display, Danish 

Same as FX808324, but Danish version. 

15 

16 

With fire brigade lock 

43



Power Supply Extension 

A maximum of 450 W is available at 24 V per panel by “cascading” the power supply 

modules. Each power supply can monitor and track 2 x 2 batteries 12 V/24 Ah or 12 V/12 

Ah which fulfills the required emergency power buffering time. A maximum battery capacity 

of 24 V/48 Ah per power supply is available, which may be increased up to 144 Ah with 

three power supply modules. Thus, the system has sufficient energy reserves for alarm 

zones, fire protection equipment and indicating devices, line smoke and heat detectors as 

well as other detection and control equipment of the system. 

Alternatively, the power supply can be installed in a redundant ring-shaped wiring. A 

“three-phase supply” (400 V) is also possible offering the advantage of separate phase 

protection for each power supply. Even in the event of a loss of one phase, two more 

power supplies are still available to supply the system. 

Optional redundancy connection of power supply. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Accu 12 V / 24 Ah Accu12 V / 24 Ah Accu12 V / 24 Ah Accu12 V / 24 Ah Accu12 V / 24 Ah Accu12 V / 24 Ah 

Power supply 1. Power supply extension 2. Power supply extension 



FX808363 

«GY¦qt`1® Power 


supply extension 24 V/12 Ah 

1 

Additional power supply for extension of the internal system power supply. The power 

supply extension supplements the existing panel power supply with an additional 150 W 

via a plug-in line connection. There is space for two 12 V/24 Ah batteries in the bottom of 

the housing. Two additional 24 Ah batteries can be connected over an extra housing (Part 

No. FX808313). 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 

Rated current 

0.7 A 


24 V DC 


max.6 A (total) 



4 x 12 V / 12 Ah (max. 4 x 12 V/12 Ah) 




IP30 



Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 185 mm 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Optional units: 

018011 battery, maximum 2 x 12 V/12 Ah (24 V/12 Ah) 

(Part No. FX808314) Battery extension housing for 2 x 12 V/12 Ah 

Only the same types of battery (manufacturer, date of manufacture, capacity, and charge) may 

be connected to the power supply module. 

Set includes 1 x housing rear panel 1, 1 x housing frame, 1 x battery holder for 2 x 12 V/12 Ah 

(including PS connection module holder), 1 x power supply module 24 V DC/150 W, 1 x neutral 

front and 1 x plug-in connection cable. 

7 

8 

9 

Power supply extension 24 V/12 Ah 

Option: Extension housing 

incl. neutral front 

10 

11 

12 

max. 2 x 12 V/12 Ah 

13 

14 

15 

16 

45


FX808364 

«GY¦qta7® 



Additional power supply extension for expansion of the internal system power supply. The 

power supply extension supplements the existing panel power supply with an additional 

150 W via a plug-in line connection. There is space for two 12 V/24 Ah batteries in the 

bottom of the housing. Two additional 24 Ah batteries can be connected via add-on 

housing (Part No. FX808313). Additional components can be mounted onto top-hat rails in 

the power supply housing. 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 

Rated current 

0.8 A 


24 V DC 


max.6 A 



4 x 12 V / 24 Ah (max. 4 x 12 V 24 Ah) 




IP30 



Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 640 mm D: 185 mm 

Optional units: 

(Part No. 018006) battery, maximum 2 x 12 V/24 Ah (24 V/24 Ah) 

(Part No. FX808313) battery extension housing for 2 x 12 V/24 Ah 

Only the same types of battery (manufacturer, date of manufacture, capacity, and charge) may 

be connected to the power supply module. 

Set includes 1 x housing rear panel 1, 1 x housing frame, 1 x power supply module 24 V DC/150 

W, 1 x neutral front, 1 x extension housing for two batteries including neutral front and 1 x plugin 

connection cable. 


Option: Extension housing 

incl. neutral front 

max. 2 x 12 V/24 Ah 

FX808330 

«GY¦qt?9® 

3-way plug 

Connector plug for cascading of up to three power supply extensions. Up to three power 

supply units can be connected to one mains voltage line via this connector plug. 


Cable length 

0.6 m 

Features 

• Connector with locking mechanism 

• Connection lead for pluggable connection to 

power supply module 



FX808445 

«GY¦quN1® 


Cable power supply cascading 2.5 m 

1 

FX808313 

«GY¦qt.:® 

Battery extension housing for 2 x 12 V/24 Ah 

2 

FX808314 

«GY¦qt/@® 

Complete plastic housing for two batteries 12 V/24 Ah. 





IP30 



Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 185 mm 

Incl. mounting material, without batteries 

Battery extension housing for 4 x 12 V/12 Ah 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Same as FX808313, but for 4 x 12 V/12 Ah. 

FX808333 

«GY¦qtBK® 





IP30 



Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 450 mm H: 320 mm D: 185 mm 

Incl. mounting material, without batteries 

Transponder mounting plate for PSU 

Connect the mounting panel to the power supply module with four supplied spacers. 

Options for installation of components: 

– 1 x esserbus transponder e.g. 12 relay (Part No. 808610.10) or 

– 1 x esserbus transponder e.g. alarm transponder (Part No. 808623) or 

– 1 x Adapter ADP-N3E-U/EDP or 

– 1 x Adapter ADP-N3S/EDP 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

47



Extension Modules for FlexES Control 

FX808322 

«GY¦qt7p® 

Extension module carrier 1 

Module carrier in plastic mounting tray for up to four modules with plug-in terminals. The 

modules automatically lock when plugged in and can be exchanged without using any tool. 

When the extension module carrier 1 is set up horizontally, the terminals are facing downwards; 

when set up vertically, the terminals face to the left. 

FX808323 

«GY¦qt8v® 


Weight 

Dimensions 

Extension module carrier 2 

approx. 175 g 

W: 170 mm H: 120 mm D: 25 mm 

Module carrier in plastic mounting tray for up to four modules with plug-in terminals. The 

modules automatically lock when plugged in and can be exchanged without using any tool. 

When the extension module carrier 2 is set up horizontally, the terminals are facing 

upwards; when set up vertically, the terminals face to the right. 


Weight 

Dimensions 

approx. 175 g 

W: 140 mm H: 120 mm D: 25 mm 




FlexES Control in 19" Rack/Intelligent Addressable 

1 

The industry-typical set-up of the new cabinet construction system enables a space-saving 

design of the FlexES Control FACP for all conceivable applications. 

However, due to the large number of possible configurations, no generally valid manufacturer 

conformity can be designed. 

For this reason, a total of eleven different configuration options have been predefined. 

These are already pre-tested and must be implemented in this form in order to ensure 

manufacturer conformity in accordance with construction product guidelines. 

If the components are integrated into an equipment cabinet independently by an installer, 

this installer must declare the conformity. 

For this purpose, we provide the installer with a certification form, which must be 

completed and returned to the operator. 

To order an equipment cabinet, regardless of whether the assembly is carried out by 

ESSER or by the installer, the order must be placed using an appropriate form. 

This is available as a download "FlexES order form" in the protected customer area of our 

website at www.esser-systems.com. Please understand that, in order to comply with the 

construction product guidelines, we can only process orders for 19" equipment cabinets, 

which are available from us together with the completed order form. 

The following eleven configuration options can be selected using the order form described 

above: 

The following external printers to FlexES can be: 


-Epson LQ300 

-Printer MEFA 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9 

10 

11 

12 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13 

14 

15 

16 

49



FlexES Control in 19" Rack/Intelligent Addressable 

Order 

Floor-type cabinet and rack-mounting 

for Fire Alarm Control Panel FlexES Control 

Customer Data 

Property / Commission 

Customer Number 

Installer 

Order Date 

Designated delivery date 

Terminal-Installation 

Please choose a desired installation space of the terminals in 

the bottom of the floor-type cabinet. 

Control panels 

FACP 1 

FACP 2 

Floor-type cabinet 

Type 

Service-drawer 

essernet terminal 

Lettering set 

Choose property data and 

select type of control panel 

Installation space: 

1 3 

2 

Configuration 

Please select a configuration on the following pages. 

The following options are approved by the manufacturer 

and may not be changed. Variations in structure lead 

to the loss of CE approval. 

Selected Configuration: 

Novar GmbH a Honeywell Company 

Dieselstraße 2 41469 Neuss, Germany 

www.esser-systems.com info@esser-systems.com 

Order 



798985.20.GB0 

03.2013 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Choose type of cabinet 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Order 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Order 

 

 



All components are 

automatically filed 

Components for floor-type cabinet Height units Item no. 

Indicating and operating panel FlexES Control with front frame 7 HU FX808324.19 

Heavy-duty drawer incl. software license for up to 10 loops 5 or 7 HU FX808430.10R 

Heavy-duty drawer incl. software license for up to 18 loops 5 or 7 HU FX808430.18R 

Heavy-duty drawer for power supply 5 or 7 HU FX808431 

Expansion module carrier 1 for ext. terminals (max. 4 per floor-type cabinet) --- FX808432 

Expansion module carrier 2 for ext. terminals (max. 4 per floor-type cabinet) --- FX808433 

Mounting kit for terminals --- FX808434 

Wiring terminal for 1 to 4 module slots --- FX808435 

Wiring terminal for essernet terminals --- FX808436 

Wiring terminal for power supply module (+UBext. 24 V) --- FX808437 

Wiring terminal mains connection 230 V AC --- FX808438 

Service drawer 1 HU FX808439 

Dummy cover for heavy-duty drawer 5 HU FX808440 

Floor-type cabinet with installation 42 HU 769166 

Floor-type cabinet without installation 42 HU 740059 

Dummy cover 1 HU 740066 



Lettering set --- 

Modules 

esserbus module --- FX808331 

esserbus module GT --- FX808332 

essernet module 62,5 kBd --- FX808340 

essernet module 500 kBd --- FX808341 

Control module 2 (redundancy) --- FX808328.RE 

Service 

Installation with provided floor-type cabinet --- FX808444 

1 HU = 1 Height Unit = 44.45 mm 

1 Inch = 25.4 mm 


Dieselstraße 2 41469 Neuss, Germany 

www.esser-systems.com info@esser-systems.com 

798985.20.GB0 

02.2013 



FX808430.10R 

«GY¦qu?§/21SY® 


Heavy-duty rack with software release for 10 analog loops 

Heavy-duty rack on ball-bearing metal rails incl. base module carrier and control module 

for up to four expansion module carriers. The control module is designed for an expansion 

of max. 10 analog loops. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

FX808430.18R 

«GY¦qu?§/29SB® 

Heavy-duty rack with software release for 18 analog loops 

5 

Same as FX808430.10R, but including control module for an expansion of up to 18 analog 

loops. 

6 

7 

FX808431 

«GY¦qu@D® 

Heavy-duty rack for power supply, 5 HU 

Heavy-duty rack on ball-bearing metal rails for power supply module and up to four 

batteries 12 V/24 Ah. 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

FX808432 

«GY¦quAJ® 

Expansion module carrier 1 for shouldered connection 

13 

Module carrier in plastic mounting tray for up to four modules. The connection to the relocated 

shouldered plug-in terminal is made over a preconfigured cable. 

Max. two module carrier 1 can be inserted. 

14 

15 

FX808433 

«GY¦quBP® 

Expansion module carrier 2 for shouldered connection 

16 

Module carrier in plastic mounting tray for up to four modules. The connection to the relocated 

shouldered plug-in terminal is made over a preconfigured cable. 

Max. two module carrier 2 can be inserted. 

51


FX808434 

«GY¦quCV® 


Mounting rail set for connection terminals 

Four cut-to-length hat rails for mounting connection terminals, transponders, fuses etc. in 

a 19" housing. 


Dimensions 

L: 485 mm (hat rails) 

Delivery incl. mounting material to fix the mounting rails in the rack housing. 

FX808435 

«GY¦quD\® 

Connection terminal for 4 module slots 

Shouldered 2 m connection terminal for mounting the periphery (up to 4 modules) of an 

expansion module carrier. 

Incl. pluggable connection line between expansion module carrier and the connection terminal 

FX808436 

«GY¦quEb® 

Connection terminal for essernet modules 

Shouldered 2 m connection terminal for the essernet with 62.5 kBd or 500 kBd transfer 

rate. 

Incl. pluggable connection line between expansion module carrier and the connection terminal 

FX808437 

«GY¦quFh® 

Connection terminal for UBext 

For external power supply of the periphery over screw-type terminals. 

Incl. pluggable connection line between mains adapter and connection terminal. 

FX808438 

«GY¦quGn® 

Connection terminal for 230 V and 400 V power supply 

In compliance with VDE 0100 a one- or three-phase mains connection supplies up to three 

power supply modules in the same housing. 



FX808324.19 

«GY¦qt9§/2:g® 


Display and operating unit for equipment cabinet, 7 HU 

Operating unit front, including tilting assembly frame for display and operation of the FACP 

or a fire alarm system. 

Capacitive keys and backlit status displays for intuitive operation in the event of a change 

of status. 

Operating release through access codes for all levels, with menu-driven display at different 

operating levels. 

Labeling set must be ordered separately! 

1 

2 

3 

 

 

4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8 

FX808439 

«GY¦quHt® 

Service rack, 1 HU 

 

 

9 

Space-saving, ball-bearing-mounted rack to house programming equipment during servicing. 

10 

11 

744030 

¬kI?I® 


For covering free installation space in upright cabinets and wall cabinets, 2 HU. 

12 

13 


Material 

sheet steel 


14 

One height unit (HU) covers 44.45 mm. 

15 

744027 

¬kI


FX808440 

«GY¦quIz® 


Dummy plate for heavy-duty rack PSU, 5 HU 

Dummy plate to cover the heavy-duty rack incl. mounting material with 5 HU. 

744029 

¬kI>F® 


Same as 744030, but 9 HU. 

769166 

FX808444 

FX808449 

¬m|cO® 

«GY¦quM+® 

«GY¦quRI® 

Housing 800 mm, depth 42 HU, incl. mounting 

With full-view window and pivoted lever closure to house the 

19“ FlexES Control system – built-in version. 

Cabinet frame with welded 100 mm base and drill holes for floor anchoring. 

Rear panel and side panels are removable. 

Cable entrance in the roof with brush strip and cover panel, and also in cabinet floor. 

42 HU rigid frame to house the operating unit and facing with dummy plates. 

The free-standing cabinet is set up and wired according to the chosen configuration option. 

Subsequent required functional and safety testing in accordance with VDE 0100. 

Assembly is included. 

Assembly with cabinet provision 

Assembly of the installation components into a supplied equipment cabinet of a different 

make. 

Complete cabling, including required functional and safety testing in accordance with VDE 

0100. 

Certification set for FlexES rack 

1 x Installation manual floor type and rack mounting 

1 x Check list floor type and rack mounting 

1 x Installation manual for components 




Control Panel Modules for FlexES System 

FX808331 

«GY¦qt@?® 

Loop card esserbus/esserbus-PLus module 

Module in plastic protective housing for connection of an esserbus / esserbus-PLus loop. 

Mixed operation of esserbus and esserbus-PLus is possible in a fire alarm panel. Up to 18 

loops can be realized depending on the extension of the alarm panel and/or on the number 

of available module slots. 

Up to four modules without galvanic isolation can be used in the fire alarm panel. If more 

than 4 loop modules are used in a panel, modules with galvanic isolation (GI) are necessary 

to be used from the fifth loop module onwards. Mixed operation of the modules with/ 

without galvanic separation within one control panel is easily possible. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Features 

• For a maximum of 127 devices (IQ8Quad intelligent 

fire detectors, MCPs, detector series 9200, 

esserbus transponder or loop-powered signaling 

devices) 

• Loop length up to 3.5 km 

• Support of wireless components 

• Permanent monitoring of all active detectors, 

transponders and alarm signaling devices 

• Monitoring of the loops for short circuit, wire 

break and disturbances 

• Quick reactivation of the bus-powered signaling 

devices after short circuiting in compliance with 

EN 54-13 

• Plastic protective housing with LED displays for 

fast indication of operating status 

• Integrated line isolators for two-way line protection 

in the event of a short circuit 

«GY¦qtAE® 

FX808332 

Features 

• For a maximum of 127 devices (IQ8Quad intelligent 

fire detectors, MCPs, detector series 9200, 

esserbus transponder or bus-supplied signaling 

devices) 

• Loop length up to 3.5 km 

• Support of wireless components 

• Permanent monitoring of all active detectors, 

transponders and alarm signaling devices 

• Monitoring of the loops for short circuit, wire 

break and disturbances 

• Quick reactivation of the bus-powered signaling 

devices after short circuiting in compliance with 

EN 54-13 

• Plastic protective housing with LED displays for 

fast indication of operating status 

• Integrated line isolators for two-way line protection 

• If more than 4 loop modules are used in a panel, 

galvanic isolation is required 



Weight 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

approx. 110 g 

W: 27 mm H: 93 mm D: 112 mm 

Loop card esserbus/esserbus-PLus module GI 

Module in plastic protective housing for connection of an esserbus / esserbus-PLus loop. 

Mixed operation of esserbus and esserbus-PLus is possible in a fire alarm panel. Up to 18 

loops can be realized depending on the extension of the alarm panel and/or on the number 

of available module slots. 

Up to four modules without galvanic isolation can be used in the fire alarm panel. If more 

than 4 loop modules are used in a panel, modules with galvanic isolation (GI) are necessary 

to be used from the fifth loop module onwards. Mixed operation of the modules with/ 

without galvanic separation within one control panel is easily possible. 



Weight 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

approx. 110 g 

W: 27 mm H: 93 mm D: 112 mm 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

55


FX808340 

FX808341 

«GY¦qtIu® 

«GY¦qtJ{® 


Network card essernet module 62.5 kBd 

Network module for up to 16 network devices. Plastic protective housing with LED displays 

for speedy indication of the operating status. 

Topology: loop configuration, short circuit and wire break tolerant. 




Weight 

Cable length 

Cable 

Dimensions 

Network card essernet module 500 kBd 

24 V DC 

approx. 37 mA 

approx. 100 g 

1000 m 

telecommunications cable I Y (St) Y n x 2 x 0.8mm 

W: 27 mm H: 93 mm D: 112 mm 

Network module for up to 31 network devices. Plastic protective housing with LED displays 

for quick summary of the operating status. 

Topology: loop configuration, short circuit and wire break tolerance. 

FX808328.RE 

«GY¦qt=§/SF¦® 




Weight 

Cable length 

Cable 

Dimensions 

Redundant control module 

24 V DC 

approx. 37 mA 

approx. 100 g 

1000 m 

IBM type 1 or similar 

W: 27 mm H: 93 mm D: 112 mm 

Redundant control module for highest reliability of FlexES Control. Automatic switch of all 

functions, if the central processing unit breaks down. 


Weight 

Dimensions 

approx. 270 g 

W: 27 mm H: 202 mm D: 112 mm 

EMC emission: Class A for individual application at redundant operation complies with EMC 

policy 2004/108/EG. 




Remote Operating Units for FlexES System 

FX808460 

«GY¦qu]$® 

Touchscreen operating unit, surface mount 

High-quality display and operating unit for FlexES FACP. The system operation is interoperable 

and intuitive with a touch-sensitive 7" colored display. Individual access levels can be 

activated over key code. Software addressing allows using the operating unit together with 

fire brigade indicating panels and fire operating units on the RS 485 BUS. 

1 

2 

3 



Current consumption @ 24 V DC 

Resolution 

Cable length 

Dimensions 

12 ... 30 V DC 


800 x 480 pixel 

700 m 

W: 270 mm H: 221 mm D: 71 mm 

4 

5 

FX808461.10 

«GY¦qu^*® 

The touch display and operating unit cannot be used behind the adapter module ADP-N3E-EDP. 

The device must be externally supplied. 

Touchscreen operating unit, cavity wall mount 

6 

Same as FX808460, but for cavity wall mounting. 




Resolution 

Cable length 

Dimensions 

12 ... 30 V DC 


800 x 480 pixel 

700 m 

W: 222 mm H: 162 mm D: 5 mm (front panel) 

7 

8 

The touch display and operating unit cannot be used behind the adapter module ADP-N3E-EDP. 

The device must be externally supplied. 

9 

FX808462 

«GY¦qu_0® 

Accessories 

FX808462 Cavity wall mounting 

Cavity wall mounting kit for touchscreen operating unit 

10 

Galvanized sheet metal mounting frame for cavity wall or pedestal mounting to accommodate 

the touch control panel Part No. FX808461.10. The fixing of the mounting frame by 

two clamping screws. The kit cannot be used for touch panel Part No. FX808461. 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

57



Periphery for FlexES System 

FX808382 

«GY¦qts


FX808378 

¬mQ37® 


Fire brigade indicating panel, Austria (FBF-A) 

1 

Fire brigade operating panel in compliance with ÖNORM F 3031 (2004) 

- Plain text display with 2 lines and 16 characters for each line, illuminated 

- 3 signals can be collectively indicated per LED (in operation, alarm, fault / deactivation) 

- 2 optional status LED (BFS extinguishing system actuation) 

- 3 buttons for FACP feedback 

- Direct programming at the fire brigade operating panel via serial interface 

- The additional text is displayed when using the shortcut deactivation + fault. 

2 

3 



10.5 ... 30 V DC 


50 mA (with lighting) 




Housing 

sheet steel 

Color red, similar to RAL 3000 

Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 205 mm H: 300 mm D: 60 mm 

4 

5 

6 

FX808381 

«GY¦qtr6® 

This fire brigade operating unit is not compatible with the FlexES Control! 

Adapter module ADP-N3EU-EDP 

7 

Microprocessor-based device for installation in FlexES fire alarm panel. In compliance with 

DIN 14675, the TTY interface of the fire alarm panel can be used as a redundant data bus 

with this adapter if the fire brigade indicating panel FAT 3000 is used for the fire brigade’s 

initial information. Supplementary texts can be programmed via PC (> 4,000 texts). 

8 

The ESPA interface facilitates a direct connection which is not galvanically isolated to a 

telecommunication system, paging system or nurse call system. 

9 

Features 

• Input: EDP protocol 

• Output: ESPA protocol 

FX808379 

«GY¦qtp*® 



10 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 40 mA 


30 V DC/ 1 A 

Connection terminal 

max 2 x 0.8 mm² 



Weight 

approx. 100 g 

Dimensions 

W: 80 mm H: 150 mm D: 32 mm 

Adapter module ADP-N3S-EDP 

10 

11 

12 

Same as FX808381, but designed for connection of an additional FACP in an installed 

redundant data bus of a fire brigade indicating panel FAT 3000 to an adapter module ADP- 

N3EU-EDP. In contrast to ADP-N3EU-EDP, the ADP-N3S-EDP does not supply power for 

the redundant operation. 

With a redundant FlexES Control system, the redundant remote control of the fire brigade 

periphery requires an ADP-N3S-EDP. 

13 

14 



10 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 60 mA 


30 V DC/ 1 A 


max 2 x 0.8 mm² 



Weight 

approx. 100 g 

Dimensions 

W: 80 mm H: 150 mm D: 30 mm 

15 

16 

59


FX808384 

«GY¦qtuH® 


Central remote indicator ZPA 3000, surface mounted, German 

Central remote indicator in aesthetic surface-mounted plastic housing as additional display 

for the fire alarm system. The actuation is made over a serial interface of the FACP. Plain 

text message over 4 lines with 20 characters each. Two messages can be displayed simultaneously. 

4,000 texts (1,300 in selective mode) are programmable. If no additional texts 

are specified, a standard text will be generated. 

One ZPA 3000 could be connected at FlexES interface RS 485; means in total two ZPA 

3000 per FlexES FACP. 

Optionally: up to 16 ZPA 3000 connected via adapter module ADP-N3 





Weight 

Cable length 

Dimensions 

10 ... 30 V DC 

approx. 35 mA 


approx. 2 kg 

700 m 

W: 223 mm H: 273 mm D: 54 mm 

FX808385 

«GY¦qtvN® 

Incl. programming software 

Central remote indicator ZPA 3000, flush mounted, German 

Central remote indicator in aesthetic flush-mounted aluminum housing as additional 

display for the fire alarm system. The actuation is made over a serial interface of the FACP. 

Plain text message over 4 lines with 20 characters each. Two messages can be displayed 

simultaneously. 4,000 texts (1,300 in selective mode) are programmable. If no additional 

texts are specified, a standard text will be generated. 





Weight 

Cable length 

Dimensions 

10 ... 30 V DC 

approx. 35 mA 



700 m 

W: 193 mm H: 190 mm D: 60 mm (installation) 

W: 230 mm H: 230 mm D: 60 mm (outside) 

FX808386 

«GY¦qtwT® 

Incl. programming software 

Fire information and operation system, DIN A4 format, German 

Fire information and operation system with redundant fire indicating unit. Double-wing 

steel plate housing for flush- and surface-mounted installation. Central door opener of the 

two wings. Preconfigured for half cylinder mounting. Includes the file depot for a 

maximum of 2x75 fire alarm layout diagrams in A4 format. Door opener via left-door half 

cylinder or latch, lock for right door only. 



10 ... 30 V DC 


Weight 

approx. 23 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 710 mm H: 560 mm D: 100 mm 

FIBS incl. FAT 3000 and FBF 3000 



FX808387 

«GY¦qtxZ® 



1 




maximum of 100 fire brigade routing cards in A3 format. Door opener via left door half 




10 ... 30 V DC 


Weight 

approx. 25 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 830 mm H: 560 mm D: 100 mm 

2 

3 

4 

FX808389 

«GY¦qty`® 



5 




maximum of 2x75 fire brigade routing cards in A4 format. Door opener via left door half 




Color 

Weight 

Dimensions 

10 ... 30 V DC 

sheet steel 

approx. 25 kg 

W: 710 mm H: 560 mm D: 100 mm 

6 

7 

8 

FX808391 

«GY¦qt|r® 



9 




maximum of 100 fire brigade routing cards in A3 format. Door opener via left door half 


10 

11 



Color 

Weight 

Dimensions 


10 ... 30 V DC 

sheet steel 

approx. 27 kg 

W: 830 mm H: 560 mm D: 100 mm 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

61



Extinguishing Control Panels 8010 Wall Mounting 

Features 

• 1 Extinguishing area for max. 1,600 m² acc. to 

VdS 

• 8 detector zones for up to 30 series 9200 and 

IQ8Quad automatic detectors each (for twodetector 

dependency up to 25 detectors) 

• 1 zone for manual alarm 

• 1 zone for emergency stop 

• 1 zone for post flooding 

• 1 zone for extinguishing system fault 

• 1 zone for blocking extinguishing system 

• 1 control input for buzzer OFF 

• 1 control input for control panel reset 

• 8 relays, monitored or floating 30V DC/2A 

• 3 relays, floating 30V DC/2A 

• 2 mains voltage relays, floating 230V AC/2A 

• All outputs are provided with fuses 

Approval: VdS 

Addressable control device with integrated fire detection module for one extinguishing area 

(e.g. CO2, FM 200, Hi Expansion foam, Water Mist and Inert Gas, etc.) compliant with VdS 

2496 and EN 12094-1. The extinguishing panel 8010 is an electronic control device for 

extinguishing systems with integrated fire detection module, compatible with series 9200 

and IQ8Quad detectors. It is additionally provided with respective detection zones for 

manual alarm, post flooding and emergency stop as well as two zones for extinguishing 

system fault. Complex control functions can be realized by using the 13 control groups 

(relays). Up to 8 extinguishing areas on the esserbus of the fire detection system communication 

transponders (optional). A maximum of 16 communication transponders can be 

networked for each FACP 8000 C/M, IQ8Control 8000, or IQ8Control via the (Part No. 

808615). 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 

Rated current 

0.7 A 




2 x 12 V/24 Ah 




Housing 

sheet steel approx. 1.25 mm 

Color gray (similar to RAL 7035), blue (similar toRAL 5003) 

Weight 

approx. 18.3 kg (without battery) 

Dimensions 

W: 488 mm H: 625 mm D: 210 mm 


0786-CPD-20223 

The free programming software can be downloaded from our website (downloads section). 

Accessories 

Indicating and operating unit 7884xx (stand alone operation mode required), esserbus communication 

transponder 808615, control zone indicator and alarm counter 788016. 

esserbus 


Extinguishing 

panel 8010 

Monitoring 

Module 

IQ8Control 

Extinguishing Agent 

Tank 

Valve 

Selector 

Valve 

788012.40 ¬oq-g® 


Extinguishing panel 8010, series 4, w/o operating unit 

Corresponding indication and operating panel available in different languages, which can 

be found in "Options for Extinguishing Control Panels 8010 Wall Mounting". 



788013.40 

¬oq.j® 


Extinguishing panel 8010, series 4, with operating unit, German 

1 

Same as 788012.40, but with operating unit (Part No. 788400). 


Weight 

approx. 0 g 

2 

3 

788013.40.PL 

¬oq.§/51/QM)® 

Extinguishing panel 8010, series 4, with operating unit, Polish 

4 

5 

6 

788013.40.RU 

¬oq.§/51/SV.® 

Extinguishing panel 8010 series 4, with operating unit, Russian 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

63



Extinguishing Control Panels 8010 - for 19" Rack (3 HU) 

Features 

• 8 detector zones for up to 30 series 9200 or 

IQ8Quad automatic fire detectors per detector 

zone (max. 25 detectors in two-detector dependency) 

• 1 detector zone manual alarm 

• 1 detector zone emergency stop 

• 1 detector zone post flooding 

• 1 detector zone blocked extinguishing system 

• 1 control input buzzer off 

• 1 control input reset control panel 

• 8 monitorable relays 30 V DC /2A 

• 3 floating relays 30 V DC /2A 

• 2 relays for mains voltage 230 V (connection at 

the back) 

• Each output is protected by fuses 

• Electronically controlled exhauster control 

Operating unit: 

• 13 LED-indication with inscription fields for indicating 

activated outputs 

• Mechanical alarm counter 

• LED display to indicate the detector zone status 

• LED collective display 

• Keypad can be intuitively handled 

• Key operated switch for keypad activation 

• Emergency current supply 2 batteries 12 V/12 Ah 

(not supplied as standard) 

Addressable EN 12094-1 extinguishing panel for extinguishing zone control in compliance 

with VdS 2496, with integrated fire detection unit and optional convenient operating and 

indicating panel. 

The slide-in concept enables space-saving, ergonomic integration into a 19" housing for 

installation heights of only 3 height units (13.34 cm). Peripherals are connected at the back 

of the housing via plug-in cable connections to accessible connection terminals, allowing 

convenient installation within the housing before the insert is integrated. With the communication 

transponder (Part No. 808615), a maximum of eight extinguishing control panels 

can be networked on one esserbus or powered loop in fire alarm systems FACP 8000 or 

IQ8Control. Using the programming interface plugged to the front, the extinguishing panel 

settings can be adjusted to the specific requirements and information can be transferred 

for visualizing the master fire alarm system via the loop. 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 

Rated current 

0.7 A 




2 x 12 V DC/12 Ah 




Housing 

sheet steel 

Dimensions 

W: 483 mm H: 132 mm D: 403 mm (without grip) 


0786-CPD-20223 

The use of heavy duty rails from the respective cabinet manufacturer is recommended for 

installation in 19" upright cabinets. 

Special 

Connection module 

incl. connection cable 

(Part No. 788653 

or 788654) 

Fire alarm and 

extinguishing 

panel 

No.1 to No.5 

Power supply 230 V 

Installation of multiple extinguishing panels in one upright cabinet 



788014.40 ¬oq/m® 

Extinguishing 

control panel, series 4, German 


1 

Approval: 

VdS 

Accessories 

788653 Terminal card for panel 8010 in 19" technology (3 HU), 1 m 


2 

788014.40.CZ 

¬oq/§/HC|® 

Extinguishing control panel, series 4, Czech 

Same as 788014.40, but Czech version. 

3 

4 

788014.40.PL 

788014.40.RO 

¬oq/§/HC|® 

¬oq/§/HC|® 

Accessories 

788653 Terminal card for panel 8010 in 19-inch technology (3 HU), 1 m 

788654 Terminal card for panel 8010 in 19-inch technology (3 UH), 2 m 

Extinguishing control panel, series 4, Polish 

Same as 788014.40, but Polish version. 

Extinguishing control panel, series 4, Romanian 

5 

6 

7 

788014.40.SK 

¬oq/§/HC|® 

Same as 788014.40, but Romanian version. 

Extinguishing control panel, series 4, Slovakian 

8 

788014.40.NL 

¬oq/§/HC|® 

Same as 788014.40, but Slovakian version. 

Extinguishing control panel, series 4, Dutch 

9 

788014.40.RU 

788015.40 

¬oq/§/HC|® 

¬oq0p® 

Same as 788014.40, but Dutch version. 

Extinguishing control panel, series 4, Russian 

Same as 788014.40, but Russian version. 

Extinguishing control panel, series 4 

10 

11 

12 

Approval: VdS 

Accessories 



13 

14 

Accessories for Extinguishing Control Panels 8010 in 19" Racks 

788653 

¬owV©® 

Terminal card for panel 8010 in 19" rack, 1 m 

Length of plug-in connection cables: 1 m 

15 

16 

788654 

¬owW#® 

2 x 50-pin connection cable 1m D-Sub50 

1 x Terminal card for top hat rail or C-rail mounting with D-Sub pin connectors 

1 x Terminal card for top hat rail or C-rail mounting with D-Sub multi-point connectors 

Terminal card for panel 8010 in 19" rack, 2 m 

Same as 788653, but plug-in connection cable with 2 m length. 

65



Options for Extinguishing Control Panels 8010 Wall Mounting 

788400 

¬ou!K® 

Indicating and operating panel for ECP 8010, German 

Integrated detector zone indication in German. Can be set to status indication for control 

outputs. LED for relevant extinguishing system function indication. 

788401 

788402 

788404 

788406 

788016 

¬ou"N® 

¬ou#Q® 

¬ou%W® 

¬ou%W® 

¬oq1s® 

Indicating and operating panel for ECP 8010, English 

Same as 788400, but English. 

Indicating and operating panel for ECP 8010, Polish 

Same as 788400, but Polish. 

Indicating and operating panel for ECP 8010, Czech 

Same as 788400, but Czech. 

Indicating and operating panel for ECP 8010, Romanian 

Same as 788400, but Romanian. 

Option control group indication and alarm counter for ECP 8010, German 

Additional LEDs for indicating activated control outputs and mechanical alarm counter. The 

indicators are mounted to the second recess of the 8010 releasing control equipment. The 

PCB connection cable is connected to the (Part No. 788400) indicating and operating 

panel. 

Foil with German description 

788016.NL 

788023.10 

¬oq1§/OM$® 

¬oq8!® 

Option control group indication and alarm counter for ECP 8010, Dutch 

Same as 788016, but Dutch version. 

Multiple-sector interface in housing 

Approval: VdS 

For the formation of multiple-sector control, up to four extinguishing panels 8010 can be 

networked via a multiple-sector interfaces. The cascading of a max. of 3 multiple-sector 

interface is possible for multi-sector control of a max. of 10 extinguishing panels 8010. 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


Power Supply Units 68 


69 


70 

Accessories 

71 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

67


805683 

¬qw8/ 

External power supply DCU 2403 

Approval: VdS, EN54-4 

Power Supply Units 

External power supply in a compact metal housing for up to two 12 V/ 24 Ah batteries. This 

power supply facilitates an uninterruptable supply of power. Integration into the esserbus/ 

esserbus-PLus optional via optional adapter card (Part No. 805684.10) and esserbus 

Transponder (Part No. 808623). 

Features 

• Reversible output voltage 12 V DC or 24 V DC 

• Output current 6 A at 12 V DC or 3 A 24 V DC 

• Simple integration into esserbus/ esserbus-PLus 

• Internal service LED displays 

• Four floating relay outputs 

• Monitoring of mains voltage with selectable delay 

time 

• Individual battery monitoring for emergency 

power operation 

• Disengagable ground fault monitoring 

• Front door with cover contact 

Four floating relay outputs are available for the transmission of disturbances (power 

failure, ground fault, battery failure and collective fault). External LED display for operation 

and collective fault on the lockable front door, internal LEDs for detailed recognition of 

emergency power operation, individual monitoring of battery failure and ground fault. 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 


12 V DC oder 24 V DC; ± 1 % (temperature controlled) 


6 A @ 12 V DC / 3 A @ 24 V DC 


max. 48 Ah @ 12 V DC / max. 24 Ah @ 24 V DC 


max. 125 V / 1,5 A / 60 VA 




IP30 

Housing 

sheet steel 

Color gray, similar to RAL 7035 

Weight 

approx. 23 kg incl. batteries each 12 V DC / 24 Ah 


0786-CPD-20935 

Dimensions 

W: 310 mm H: 410 mm D: 211 mm 

805684.10 

¬qYu§/21§® 

Batteries used in the power supply must be tested and VdS approved. Batteries of the same age 

from the same manufacturer coming from the same production batch must be used when 

connecting batteries in parallel. 

Ready-made cables for connecting 12 V/24 Ah SB batteries 

Housing lock with key 

Accessory pack (contains: dummy cover, insert jumper for device fuses, jumper for adjusting 

output voltage) 

Accessories 

808623 esserbus alarm transponder 4 IN 2 OUT 

805684.10 Adapter for DCU 2403 

Adapter for DCU 2403 

Plug-in adapter card for the external power supply unit (Part No. 805683) for integration 

into the esserbus/esserbus-PLus. 

The adapter card is used to house an esserbus alarm transponder (Part No. 808623). 

When the esserbus transponder is plugged into the adapter card, the detector zones are 

automatically pre-assigned for fault signaling. 

The relay outputs are freely available and can either be monitored or used for standardcompliant 

control of conventional alarm devices. 

Features 

• Tool-free mounting of the adapter card and 

esserbus couplers on the external power supply 

DCU 2403 

• Automatic presetting of the coupler inputs for 

transmission of disturbances to the FACP 



781335 

¬o.D&® 

DC/DC converter 12 V/24 V DC 


1 

Approval: 

VdS 

This converter generates 24 V as power supply for special detectors. The input voltage of 

12 V is taken from the FACP or an external 12 V power supply. Mounted inside the FACP 

(mounting kit Part No. 788605), this module can supply up to 4 special detectors with a 

maximum current of 125 mA each or 1 special detector with 500 mA. This module can be 

integrated in cabinets (Part No. 120240, 788600 and 788601). Please pay attention to the 

primary current consumption (12 V) in case of mains failure. 

2 

3 

Features 

• Each output is separately fused 

781336 

¬o.E)® 



9 ... 15 V DC 

Output voltage 24 V DC ± 10 % 


max. 500 mA (4 x 125 mA) 




IP 40 (housing) 

Weight 

approx. 150 g 

Dimensions 

W: 65 mm H: 72 mm D: 20 mm 

DC/DC converter output voltage 12 V DC 

4 

5 

6 

Approval: 

VdS 

This converter generates 12 V as "electrically isolated" power supply for one special 

detector. The input voltage of 12 V is taken from the FACP or an external power supply. 

This module can be integrated in cabinets (Part No. 120240, 788600, 788601 and 

788603.10). Please pay attention to the primary current consumption (12 V) in case of 

mains failure. 

7 

8 

Features 

• Direct current potentials are electrically isolated 

• Voltage interface, for instance, for operating 

transponders connected to an extinguishing 

control panel 8010 Series 3 configured for 12 V 

DC operation 

• Suitable for max 1.5 mm² connection terminals 

• Short circuit resilient 

¬o.F,® 

781337 

Features 

• Direct current potentials are electrically isolated 

• Suitable for max 1.5 mm² connection terminals 

• Short circuit resilient 



10 ... 28 V DC 



max. 800 mA 





Weight 

approx. 70 g 

Dimensions 

W: 65 mm H: 72 mm D: 20 mm 

The module can also be used in explosion endangered zones for the galvanic separation of the 

esserbus voltage supply. 

DC/DC converter output voltage 24 V DC 

Approval: 

VdS 

This converter generates 24 V as power supply for one special detector. The input voltage 

of 12 V is taken from the FACP or an external power supply. This module can be integrated 

in cabinets (Part No. 120240, 788600, 788601 and 788603.10). Please pay attention to the 

primary current consumption (12 V) in case of mains failure. 



10 ... 28 V DC 



max. 400 mA 





Weight 

approx. 70 g 

Dimensions 

W: 65 mm H: 72 mm D: 20 mm 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

69



018001 

018002 

018004 

018011 

018006 

018007 

018009 

¬"q"`® 

¬"q#c® 

¬"q%i® 

¬"q,~® 

¬"q'o® 

¬"q(r® 

¬"q*x® 

The listed lead storage battery are maintenance-free, sealed electrolyte batteries. They are 

relatively position-independent (should not be charged upside-down), deep-cycled, cycleresistant 

and long-lasting (4 to 5 years). Charge voltage at an ambient temperature of 

+20°C: 12 V DC (6 x 2.3 V per cell) 13.8 volts, this can be subject to tolerances. 

Technical data sheets are available on demand. 

The batteries comply with the VDE 0833-1 regulations for hazard alarm systems and are VdS 

approved. 

Battery 12 V DC/1.2 Ah capacity 

Battery 12 V DC/2.1 Ah capacity 

Battery 12 V DC/7 Ah capacity 


2 x Fast-on adapters from 6.3 mm to 4.3 mm 

Battery 12 V DC/24 Ah Capacity 

2 x Fast-on adapters from M6 to 6.3 mm each 2 x M5 hexagon head cap screws, washers and 

snap rings. 


2 x Fast-on adapters from M6 to 6.3mm each 2 x M5 hexagon head cap screws, washers and 

snap rings. 


2 x Fast-on adapters from M6 to 6.3mm each 2 x M6 hexagon head cap screws, 4 x washers 

and snap rings. 



785753 

¬oZVM® 

Battery kit 

Accessories 

1 

Terminals for the connection of batteries with a minimum capacity of 12 Ah. 

2 

018051 

¬"qT(® 

9 V Alkaline manganese battery 

3 

4 

5 

805597 

¬qX¤h® 

3.6 V Lithium battery 

6 

4 Lithium batteries for use in wireless detector base (Part No. 805593.10), wireless 

gateway for detectors (Part No. 805594.10) and wireless universal interface (Part No. 

805601.10/805602.10). 

7 

4 pcs 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

71

Notes 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


LED Indicator Panel 74 


75-77 

System 3000 

78-84 

Accessories 

85 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

73


764790 

¬mP{?® 

Standard LED remote indicator panel 

Approval: 

VdS 

LED Indicator Panel 

Additional indicator for up to 32 alarm, trouble or collective signals. Connection via an 

integrated 32-pin terminal strip. The indicator is controlled via relay contacts or semiconductor 

outputs with positive-guided contacts in the hazard detection system. With key for 

lamp testing, integrated buzzer and easy-to-maintain terminal card. Elegant plastic 

housing for surface mounting. 



10 ... 15 V DC 


approx. 1 mA 


approx. 380 mA (incl. 32 LED & buzzer) 

Display 

32 LED, red 


max. 1.5mm² 



Air humidity 

95% (w/o condensation) 


Housing 

ABS plastic 

Color 

white (similar to RAL 9003), front blue (similar to RAL 

5003) 

Weight 

approx. 1000 g 

Dimensions 

W: 270 mm H: 221 mm D: 71 mm 

804791 

¬qP|F® 

Loop LED remote indicator panel for 32 messages 

Approval: 

This indicator panel is not suitable for application as an initial warning device for the fire brigade. 

VdS 

Same as 764790, but with integrated and wired esserbus transponder 32 LEDs for operation 

as a remote indicating panel for the esserbus. For connection to the esserbus and 

powered loop in fire alarm systems 8000 and IQ8Control. 



10 ... 15 V DC 


approx. 1 mA 


approx. 380 mA (incl. 32 LED & buzzer) 

Display 

32 LED, red 


1.5 mm² 



Air humidity 



Housing 

ABS plastic 

Color 

white (similar to RAL 9003), front blue (similar to RAL 

5003) 

Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 270 mm H: 221 mm D: 71 mm 

Isolator (Part No. 788612) not included, please order separately. 

This indicator panel is not suitable for application as an initial warning device for the fire brigade. 



785103 

785101 

¬oT$y® 

Features 

• Display of zone and detector status information of 

the FACP with additional text 

• Event memory for 200 messages 

• Free programming of up to max. 4,000 additional 

texts, each with 2 x 20 characters 

• Sequential message interrogation via scroll keys 

• Monitoring of the serial interface 

• Internal buzzer, can be switched off via key 

• Function test of the display elements 

• Potential-free relay, programmable for the modes 

deactivated, fault, intermittent operation, 

• ON-OFF operation 

¬oT"s® 

Features 




• Free programming up to a max. of 4,000 additional 







deactivated, fault, intermittent operation 


LCD indicator panel, German 

The LCD indicator panel is used as an add-on device for the remote display of FACP status 

information of the System 8000 IQ8Control relating to detectors and detector zones. 

Event messages are displayed via LED collective indicators and on the 2-line LCD display 

with the associated detector zone number and a programmable additional text. Each 

message is signaled via the built-in buzzer. The buzzer can be acknowledged by pressing a 

button. 

Up to 31 LCD indicator panels can be operated on an RS 485 bus, either directly on the RS 

485 interface of the basic card of FACP 8007/8000C/8000M/IQ8Control or using a common 

RS 485 converter (e.g. RS 232/RS 485 converter Part No. 764852) on another serial 

interface (e.g. RS 232). In connection with panel 8008, only possible with RS 232/ TTY 

micromodule (Part No. 784842) and RS 232/RS 485 converter (Part No. 764852). 

The additional texts are programmed using the tools 8000 software package and a service 

PC connected via the Part No. 789862.10 programming interface. 

LCD indicator panel, English 




8.5 ... 14 V DC 


approx. 30 mA 


approx. 60 mA 


30 V DC / 1A (potential free) 




IP30 

Housing 

plastic (ABS) 

Color white, similar to RAL 9001 

Weight 

approx. 750 g 

Dimensions 

W: 206 mm H: 177 mm D: 48.5 mm 

This indicator panel cannot be used as an initial warning device for the fire brigade. 


information of the System 8000 IQ8Control relating to detectors and detector zones. 




button. 


485 interface of the basic card of FACP 8007/8000C/8000M/IQ8Control or using a common 

RS 485 converter (e.g. RS 232/RS 485 converter Part No. 764852) on another serial 

interface (e.g. RS 232). In connection with panel 8008, only possible with RS 232/ TTY 

micromodule (Part No. 784842) and RS 232/RS 485 converter (Part No. 764852). 


PC connected via the Part No. 789862.10 programming interface. 



8.5 ... 14 V DC 


approx. 30 mA 


approx. 60 mA 




IP30 

Housing 

plastic (ABS) 

Color white, similar RAL 9001 

Weight 

approx. 750 g 

Dimensions 

W: 206 mm H: 177 mm D: 48.5 mm 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

75


785102 

785108 

¬oT#v® 

Features 













¬oT)!® 

LCD indicator panel, French 

Approval: 


information of the System 8000 IQ8 Control relating to detectors and detector zones. 




button. 


485 interface of the basic card of FACP 8007/8000C/8000M/IQ8 Control or using a 

common RS 485 converter (e.g. RS 232/RS 485 converter Part No. 764852) on another 

serial interface (e.g. RS 232). In connection with panel 8008, only possible with RS 232/ 

TTY micromodule (Part No. 784842) and RS 232/RS 485 converter (Part No. 764852). 


PC connected via the 789862.10 programming interface. 

LCD indicator panel for system 800, French 

Same as 785102, but for system 800. 




8.5 ... 14 V DC 


approx. 30 mA 


approx. 60 mA 




IP30 

Housing 

plastic (ABS) 


Weight 

approx. 750 g 

Dimensions 

W: 206 mm H: 177 mm D: 48.5 mm 

Approval: 

NF-SSI 

NF-SSI 

785112 

¬oT--® 



8.5 ... 14 V DC 


approx. 30 mA 


approx. 60 mA 




IP30 

Housing 

plastic (ABS) 


Weight 

approx. 750 g 

Dimensions 

W: 206 mm H: 177 mm D: 48.5 mm 

LCD indicator panel for CMSI 8000, French 

Approval: 

NF-SSI 

The LCD indicator panel Part No. 785112 is used as an add-on device for the remote 

display of status information of the system CMSI 8000. 

Features 


the CMSI with additional text 





• Monitoring of the serial interface via CMSI 






8.5 ... 14 V DC 


approx. 30 mA 


approx. 60 mA 




IP30 

Color 

gris, bleu foncé 

Weight 

approx. 750 g 

Dimensions 

W: 206 mm H: 177 mm D: 48.5 mm 



785104 

785105 

785107 

785109 

785113 

785114 

785116 

785115 

785117 

¬oT%|® 

¬oT&¡® 

¬oT(§® 

¬oT*$® 

¬oT.0® 

¬oT/3® 

¬oT19® 

¬oT06® 

¬oT2

Displays and Operating Units System 3000 

Fire Brigade Operating Panels 

784710 

¬oP+¨® 

Fire brigade operating panel, German 

Approval: 

VdS 

The fire brigade operating unit (in accordance with DIN 14661) is an additional device for 

fire detection systems that contains transmission units to the fire brigade. The essential 

display and operating elements of the FACP panel are located on the fire brigade operating 

unit (FBOU). The fire brigade can handle all necessary alarm measures via the FBOU – so 

they do not need any special introduction to the control panel. 



10.5 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 18 mA 


approx. 75 mA 

Ambient temperature 0 °C ... 50 



Housing 

sheet steel 


Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 255 mm H: 185 mm D: 58 mm 

This fire brigade operating unit is not compatible with FlexES Control! 

The fire brigade operating panel is supplied without locking cylinder (DIN 18252). It should be 

acquired in accordance with the guidelines provided by the regional fire brigade. 

784710.PL 

784710.CZ 

¬oP+§/D[W® 

Fire brigade operating panel, Polish 

Same as 784710, but Polish version. 

Fire brigade operating panel, Czech 

Approval: VdS 

Same as 784710, but Czech version. 

This fire brigade operating unit is not compatible with the FlexES control! 

764818 

¬mQ37® 

The fire brigade operating panel is supplied without locking cylinder (DIN 18252). It should be 

acquired in accordance with the guidelines provided by the regional fire brigade. 

Fire brigade operating panel (FBF-Ö), Austrian 

Fire brigade operating panel in compliance with ÖNORM F 3031 (2004) 

- Plain text display with 2 lines and 16 characters for each line, illuminated 

- 3 signals can be collectively indicated per LED (in operation, alarm, fault / deactivation) 

- 2 optional status LED (BFS extinguishing system actuation) 

- 3 buttons for FACP feedback 

- Direct programming at the fire brigade operating panel via serial interface 

- The additional text is displayed when using the shortcut deactivation + fault. 




10.5 ... 30 V DC 

50 mA (with lighting) 

40 mA (w/o lighting) 

Ambient temperature 0 °C ... 50 



Housing 

sheet steel 


Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 205 mm H: 300 mm D: 60 mm 

This fire brigade operating unit is not compatible with FlexES Control! 



LCD Indicator Panels 

784743 

ESPA 4.4.4 

RS 232 

telecom device 

or pager 

ser.- IF 

UB 

¬oPL¤® 

FACP 

Fire brigade indicating panel FAT 3000, German 

Approval: VdS 

Microprocessor-controlled fire brigade indicating panel in compliance with DIN 14662 as 

an additional indicator for fire alarm panels. Serial connection to the fire alarm panel via 

variable interfaces TTY, DUAL RS 485, RS 232 and ESPA 4.4.4 (on board), conventional 

and redundant activation, plain text display with 4 x 20 characters, collective LED indication 

(alarm, trouble, deactivation). Simple handling with 4 buttons (buzzer OFF/level/scroll 

buttons). Additional text (> 4,000 texts) can be programmed using a PC with serial interface 

connection, event memory, redundancy via loop structure for up to 16 FAT, power 

supply and signaling pathway are monitored to prevent short or open circuits, full functional 

range during breakdown of one circuit. The ESPA interface enables direct connection 

of telecommunication and paging systems. 



8 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 65 mA 






IP30 

Housing 

sheet steel 


Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 255 mm H: 185 mm D: 58 mm 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

The module can only be used when combined with a System 8000 or IQ8Control FACP. 

784743.PL 

¬oPL§/QM?® 

Programming software "FatProgWin" is included. 

Fire brigade indicating panel, Polish 

9 

10 




8 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 65 mA 






IP30 

Housing 

sheet steel 

11 

12 

13 

ser.- IF 

UB 

14 

ESPA 4.4.4 

RS 232 


or pager 

FACP 

15 

16 

79


784743.CZ 

¬oPL§/D[S® Fire 

brigade indicating panel, Czech 

Same as 784743, but Czech version. 



8 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 65 mA 






IP30 

Housing 

sheet steel 


Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 255 mm H: 185 mm D: 58 mm 

ser.- IF 

UB 

Can only be used together with control unit of system 8000! 

Includes a cable for programming software "FatProgWin". 

ESPA 4.4.4 

RS 232 


or pager 

FACP 



Plain Text Indicators and Operating Panels 

784725 

¬oP:L® 

FB information and operating system, DIN A4, German 

Sheet steel housing with two leaves for surface mount or flush mount installation with 

central leaf opening for both door leaves. The right-hand housing door can be individually 

opened by means of a built-in CL1 lock. Door opening through fire brigade locking 

(suitable for half profile cylinder installation). In the left-hand half of the housing, a Part 

No. 784743 fire service indicator panel and a fire service operating panel Part No. 784710 

are installed. The housing is designed for receiving a transmission unit or a manual call 

point. The fire service indicator panel is actuated via the serial interface in the control 

panel. The fire service operating panel is connected to the control panel interface. A 

maximum of 2 x 100 DIN A4 / horizontal layout fire brigade route maps can be integrated. 



10 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 50 mA 






IP30 

Housing 

sheet steel 


Weight 

approx. 15 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 710 mm H: 560 mm D: 100 mm 

Only in combination with the System 8000, IQ8Control fire detection panels. For redundant 

operation, redundancy module ADP-N3E (Part No. 784744) is required. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

784725.PL 

¬oP:§/QMp® 

Double-leaf sheet steel housing 

Fire service indicating panel Part No. 784743 

Fire service operating panel Part No. 784710 

FB information and operating system, DIN A4, Polish 


9 

10 



10 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 50 mA 






IP30 

Housing 

sheet steel 


Weight 

approx. 15 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 710 mm H: 560 mm D: 100 mm 

Only in combination with the System 8000, IQ8Control fire detection panels. For redundant 

operation, redundancy module ADP-N3E (Part No. 784744) is required. 

11 

12 

13 

Double-leaf sheet steel housing 

Fire service indicating panel Part No. 784743 

Fire service operating panel Part No. 784710 

14 

15 

16 

81


784726 

¬oP;O® 

FB information and operating system, DIN A3, German 

Same as 784725, but for a maximum of 80 DIN A3 fire brigade route maps (transverse). 



10 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 50 mA 






Housing 

sheet steel 


Weight 

approx. 17 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 830 mm H: 560 mm D: 100 mm 

Only in combination with System 8000 and IQ8Control fire alarm panels. 

For redundant operation, the redundancy module ADP-N3E (Part No. 784744) is required. 

784726.PL 

¬oP;§/QMs® 

FB information and operating system, DIN A3, Polish 




Adapter Modules 

784744 

Features 

• Input: TTY from the internal FACP interface 

• Output: DUAL RS 485 to the FAT interface 

784734 

¬oPM§® 

¬oPCg® 

Adapter module ADP-N3E 

Microprocessor-controlled module for installation (mounting rail) in System 8000 or 

IQ8Control fire alarm panels. In compliance with DIN 14675, the TTY interface can be used 

for redundant transmission when the adaptor is connected and when the fire brigade indicating 

panel FAT 3000 is used for initially informing the fire brigade. Additional text (> 4,000 

texts) can be programmed using a PC with serial interface connection. 



8 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 55 mA 


30 V DC / 1 A 


max 2 x 0.8 mm² 



Weight 

approx. 100 g 

Dimensions 

W: 80 mm H: 150 mm D: 30 mm 

The top hat rail module (Part No. 788652) and the module housing for snap-on mounting rail 

(Part No. 788603.10) can be used for installation. The interface is compatible with FAT 3000 

(Part No. 784743). Power is supplied by the fire alarm panel or an external power supply unit. 

Maximum data line length: 800 m. 

Adapter module ADP-N3S 

Same as 784744, but for the integration of another fire detection system into an existing 

redundant FAT 3000 bus in an ADP-N3E adaptor module. Unlike the ADP N3E, the ADP- 

N3S does not provide power supply for redundant operation. 



8 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 60 mA 


30 V DC / 1 A 


max 2 x 0.8 mm² 



Weight 

approx. 100 g 

Dimensions 

W: 80 mm H: 150 mm D: 30 mm 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

784753 

¬oPV9® 

This adapter is not compatible with FlexES control! 

Adapter module ADP-PRS-422 

12 

Additional module for connecting a paging system to a series 8000/IQ8Control fire alarm 

system with ADP-N3E. To connect the paging system via an electrically isolated RS 232 

interface, an ADP-PRS-422 is used. 

13 




Dimensions 

8 ... 30 V DC 

approx. 5 mA 

W: 100 mm H: 80 mm D: 20 mm 

14 

RS 422, max. 

line length 

1.000 m 

RS 232, max. 

line length 

15 m 

Nurse call 

system 

15 

16 

FACP with adapter PCB 

Part No. 784744 

Adapter module ADP- PRS-422 

Part No. 784753 


83


784754 ¬oPW


Accessories 

Accessories 

764896 

¬mQ£S® 

Emergency file depot, DIN A4, red, German 

1 

2 

On the back of every emergency file depot are 4 holes and on the front side 4 bracket 

hooks. For the installation on any base, 4 flat head screws are to be set out (max. 4 mm Ø). 

The first emergency file depot is hooked up on the screws. Every new emergency file depot 

is mounted to the four latches and snaps in behind a metal lug 8 see example of use). Each 

single emergency file deposit is mounted end-stackable on the last one so that the required 

emergency file number can be selected on the spot. 

3 

4 



Weight 

approx. 730 g 

Dimensions 

W: 310 mm H: 212 mm D: 12 mm 

5 

1 x Emergency file depot 

10 x Routing cards 

6 

7 

8 

784731 

¬oP@^® 

Application example with three staggered emergency file deposits. 

Route map housing for DIN A3 expansion, German 

9 

Sheet steel housing for surface or flush mounting. Option to open door through fire 

brigade access lock: prepared for semi-cylinder insertion. 

10 


Dimensions 

W: 491 mm H: 560 mm D: 100 mm 

11 

784732 

¬oPAa® 

1 folder for 100 fire brigade route maps, A3 

Door labeling: “Feuerwehrlaufkarten” 

Route map housing for DIN A4 expansion, German 

Sheet steel housing for surface or flush mounting. Option to open door through fire 

brigade access lock: prepared for semi-cylinder insertion. 


Dimensions 

W: 371 mm H: 560 mm D: 100 mm 

12 

13 

14 

2 folders for 100 fire brigade route maps, A4 

Door labeling: “Feuerwehrlaufkarten” 

15 

16 

85

Notes 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


Analog Transmission Devices 88 


89-90 

Accessories 

91-92 


93-94 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

87


057865 ¬&obR® 

DS 

6750 PSTN/IP-auto dialer 

Analog Transmission Devices 

Approval: G 111803 (IDT) 

Transmission of information via the analog telephone network (PSTN) and/or IP network. 

Suitable for connection to main exchange line or extension line of the public telephone 

network. 

With AWAG functionality, direct possibility of WINMAG connection, contact-ID transmission 

and Ethernet interface for connection to IP-networks. Interface for connection to GSM 

networks (in conjunction with RFW-4000). 

Features 

Features on analog telephone line 

• Remote control and remote request via DTMF 

• Contact ID transmission protocol 

• SMS notification 

• E-Mail via PPP (max. 10 E-Mail addresses) 

• VdS 2465 IP-connections via PPP 

• NTP via PPP (synchronization with time server) 

• WINMAG “stand-alone” connection 

• IQ MultiAccess 

Features Ethernet connection 

• CHIASMUS-encryption of IP-connections 

• NTP (synchronization with time server) 

• WINMAG via IP (max. 4 at the same time) 

• WINMAG via IP (max. 4 at the same time) “standalone” 

connection 

• IQ MultiAccess 

• Video center connection via IP (max. 2 at the 

same time) 

Features GSM / GPRS connection 

• Contact ID transmission protocol with RFW-4000 

• E-Mail via GPRS 

• CHIASMUS encryption of IP connections 

• NTP via GPRS (synchronization with time server) 



10.5 ... 15 V DC 


approx. 135 mA(150 mA @ Ethernet) 


approx. 155 mA (170 mA @ Ethernet) 



Dimensions 

L: 158 mm W: 112 mm (circuit board) 

Telecom connecting cable 

Serial connecting cable for intrusion detection control panel 

Accessories 

057655 FDS connection board for transmission device 

057632 Sheet steel housing ZG1 with room for power supply unit and battery 

057530.10 Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC / 7.2 Ah integratable in Part. No. 057632 

018004 12 V DC / 6.5 Ah battery 

057590 RFW-4000 GSM/GPRS plug in module 

057575 RFW-3000 GSM/GPRS transmission system 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




057650.20 ¬&mS!® 

DS 


7600 ISDN communication module with speech function 

1 

Approval: G 106801 (IDT); VSÖ W 070427/39 E 

Alarm transmission via ISDN, suitable for connection to ISDN phone lines(multipoint or 

point-to-point connections). 

2 

Interface for connection to GSM networks (with RFW 2000). Includes ISDN connecting 

cable 

3 

Features 

• Can be used on an ISDN multi-device connection 

and ISDN system connection (PTP, PTMP) 

• Active, galvanically and functionally decoupled 

ISDN-S0-BUS for downstream ISDN devices 

• Serial interface S1 according to VdS 2463 and 

VdS 2465 

• Parallel interface S1 of 8 inputs according to VdS 

2463 (freely programmable inputs) 

• 2 potential-free outputs for positive drive, 

signaling or camera activation 

• 80 additional monitored and freely programmable 

inputs and outputs can be set up 

• Non-volatile parameter and event memory (at 

least 1,000 entries) 

• Real-time clock with battery-backup 

• Freely configurable dialing sequences for different 

event types 

• Transmission via the ISDN-B channel (VdS 2465, 

TELIM, V.110) 

• Transmission via the ISDN-D channel (X.31), 4 

online or demand-controlled connections 

• SMS transmission, paging, voice messages and 

remote control function via ISDN-B channel 

• Speech transmission by predefined message texts 

(in German) and DTMF recognition without any 

additional extensions 

• Up to 4 individual texts with up to 3 sec recordable 

through ISDN phone 

• GSM data connections (V.110) with RFW 2000 

(optional extension) 

• SMS and email transmission via GSM with RFW 

2000 (optional extension) 

• Simultaneous use of all transmission types and 

transmission channels possible 

• 20 telephone numbers, 4 dial-up access numbers 

for X.31 and 5 email addresses programmable 

• Permanent monitoring transmission paths and 

system states including recording 

• Integrated protocol analyzer for service purposes 

• Intelligent anti-block function for ISDN with 

protection of emergency call connection 

• Telephone number check and password prompt 

for remote access 

• Remote control function via voice or DTMF 

• Voice supported user guidance for remote access 

and remote control over the telephone 

• Parameterization via WINFEM Advanced (USB or 

remote access) or via panel 

• Direct connection of a GPS antenna and transmission 

of the site coordinates possible 



10.5 ... 15 V DC 



Current consumption stand-by #2 < 100 mA 



Dimensions 

L: 158 mm W: 112 mm (PC Board) 

Accessories 

057631 Sheet steel housing ZG 0 

057632 Sheet steel housing ZG 1 with space for power supply unit and battery 

057530.10 Power supply/charging unit 12 V DC/7.2 Ah 

018002 12 V DC/2.0 Ah battery 

Example of application 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

89


057651.20 ¬&mT$® 

DS 


7700 ISDN/IP communication module, with speech transmission 

Approval: G 106801 VdS (IDT); VSÖ W 070427/38 E 

Information transmission via ISDN and/or IP network, suitable for connection to ISDN 

phone lines (multipoint or point-to-point connections). 

Ethernet interface for connection to IP networks, interface for connection to GSM networks 

(in connection with RFW 2000). Incl. ISDN connecting cable. 

Features 

• Full functionality with ISDN multipoint connection 

and ISDN point-to-point connection (PTP, PTMP) 

• Alarm transmission, remote control and remote 

parameterization via IP networks 

• Active, galvanically and functionally decoupled 

ISDN-S0-BUS for downstream ISDN devices 

• Ethernet interface for connection to IP networks 

• Serial interface S1 according to VdS 2463 and 

VdS 2465 

• Parallel interface S1 with 8 inputs according to 

VdS 2463 (freely programmable inputs) 

• 2 potential-free outputs for positive drive, coerciveness, 

signaling or camera activation 

• 80 additional monitored and freely programmable 

inputs and outputs can be set up 

• Non-volatile parameter and event memory (at 

least 1,000 entries) 

• Battery-backup real-time clock, 

• Freely configurable dialing sequences for different 

event types 

• Transmission via the ISDN-B channel (VdS 2465, 

TELIM, V.110) 

• Transmission via the ISDN-D channel (X.31), 4 

online or demand-controlled connections 

• SMS transmission, paging, voice messages and 

remote control function via ISDN-B channel 

• Speech transmission by predefined message texts 

(in German) and DTMF recognition without any 

additional extensions 

• Up to 4 individual texts with up to 3 sec recordable 

through ISDN phone 

• GSM data connection (V.110) with RFW 2000 

(optional extension) 

• SMS and email transmission via GSM with RFW 

2000 (optional extension) 

• Simultaneous use of all transmission types and 

transmission channels possible 

• 20 telephone numbers, 4 dial-up access numbers 

for X.31 and 5 email addresses programmable 

• Permanent monitoring of the transmission paths 

and system states including recording 

• Integrated protocol analyzer for service purposes 

• Intelligent anti-block function for ISDN with 

protection for emergency call connection 

• Telephone number check and password prompt 

for remote access 

• Remote control function via voice or DTMF 

• Voice controlled user guidance for remote access 

and remote control over the telephone 

• Parameterization via WINFEM Advanced (USB or 

remote access) or via panel 

• Direct connection of a GPS antenna and transmission 

of the site coordinates possible 



10.5 ... 15 V DC 



Current consumption stand-by #2 < 160 mA 



Dimensions 

L: 158 mm W: 112 mm (PC Board) 

Accessories 

057631 Sheet steel housing ZG 0 

057632 Sheet steel housing ZG 1 with room for power supply unit and battery 

057530.10 Power supply/charger unit 12 V DC/7.2 Ah 

018004 12 V DC/6.5 Ah battery 




057631 

¬&m@O® 

Additional housing ZG 0 for ISDN communication modules 

Accessories 

1 


Housing 

with swiveling door 2 mm sheet steel, oven enameled 


Dimensions 

W: 230 mm H: 155 mm D: 90 mm 

2 

No room for emergency power supply 

3 

057632 

¬&mAR® 

Additional housing ZG 1 for ISDN communication module 

4 


Housing 

with swiveling door 2 mm sheet steel, oven enameled 


Dimensions 

W: 300 mm H: 186 mm D: 125 mm 

Room for emergency power supply 057530.10 and 1 battery 018002.10 or 018004.10. 

5 

6 

057530.10 

¬&l?§/21%® 

Power supply/charging unit 12 V DC/7.2 Ah 

Approval: G 190702 (IDT), class A; VSÖ P 070427/79 

7 

8 

Fully electronic, voltage-stabilized and current-limited power supply unit/charger for 

redundancy standby operation with battery monitoring, designed for a battery capacity of 

up to 7.2 Ah. 

9 

057846 

¬&oO¢® 



Dimensions 

max. 1 battery lockable 

L: 140 mm W: 60 mm 

ISDN connection lead with two RJ connectors, 1.5 m 

10 

11 

12 

057850 

¬&oS%® 

ISDN terminal box 

For connection to two separate exchange lines. 

13 

14 

15 

16 

91


057655 

¬&mX0® 

FDS connection board for transmission device 

Accessories 

The optional ATS adapter for fire panels provides an interface for fire alarm systems 

according to DIN 14675, appendix B and VdS 2463. The adapter permits the transmission 

of fire and fault notifications from fire alarm panels by means of DS 7700/DS 7600. 

Features 

• Interface according to DIN 14675 and VdS 2463 

• Inputs for transmission of alarm indications from 

fire alarm systems 

• For use in fire alarm systems with 12V DC or 24V 

DC power supply voltage 

¬&mBU® 

057633 

Installation frame for transmission units and transponders 

Installation frame specially designed for 8000 C/M, IQ8Control C/M and FlexES Control 

panels (IQ8Control C only with extension housing). 


Dimensions 

W: 280 mm H: 130 mm D: 25 mm 

1 x Installation frame 

1 x Insulation foil and installation material 

Phase-out date: 28.03.2013 





DEZ 9000 Alarm Receiver 

Features 

• Up to 8 network access options 

• Receiver modules for ISDN or TELIM-compatible 

transmission systems 

• Connection via X.25/X.31 (ISDN D channel) or 

TCP/IP (Ethernet) allows a permanently active 

virtual connection to the connected premises 

• Receiver module for TCP/IP (Ethernet) can be 

integrated 

• VdS-compliant encryption of the transmission for 

premises connected via TCP/IP 

• Receiver module for Datex-P can be integrated 

• 4x40-digit alphanumeric LC display 

• 40-digit thermal transfer printer 

• Different interface protocols for downstream 

control center DIN 66019 (TSS 31) 

• Configuration via control center or via directly 

connectable PC keyboard 

• Comfortable PC user interface including control 

center functions (DEZ-WIN) included in the 

delivery (upload/download) 

• Runs under Windows 9X/ NT / 2000 / XP 

• Remote control of fault detectors/transmission 

devices possible 

• Automatic remote inquiry (status inquiry) 

• Stand-alone or 19" model 

• Event memory having a minimum capacity of 20 

events/premises 

• Separate event memory for system activities, 

history memory 

• User-definable text macros 

• Extensive configuration options (printer, buzzer, 

routine call monitoring) 

• Independent routine call monitoring possible 

• Extensive statistics and diagnosis functions 

• Reception via GSM networks D1 and D2 (in 

connection with ISDN receiver module and GSM 

adapter) 

Approval: G 196801 VdS (IDT) 

The alarm receiver DEZ 9000 is used for message reception, registration and processing of 

alarms, faults and test messages from hazard and fault detection systems. The control 

panel has been designed as front end computer and "services concentrator" for a downstream 

remote control center. If no control center is available, the DEZ 9000 can be used as 

universal reception computer. Owing to the option of connecting an external computer 

(PC), a comfortable operating and configuration software having selected control center 

functions is available in the form of the "DEZ-WIN" Windows program. 

A 40-digit alphanumeric thermal transfer printer for recording is available as a standard 

feature. This allows the operator continuous documentation of events that are not recorded 

by the downstream control center or of events whose printout is absolutely necessary. 

Its modular structure and performance makes the DEZ 9000 a device component that also 

meets the requirements resulting from the modern transmission media (e.g. ISDN) and 

complex information processing. The hardware requirements for receiving messages from 

GSM networks are provided by means of the RFW-2000 E (057580) module. 

The RFW-2000 E essentially consists of a radio terminal and suitable connection components, 

installed in a steel sheet housing ZG 2, on which the required antenna has also been 

mounted. The RFW-2000 E is connected to the GSM/V.110 adapter included in the delivery, 

which can be plugged into an existing ISDN receiver module. 

If a connection in accordance with VdS, in order to provide a replacement path on the 

control center side, is not required, the RFW-2000 E module does not have to be used. In 

this case, the GSM/V.110 adapter (057572) is sufficient for receiving alarms via GSM 

networks. It is plugged into an existing ISDN receiver module. 

Optional IP receiver modules allow the premises to be monitored to be connected to the 

DEZ 9000 via private or public IP networks. The transmission method used is the protocol 

"VdS 2465 for TCP/IP" required by the VdS. 



10.5 ... 15 V DC 




IP30 

Dimensions 

W: 488 mm H: 272 mm D: 230 mm 

GSM network 

ISDN 

DEZ 9000 part no. 057880 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

RWF-2000 E part no. 057580 

GSM / V110 adapter part no.057572 

ISDN receiver module part no.057885 

13 

057881 ¬&or¤® 

Planning example 

DEZ 9000 19" front panel, 6 HU, installation in a 19" housing 

When assembled in a 19" housing, its full capacity can be achieved by incorporating 8 receiver 

modules. 

40-digit thermal transfer printer; 2 MB memory card; serial interface for connecting a remote 

control center or an external computer (PC); includes "DEZ-WIN" PC user interface. 

Phase-out date: 11.09.2012 

14 

15 

16 

93



Accessories 

057884 

¬&ou$® 

2MB RAM extension for DEZ 9000 

Required for more than 500 buildings 


059200 

¬&}!y® 

Software update, German, for DEZ 9000 

059201 

¬&}"|® 

Software update, German, for DEZ ISDN receiver module 

057882 

¬&os§® 

19" assembly plate 

19" mounting plate for 4 receiver modules 6 HE, installation in 19” cabinet 

The mounting plate allows 4 receiver modules to be integrated in a 19" cabinet. 



1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Network 

essernet 96-101 

Multiprotocol Gateway 102-103 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

95

Network 

essernet 

The essernet is a short circuit and open circuit resistant 2-wire backbone for networking 

fire detection and intrusion detection panels from the ESSER product range. The essernet 

permits both hierarchy-restricted and hierarchy-free programming of panels. The essernet 

has been tested and approved for the VdS. The hardware components are listed in the 

respective equipment approvals of the fire detection panels. 

Up to 31 panels can be networked with each other in a ring loop. Superior functions and 

functions covering different panels can be programmed. The status of the entire system 

can be read off on anything from one to all panels as desired. Likewise, the system can be 

operated entirely from one panel. 

Networking can be carried out via a simple telecommunication cable, e.g. IY-ST-Y 2 x 0.8 

mm, with corresponding essernet module 62.5 kBd Part No. 784840.10 or using a data 

cable, e.g. IBM type 1 as well as CAT5 cable, with corresponding essernet module 500 kBd 

Part No. 784841.10 With the essernet repeaters, cable distances of up to 3000 m between 

two panels are possible. An optical waveguide fiber is possible with the converters, which 

are listed below. 

Third-party or management systems (e.g. WINMAGplus) can be connected via the serial 

essernet interface. 

LWL converter 

SEI 

esserbus 

transponder 


Powered loop 


SEI 

essernet 

Loop length 

max. 1 km 

(with repeater / 

fiber converter 

max. 3 km) 

Repeater 

Extinguishing 

Control 

Panel 8010 

Communication 

Transponder 

LCD 

indicator panel 

FBOP 

784840.10 

784841.10 

¬oQI§/21V® 

¬oQJ§/21Y® 


essernet module, 62.5 kBd 

Network interface module for up to 16 network users (e.g. panels and/or SEI). Protocol: 

similar to DIN 19245 - 1 (Profibus). Topology: loop structure, short circuit and open circuit 

resistant. 



Cable 

Cable length 

essernet module, 500 kBd 


telecommunications cable I Y (St) Y n x 2 x 0.8 mm 

1000 m (max. between 2 users) 

Same as 784840.10, but for a maximum of 31 network users (e.g. panels and/or SEI). 




Cable IBM type 1,2,6 or similar (e.g. BELDEN 1634A) 

Cable length 

1000 m (IBM Typ1 max. between 2 users), max. 400 m 

when Cat3 cable or higher 


Network 

784841.F0 

¬oQJ§/G1p® 

essernet module 500 kBd, France 

essernet 

1 

784844.10 

¬oQM§/21b® 

Same as 784841.10, but French version. 

essernet switch 

2 

The essernet changeover switch allows the uninterruptable redundant changeover between 

trunk and spare line, if the essernet data line is disturbed. The switch is powered through 

the fire alarm control panel. 

3 

784865 

¬oQb_® 



8 ... 24 V DC 

Current consumption @ 12 V DC approx. 60 mA 




Housing 

die-cast aluminium 

Color 

gray 

Weight 

approx. 730 g 

essernet repeater, 62.5 kBd 

4 

5 

6 

784843 

¬oQL¦® 

Approval: 

The essernet repeater increases the maximum distance between two FACP in the essernet 

by up to 1000 m. Standard telephone cables can be used as connection leads. Two 

repeaters can be operated in line. 



8 ... 18 V DC 






Cable 

telecommunications cable IY(St)Y n x 2 x 0.8 mm 


Housing 

die-cast aluminum 

Material 


Color 

gray 

Weight 

approx. 520 g 

Dimensions 

W: 125 mm H: 60 mm D: 80 mm 

essernet repeater, 500 kBd 

Approval: 

VdS 

VdS 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

Same as 784865, but with 500 kBd baud rate. IBM type 1, type 2 or type 6 cables can be 

used as connection leads. 

13 



8 ... 18 V DC 






Cable IBM-Typ 1, -Typ 2 or -Typ 6 


IP65 

Housing 


Material 


Color 

gray 

Weight 

approx. 520 g 

Dimensions 

W: 125 mm H: 60 mm D: 80 mm 

14 

15 

16 

The corresponding Part No. 784841.10 essernet module must be ordered separately. 

97

Network 

784763 

¬oP`W® 

FO converter for essernet, multi-mode, F-ST male 

essernet 

Fitted on locking device for C-rail mounting. Depending on the glass fiber used, distances 

of up to 3 km are possible. Suitable for 50/125 μm and 62.5/125 μm multi-mode fibers. 



9 ... 30 V DC 


Application temperature -40 °C ... 85 °C 


FO-Connector 

F-ST 


IP40 

Weight 

approx. 100 g 

Features 

• Two multi-mode fibers are required per network 

section. 

• The fibers must be connected directly to each 

other (not via a multiplexer). 

• Fiber optics type G50 / 125 μm = max. attenuation 

6 dB corresponding to a length of approx. 2000 m 

• Fiber type G62.5 / 125 μm = max. attenuation 9 

dB corresponding to a length of approx. 3000 m. 

• Up to 16 FOC connections per essernet network at 

a transfer rate of 62.5 kBd. 

• Up to 31 connections per essernet network at a 

transfer rate of 500 kBd with LWL-converter from 

Index “A“. 

¬oPaZ® 

784764 

Prefabricated connecting cable included for connection to the essernet module in the FACP. 

FO converter for essernet, multi-mode, F-SMA male 

Same as 784763, but with F-SMA male connection. 

784766 

¬oPc`® 



9 ... 30 V DC 




FO-Connector 

F-SMA 


IP40 

Weight 

approx. 100 g 

Including prefabricated connection line for connection to the essernet module in the FACP. 

FO converter for essernet, single-mode 

The fiber optic converter for essernet, required to connect two single-mode fibers, must be 

installed directly into the control panel’s housing. This is done by mounting it directly to 

the top-hat rail without any further mounting fixtures. 

Features 

• Two mono-mode fibers are required per network 

section. 

• The fibers must be connected directly without 

interruption (e.g. no connection via multiplexers 

permitted) 

• Fiber type G9/125 μm 

• max. permitted attenuation of 17 dB corresponds 

to a length of approx. 20 km or 

• Fiber type G10/125 μm 

• max. permitted attenuation of 17 dB corresponds 

to a length of approx. 20 km 

• Up to 16 optical fiber paths per essernet network 

• Possible with a transmission rate of 62.5 kBd 

• Up to 31 optical fiber paths per essernet network 

are possible with a transmission rate of 500 kBd 



9 ... 30 V DC 





Wavelength 

1300 nm 

FO-Connector 

F-ST 


IP40 

Housing 

aluminum 

Material 

aluminum 

Mounting 

mounting rail 

Weight 

approx. 200 g 

Dimensions 

W: 55 mm H: 24 mm D: 105 mm 

Max. optical loss per FO-segment (20 km): 

G9/125 μm: 17 dB, G10/125 μm: 17 dB 

Accessories 

788602 Top hat rail 

788652 Mounting rail for FACP 8000 and IQ8Control 


Network 

784855 

784856 

784859 

¬oQXA® 

Features 

• Serial data rate 19.2 kBd 

• RS 485 interface on-board for a max. length of 

1,000 m 

¬oQYD® 

¬oQ\M® 

Features 

• RS 485 interface on board for a max. length of 

1,000 m 

Serial essernet interface EDP, unidirectional 

The serial essernet interface can be used as a gateway to link remote computers that 

support the ESSER data protocol (EDP). The EDP version (unidirectional) is only provided 

with information from the essernet, remote control is not possible.The unit includes a slot 

for an essernet module and is therefore a fully functional unit within the short circuit and 

open circuit resistant essernet. 



10.5 ... 28 V DC 




Accessories 

788606 Housing kit 

772386 Interface-module RS 232/V 24 

772387 Interface-module TTY/CL 20 mA 

784840.10 essernet micromodule (62.5 kBd) 

784841.10 essernet micromodule (500 kBd) 

Serial essernet interface EDP, bidirectional 

Same as 784855, but bidirectional with remote control options e.g. for the connection to a 

Building Management System (BMS) 



10.5 ... 28 V DC 




Accessories 


772386 Interface module RS 232/24 V 

772387 Interface module TTY/CL 20 mA 



8000 FACP remote serial essernet interface 

essernet 

The essernet micromodule and the interface module are not included and must be ordered 

separately in accordance with the required essernet type and the serial transmission standard. 


separately, depending on the type of essernet and the serial transmission mode. 

The serial essernet interface is a router with internal RS 485 interface for interfacing an 

8000 fire alarm panel over relatively large distances e.g. subnetworks. 

Information from the connected fire alarm panel is received via a router/router link and 

made available in the host essernet. The first SEI is connected as Master and the second 

SEI as Slave. 

It has a slot for an essernet loop module and is thus an integral device in the short circuit 

and open circuit resistant essernet. For remote function, you can use the integrated RS 485 

interface. 



770432 SEI setup 

Accessories 


772386 Interface-module RS 232/V 24 

772387 Interface-module TTY/CL 20 mA 



1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

99

Network 

583530 ¬[D?/® 

Serial 

essernet interface (to connect VARIODYN D1) 

essernet 

Serial essernet interface for connecting a VARIODYN D1 system to ESSER fire alarm 

systems. It has been optimized for the transmission speed and provides optimum comfort 

in programming, commissioning and service. 



10.5 ... 28 V DC 






Available from Q2/2013 

Accessories 


772386 Interface-module RS 232/V24 

772387 Interface-module TTY/CL 20mA 

784840.10 essernet micromodule (62.5kBd) 

784841.10 essernet micromodule (500kBd) 


Network 

essernet 

Accessories 

788606 

¬ow'a® 

Housing kit 

1 

2 

Housing for the serial essernet interface. 



Housing 

Color 

Dimensions 

IP31 

ABS plastic 

white similar to RAL 9003, front blue similar to RAL 

5003 

W: 270 mm H: 221 mm D: 71 mm 

3 

4 

772386 

¬n8wk® 

Interface module RS 232/V 24 

5 

For the serial essernet interface for a length up to 15 m. 

6 

772387 

¬n8xn® 

Interface module TTY/CL 20 mA 

7 

For the serial essernet interface for a length up to 1,000 m. 

8 

013405.10 

¬"C&§/21R® 

Hardware option TCP/IP converter, Ethernet RS 232/RS 485 

9 

10 

This hardware option is used to connect a remote essernet via a (for example) companywide 

Ethernet LAN to a WINMAGplus control center via TCP/IP. This allows the device to be 

used as a protocol converter between the SEI contained on the essernet and the 

WINMAGplus control center available in the Ethernet LAN. 

11 

Features 

• Transmission with RS 232 max. length 15 m and 

with RS 485 max. length 1,000 m 

• Serial interface: RS 232, RS 422 or RS 485 (2- 

and 4-wire), configurable via software 

• Transmission speed: 300 baud to max. 230 kBaud 

configurable via software 

• Serial connection: D-Sub 25, socket 

• Ethernet interface: 10Base-T/100Base-TX 

• Transmission speed: 10/100/auto Mbit, configurable 

via software 

• Mode of transmission: half- /full-duplex or automatic, 


• Network access: RJ 45 

• Supported protocol: ARP, UDP, TCP, ICMP, 

Telenet, TFTP, AutoIP, DHCP, HTTP, SNMP, TCP, 

UDP and Telnet, TFTP 



9 ... 30 V DC 




IP30 

Housing 

metal 

Weight 

approx. 200 g 

Power consumption 

1.5 W 

Dimensions 

W: 90 mm H: 64 mm D: 23 mm 

System requirements for operation and software configuration: Windows ® 2000/XP. 

Bidirectional or unidirectional data transfer depends on the SEI used, thus serial essernet 

interface EDP unidirectional Part No. 784855 or bidirectional Part No. 784856. Up to 20 TCP/IP 

converters can be connected per personal computer. 

essernet 

SEI 

RS 485 

RS 232 

TCP/IP converter 

Ethernet 


12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

101

Network 


Gateway for protocol conversion of the essernet data protocol into different standard software 

protocols. 

The multiprotocol gateways are a group of devices which have been specially optimized for 

the conversion of the essernet data protocol just into standard software protocols. The 

focus here is especially on communication with higher-priority building services management 

systems as well as with devices by other manufacturers. Device configuration is 

carried out based on one text file per protocol driver as well as one other text file which 

sets the connections between essernet object statuses to those of another protocol. This is 

advantageous as it allows for easy revision with small changes, especially when the 

naming conventions are adhered to in the target protocol. The basic configuration is 

created under specification of the target protocol by conversion of project data export of 

the programming software 'tools 8000' which results in a format that can be loaded by the 

gateway. The gateway is equipped with an access-restricted web user-interface with independent 

user management. This facilitates the upload of project data, remote diagnostics, 

status query of all data points and, if the corresponding ESSER modules used, switching 

via the gateway without additional software. Hardware with different performance levels is 

available for varying project requirements. Thus it is possible to choose the most costeffective 

model according to the type of target protocol and number of connections 

required from the essernet data protocol into the selected target protocol. 

Service for installers: 

We offer a number of gateway services. These services cover everything from calculating 

data points to selecting suitable hardware, from creating loadable project planning for the 

gateways to designing project-specific macros, as well as on-site start-up. Gateway 

support training is offered once the gateways are installed. This training includes maintenance 

or expansion/reprogramming within the object, e.g. when a system has been 

expanded and the new data points need to be transmitted into the target protocol. 

The training and support is done by the development and supplier of the gateways. For part 

numbers and prices please contact your sales representative. 

Technical connection: 

A serial essernet interface (uni-directional or bi-directional) as well as an RS 232/V 24 

interface module is needed for the connection of the multiprotocol gateways to the 

essernet. If a FlexES FACP is used in the essernet it is possible to use the internal RS 485 

interface for connection if the RS 485/RS 232 interface converter is also applied. Switching 

functions such as turning individual detectors or whole detector zones on and off are 

possible if the internal interface of the FlexES or a bi-directional SEI is used for the gateway 

connection. In addition to the driver for the essernet protocol, delivery includes one of the 

drivers listed on the order sheet at the end of the catalog in standard software protocols. 

The multiprotocol gateway is designed for 230 V. 

Different gateway models currently available: 

ESSER Data Protocol (EDP) to: 

BACnet Server 

OPC Server 

MODBUS IP 

EIB/Instabus 

LONTalk 

For some European countries, the MPG should be purchased directly from the supplier: 

MBS GmbH 

Römerstrasse 15 

47809 Krefeld 

Germany 

Tel.: +49 2151 7294-0 

Fax: +49 2151 7294-50 

info@mbs-software.de 


Network 


If a gateway is used for the EDP connection over an OPC server, the OPC-DCOM communication 

for the server component requires a networked PC with Windows XP or higher. This OPC server 

component is included in this gateway model. 

Additional hardware for the connection of the standard software protocol, as specified in the 

order, is included in the delivery of the respective gateway variant. 

Accessories 

784855 Serial essernet interface EDP (unidirectional) 

784856 Serial essernet interface EDP (bidirectional) 

772386 Interface module RS 232/V 24 


1 

2 

3 

4 

Gateway 

5 

Modbus IP 

Building Management 

System 

Modbus 

Network 

6 

RS 435/RS 232 converter 

7 

8 

Serial essernet 

interface 

9 

10 

Serial Connection 

Ethernet 

Extinguishing 

Control Panel 

essernet 

esserbus 

Communication 

Transponder 

11 


12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

103

Notes 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


FlexES Guard 106-120 

WINMAGplus 

WINMAGLite 

Difference between WINMAGLite and 

WINMAGplus 

121-132 

133 

134 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

105


FlexES Guard 

Features 

• Separate client/server architecture with central 

update functionality 

• Operating system-independent client function 

depending on drivers (plug-ins) 

• Modular construction with open system architecture 

• Workstation client and/or Web client 

• Identical user interface for desktop and Web 

clients 

• Separate editing modules for individual clients 

• Display of system status with graphics, text, table, 

Web, or video view 

• Multi-monitor operation with up to 9 monitors 

(max. 4 physical, 5 virtual) 

• Alternatively: 1 physical, 8 virtual 

• Server-based connection to devices 

• Logging of all messages, interactions, and 

processes 

• Initial SQL database H2, extensible to SQL Server, 

Oracle, DB2 

• Integrated adoption of data structures and 

graphics from external systems 

• Support for multiprocessor systems 

• Multiprocessing/multithreaded architecture 

FlexES Guard – The management system for intelligent security 

The newly developed FlexES Guard hazard and alarm management system is based on 

JavaTM and thus provides an ideal basis for a platform-independent message visualization 

system. Any data can be accessed from any location from different mobile devices (PC, 

tablet, smartphone). Integrated permission management allows customized views and 

functionality for different users. An additional feature enables client access via the web 

browser: Each user has the option to start the client either in the web browser or as a 

desktop program, for example if a multi-monitor view is desired. Through automatic 

adjustment of the software version between server and clients, all participants on the 

network are always using the same version. Moreover, all functions are available to their 

full extent regardless of the way the program is started (browser or desktop). The new 

program structure provides its various functionalities in three different software modules: 

The control console: This is the application with which the user works. 

The configuration module: This is where all system administration is carried out, from 

user and permission administration, to driver and data point management, to licensing and 

client administration. 

The graphical editor client: This module is used to set up the application for the control 

console. This is where graphics and alarm points are placed, programs integrated, layers 

created for the different operating levels, and all the functional graphical elements set up 

that are needed to operate the control console. 

The advantage of this organization is that both the configuration module and the editor 

client can not only be started in standard web browsers like Microsoft Internet Explorer or 

Mozilla Firefox, but also used with full functionality. A web browser, an installed Java 

runtime, and a TCP/IP connection are enough to use a client computer to manage the 

server and make changes to the application. Control of access is entirely handled by the 

server. It is also possible to make most changes to the application as well as carrying out 

administrative tasks while the FlexES Guard is online, reducing downtime and significantly 

increasing system availability. 

Interfaces 

FlexES Guard offers a continually growing portfolio of proprietary interfaces for systems in 

the areas of fire and burglar alarm systems, voice alarm, call systems, access control, and 

video technology. 

In addition to the OPC and ESPA standard interfaces, BACnet, Modbus, and SNMP will 

soon be available. This means that not only bidirectional coupling with the building 

services management system and process and automation technology are possible, but 

data exchange with communication systems will also be possible. 

To integrate data provided by external databases, FlexES Guard has its own connector that 

permits simple, reliable access to this data. 

Service program 

We offer an extensive service program related to FlexES Guard for installers, which in addition 

to a FlexES Guard project also offers appropriate support in the different phases of 

implementation. Services range from system presentation to customers to support in 

requirements definition, input of alarm points and graphics pages, as well as program 

support and even the training of operating personnel and support during the system 

handoff/acceptance. Support for maintenance and extension of existing systems completes 

the service program. 

Hardware and software requirements: 

Intel Dual Core or better, at least 4 GB RAM, at least 150 GB free hard drive space, XGA graphics 

card with at least 4 MB video memory, monitor with at least 1024x768 pixels, sound card with 

external speakers, compatible with XP Professional (SP3) 32-bit version, Windows Server 2008 

32-/64-bit versions, Windows 7 32-/64-bit versions, additional operating systems for the 

operation of the FlexES Guard client upon request, Java Runtime 6, Internet Explorer version 7 

or better, Mozilla Firefox version 16 or better. 

To order FlexES Guard and/or additional license options, please use the FlexES Guard Serial-Key- 

Generator (SKG) available in the customer area at www.esser-systems.com. 

Your technical sales consultant is available for any additional information. 



FlexES Guard 

FlexES Guard 

1 

1. 

FlexES Guard small installation 

2 

Remote client 

for maintenance 

and configuration 

3 

Safe 

connection 

Internet 

LAN / WAN 

essernet ® 

4 

client 2 

Configuration of the system: 

FlexES Guard license package consisting of: 

1 x Server license 

2 x Client license* 

1 x ESSER BMT driver 

1 x ESSER BMT data point package 

Leitstand 

Server 

and 

client 1 

EDP 

SEI 

5 

6 

*Operation of server and client on one CPU requires server license and client license! 

7 

2. 

FlexES Guard large installation 

Remote client for maintenance 

and configuration 

EMT control panel with 

IGIS-LOOP controller 

8 

client 6 

IGIS-LOOP 

9 

IGIS-LOOP 

controller 

10 

Safe 

connection 

VARIODYN D1 

11 

Internet 

LAN / WAN 

Redundant 

connection* 

Redundant 

connection* 

SEI 

essernet ® 

12 

13 

server 

14 

client 1 

client 2 

client 3 

client 4 

client 5 

15 

Control station 

Workstation 1 

Workstation 2 

Workstation 3 

Mobile 

operating / 

display unit 

16 

Configuration of the system: 

FlexES Guard license package consisting of: 

1 x Server license 

1 x Client license package “5 licenses” 

1 x Client license “single” 

1 x Option redundant driver 

1 x ESSER VAPA driver 

1 x ESSER VAPA data point package 

1 x ESSER fire driver 

1 x ESSER fire data point package 

1 x Honeywell intrusion driver 

1 x Honeywell intrusion data point package 

*Redundant serial driver coupling requires probably additional hardware. The distribution of the interfaces to a second PC (interface server) is also possible. 

107


FlexES Guard 

Basic Licenses 

The FlexES Guard hazard and alarm management system uses a pure software licensing 

procedure to enable the functions of the base system, the extensions, and the drivers and 

their data points. Licenses are managed centrally on the server and are connected to its 

hardware using a machine code (serial number). Specification of the serial number is thus 

absolutely essential when ordering licenses for the initial installation and any upgrades. 

The installation and test operation of the software package (Part No. MX50000) can also 

take place without licensing. In unlicensed operation, the configuration and the graphical 

editor module can be used as often as needed to create applications. Control console test 

mode is limited to one hour of server runtime. After this, the FlexES Guard server must be 

stopped and restarted. 

FlexES Guard must be ordered using Part No. MX50050 license package FlexES Guard and 

MX50055 license package upgrade. 

Please use the FlexES Guard Serial-Key-Generator (SKG) available in the customer area at www. 

esser-systems.com. 

The software license code for the FlexES Guard (MX50050) license package as well as the 

FlexES Guard upgrade (MX50055) are delivered on a USB stick. 

FlexES Guard Licensing Principle 

Serial number 

(Machine key) 

Software key 

Customer system 

Target system 

Novar GmbH 

Process 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MX50000 

Box 

Software 

«NY6¦!!©® 

Model 

 

 

 

 

 

FlexES Guard box (unlicensed) 

DVD with the FlexES Guard hazard and alarm management system, without license, 

compatible with XP Professional (SP3) 32-bit version, Windows Server 2008 32-/64-bit 

versions, Windows 7 32-/64-bit versions. 

By using the FlexES Guard software and the corresponding licenses for extensions, along 

with drivers and data point packages, messages from hazard alarm systems can be 

displayed and managed via a PC on different terminal devices regardless of location. At the 

same time, operating activities are also possible. Moreover, FlexES Guard fully supports 

the function of electronic emergency plans. 

For licensing, a hardware code (serial number) must be generated on the PC where the server 

will be operated, using the configuration module. From that code, in combination with the 

software options specified in the Serial-Key-Generator (SKG) "MX50050 FlexES Guard license 

package", a license file to enable the software is generated that must be downloaded into the 

server using the configuration module. 



MX50100 

«NY6¦"!%® 

License 

e 

Software 

«NY6¦#S!® 

MX50250 

License 

e 

Software 

«NY6¦#X?® 

MX50255 

License 

e 

Software 

Server license 

The server license is used to enable the FlexES Guard hazard and alarm management 

system server as an unlimited visualization and operating software package. To operate the 

client software as a control console on the server hardware, as well as from any point in 

the same LAN/WAN as the server, at least one client license is required. To connect 

subsystems (such as centrals) to the server, additional licenses are required (see driver, 

Part No. MX53000-MX53710.DP). 

USB stick with license file 

Single client license 

Option for FlexES Guard server license. Permits the simultaneous operation of a control 

console client software on the FlexES Guard server. It can optionally be determined 

whether the client can only be started from certain hardware or from any arbitrary PC on 

the network, for example from web browsers. If the control console client and server are 

operated on just one machine, then in addition to the server license at least one client 

license is required. 

This item is required for each client used. 

Client license package, 5 licenses 

FlexES Guard 



This license can also be purchased separately as an extension to an existing FlexES Guard 

system. The MX50055 FlexES Guard upgrade Serial-Key-Generator (SKG) must be used to do 

so. The serial number (machine code) of the system must be specified for each extension. 



Option for FlexES Guard server license. Permits the simultaneous operation of 5 control 

console client licenses on the FlexES Guard server. It can optionally be determined whether 

the client can only be started from certain hardware or from any arbitrary PC on the 

network, for example from web browsers. 




1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

MX50260 

License 

e 

«NY6¦#]]® 








12 

13 

14 

Software 




15 

MX50270 

«NY6¦#g2® 




16 

License 

e 





Software 






109


FlexES Guard 

Licenses for Special Versions 

MX50410 

License 

e 

Software 

«NY6¦%+p® FlexES 

Guard Gateway 

The FlexES Guard Gateway license authorizes operation of the server without graphical 

visualization. This permits alarm point information from connected systems (e.g. ESSER 

Fire Detection Technology) to be prepared for higher-level control systems using OPC and 

ESPA. 

To operate the FlexES Guard Gateway, in addition to a trades license plus data point packages 

(e.g. MX53000 + MX53000.DP), only the corresponding data point packages for the 

OPC server and/or ESPA are needed. The graphical editor module is not available for this 

software license and the control console cannot be started as a graphical user interface. 

Functions such as setup, logging, and the display of status and operation of alarm points 

for testing, setup, and maintenance are provided through the configuration module. 

This license can only be used in combination with part number MX53700.DP data point package 

for OPC server and/or MX53620.DP data point package for ESPA. For additional data point 

packages for an existing gateway, please use the Serial-Key-Generator (SKG) MX50055 FlexES 

Guard upgrade. The serial number (machine code) of the system must be specified for each 

extension. 





FlexES Guard 

Extensions 

MX51000 

«NY6¦+!R® 

Multi-Client Capability 

1 

2 

MX51100 

Extension 

Software 

«NY6¦,!W® 

Extension to the FlexES Guard server license that makes it possible to structure the system 

for use by multiple clients. Each of these clients may have multiple users with custom 

screens and permissions. Client capability ensures that FlexES Guard can be operated by 

different user groups (such as different customers) without giving them the ability to see 

one another's data. 






Multi-Monitor 

3 

4 

5 

6 

MX51200 

Extension 

Software 

«NY6¦-!\® 

Extension to the FlexES Guard server license for system-wide enabling of multi-monitor 

client workstations. This makes it possible to output the content of 9 possible monitors per 

PC on up to 4 physical monitors with different displays. If the physical monitors defined for 

the user are not available (for example if the client has been started from a web browser), 

the displays are automatically redirected to virtual screens that can then be selected by tab. 




The PC hardware needed for four-monitor operation must be ordered separately. 



Notification 

7 

8 

9 

10 

MX51400 

Extension 

Software 

«NY6¦/!f® 

Extension to the FlexES Guard server license for the sending and receipt of email and SMS 

messages as well as notification by fax with graphics. Sending email also makes it possible 

to send file attachments (e.g. alarm graphics). The receipt of SMS messages and emails 

can be routed to the alarm queue. It is possible to evaluate the content of incoming 

messages and start customizable workflows. 




The hardware needed to send SMS messages and faxes must be ordered separately. To use 

email notification, the use of an email server by SMTP and IMAP/POP3 protocol must be 

possible from the FlexES Guard server. 



Driver Redundancy 

11 

12 

13 

14 

Extension 

Software 

Extension to the FlexES Guard server license for system-wide enabling of driver redundancy. 

Driver redundancy makes it possible to establish both the existing connection to a 

subsystem (e.g. essernet ® ) and a second, independent, monitored connection to the 

subsystem (e.g. using a second SEI in essernet ® ). If there is a connection problem with 

one of the two connections, the redundant connection takes over communication and an 

error message is emitted. This extension provides a simple way to achieve a significant 

increase in failure protection of the connection, especially for serially connected systems. 

15 

16 




The hardware needed to duplicate the connection to subsystems (such as an additional SEI) 

must be ordered separately. 



111


MX51600 

Extension 

Software 

«NY6¦1!p® User 

interface Windows authentication 

FlexES Guard 

Extension to the FlexES Guard server license that makes it possible to use the user names 

and passwords from the Windows network to log into the FlexES Guard hazard and alarm 

management system. This means that administrators of FlexES Guard no longer need to 

manage users with separate passwords in FlexES Guard. Windows network users must 

simply be set up in FlexES Guard. Authentication then takes place using Windows network 

mechanisms. The advantage of such a login is the lower administrative overhead for login 

and password information of the users of FlexES Guard and the fact that any existing password 

guidelines already in place for the Windows network are automatically obeyed. 




This extension requires corresponding permissions to be granted for Active Directory user 

authentication in the IT environment of the FlexES Guard server. To set up this extension, IT 

knowledge of Directory Services is required. 





FlexES Guard 

Driver 

MX53000 

Features 

MX53000.DP 

MX53100 

Driver 

Software 

«NY6¦?!O® 

• FACP: delayed, active/inactive, reset, audible on/ 

off, alarm verification, reset, set time 

• FACP detector zone: turn on/off, turn O, I, T 

sensors on/off, test on/off, on/off 

• FACP detector zone (detectors, primary line): turn 

on/off, turn sensor on/off, test on/off, on/off 

• FACP control group: turn on/off, test on/off, 

audible signal generators, ARE, transmission 

equipment: Turn on/off 

• FACP: turn on, buzzer off, reset, 

• All FACPs: audible alarm on/off, read configura tion 

«NY64111/eqR® 

Data a 

point 

Software 

Driver 

Software 

«NY6¦@!T® 

Features 

• I-CIE: buzzer off, remote programming enabled, I- 

CIE power supply/FB8, unblock transponder, turn 

I-CIE printer on/off 

• Enable I-CIE area, internal/external armed/ 

disarmed, walk test, delete, delete installer, query 

actuation 

• I-CIE control and detector zone: turn on/off, 

unblock 

Driver for ESSER fire detection technology 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of ESSER FACPs in essernet. It 

automatically creates new alarm points in the FlexES Guard database that can be displayed 

using filter functions. 

The driver supports the ESSER FACP series 8000x, IQ8C/M and FlexES via essernet. The 

essernet interface with micromodule is needed to do so. (Part No. 784856). 






Data points for ESSER fire detection technology, 500 data points 

Data point package for the ESSER fire detection technology interface driver. FlexES Guard 

counts the data points used in the driver and in the database. To do this, the software must 

be enabled with the drivers and the number of data points. Licensing is done in steps of 

500 data points. 






ESSER I-CIE 5008 interface driver 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of ESSER I-CIE FACPs in essernet. 

This driver automatically creates new alarm points in the FlexES Guard database that can 

be displayed using filter functions. 

This driver supports the ESSER 5008 intrusion alarm system through essernet. The 

essernet interface with micromodule is needed to do so. (Part No. 784856). 






1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

113


MX53100.DP 

Data a 

point 

«NY64211/eqW® 

Driver ESSER intruder alarm panel 5008, 500 data points 

FlexES Guard 

Data point package for the ESSER 5008 I-CIE interface driver. FlexES Guard counts the data 

points used in the driver and in the database. To do this, the software must be enabled with 

the drivers and the number of data points. Licensing is done in steps of 500 data points. 

Software 




MX53110 

Driver 

Software 

«NY6¦@+)® 



Driver IGIS MB/HB series 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of I-CIE centrals in the IGIS LOOP 

network. Alarm points can be created by using an import function in the FlexES Guard 

database. 

This driver supports the Honeywell HB/MB series intrusion alarm system through IGIS 

loop with a monitored RS232 connection. 

The IGIS loop Controller is also needed (Part No. 013330.10, 013331.10, 013332.10). 

Features 

• I-CIE: buzzer off, remote programming enabled, I- 

CIE power supply/transponder: unblock, turn I- CIE 

printer on/off, 

• I-CIE area: enable, internal/external armed/ 

disarmed, walk test, delete, delete installer, query 

actuation, 

• I-CIE control and detector zone: turn on/off, 

unblock 

«NY64221/eq]® 

MX53110.DP 

MX53200 

Data ap 

point 

Software 

Driver 

Software 

«NY6¦A!Y® 

Features 

• Reading the VARIODYN ® D1 configuration 

• Trigger calls 

• Display of faults 

• Display of line statuses 

• Read and write controls 

• Display of inputs 

• Playing SCU sound files 






Data points for IGIS MB/HB series, 500 data points 

Data point package for the IGIS MB/HB series interface driver. FlexES Guard counts the 

data points used in the driver and in the database. To do this, the software must be enabled 

with the drivers and the number of data points. Licensing is done in steps of 500 data 

points. 






Driver VARIODYN D1 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the connection of ESSER/Honeywell 

VARIODYN D1 voice alarm systems via TCP/IP. This driver can read the device configuration 

of the VARIODYN D1 network for commissioning and automatically write it to the 

equipment configuration of FlexES Guard. To do this, a free port is required on the DOM of 

the VARIODYN D1 system. 








MX53200.DP 

Data a 

point 

Software 

«NY64311/eq\® 

Data points for VARIODYN D1, 100 data points 

FlexES Guard 

Data point package for the SAA VARIODYN ® D1 interface driver. FlexES Guard counts the 



points. 




1 

2 

3 

MX53300 

«NY6¦B!^® 



Driver IPC - Ackermann ILC 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of Ackermann call systems. 

This driver supports the Clino 99 system through the IPC module. 

4 

5 

Driver 

Software 




6 

Features 

• Display of different call types, such as medical 

services, emergency call, nurse call, fire alarm 

• Triggering of calls from the screen 

¬oq8!® 

MX53300.DP 

Data a point 



Data points IPC - Ackermann ILC, 100 data points 

Data point package for the IPC Ackermann ILC interface driver. FlexES Guard counts the 



points. 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Software 




11 

MX53400 

«NY6¦C!c® 



Driver Geutebrück Reporter/Geviscope 

12 

Driver 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the connection of the Geutebrück Videotechnik 

Reporter/Geviscope. It automatically creates new alarm points in the FlexES Guard 

database that can be displayed using filter functions. 

13 

Software 


system. The MX50055 FlexES Guard Upgrade Serial-Key-Generator (SKG) must be used to do 


14 

Features 

• Switch camera to monitor 

• Faults 

• Status monitor 

• Zoom, pivot 

• Fixed positions for each camera 



15 

16 

115


MX53400.DP 

Data a 

point 

Software 

«NY64511/eqf® 

Data points for Geutebrück Reporter/Geviscope, 100 data points 

FlexES Guard 

Data point package for the Geutebrück Reporter/Geviscope interface driver. FlexES Guard 

counts the data points used in the driver and in the database. To do this, the software must 

be enabled with the drivers and the number of data points. Licensing is done in steps of 

100 data points. 


system. The MX50055 FlexES Guard Upgrade Serial-Key-Generator (SKG) must be used to do 


MX53410 

Driver 

Software 

«NY6¦C+8® 



Driver Milestone CCTV 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the connection of Milestone CCTV 

products. It automatically creates new alarm points in the FlexES Guard database that can 





Features 




• Zoom, pivot, and fixed positions for each camera. 

«NY64521eq6® 

MX53410.DP 

Data a 

point 

Software 



Data point package for Milestone CCTV system, 100 data points 

Data point package for the Milestone CCTV system interface driver. FlexES Guard counts 

the data points used in the driver and in the database. To do this, the software must be 

enabled with the drivers and the number of data points. Licensing is done in steps of 100 

data points. 




MX53420 

Driver 

Software 

«NY6¦C5t® 



Driver Mobotix IP camera 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of Mobotix IP Cameras in FlexES 

Guard. If the protocol and hardware connected support this, it automatically creates new 

alarm points in the FlexES Guard database that can be displayed using filter functions. 




Features 


• Zoom, pivot, and fixed positions for each camera 

• Start recording 

• Turn camera on/off 





MX53420.DP 

MX53440 

Features 

MX53440.DP 

MX53510 

Data a 

point 

Software 

Driver 

Software 

«NY64531/eqr® 

«NY6¦CI§® 




• Zoom, pivot, and fixed positions for each camera 

«NY64551/eq~® 

Data a 

point 

Software 

Driver 

Software 

«NY6¦D+=® 

Features 

• Display of status of inputs/outputs 

• Blocking of readers 

• Status display of readers/centrals 

• Permanent opening and temporary opening of 

doors 

Data points for Mobotix IP camera, 100 data points 

Data point package for the Mobotix IP Camera interface driver. FlexES Guard counts the 



points. 

Driver Funkwerk/Plettac 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of Funkwerk/Plettac in FlexES 

Guard. Alarm points can be created by using an import function in the FlexES Guard database. 

This driver supports all Funkwerk/Plettac products with the host protocol. 

Data points for Funkwerk/Plettac, 100 data points 

Data point package for the Funkwerk/Plettac interface driver. FlexES Guard counts the data 



Driver ZK primeWebSystems 

FlexES Guard 











Available from 03/2013 







This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of PRIMION Prime Web access 

control in FlexES Guard. This driver automatically creates new alarm points in the FlexES 

Guard database that can be displayed using filter functions. 






1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

117


MX53510.DP 

Data a 

point 

Software 

«NY64621/eqq® 

Data points for ZK primeWebSystems, 100 data points 

FlexES Guard 

Data point package for the ZK primeWebSystems interface driver. FlexES Guard counts the 



points. 




MX53600 

Driver 

Software 

«NY6¦E!m® 



Driver TDM/ASCOM emergency call system 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of TDM/ASCOM emergency call 

systems. 

This driver supports ASCOM emergency call systems using the CTI and SNMP interface. 




Features 

• Establishing voice connections 

• Display of faults and alarms 

«NY64711/eqp® 

MX53600.DP 

Data a 

point 

Software 




Data points for TDM/ASCOM emergency call system, 100 data points 

Data point package for the TDM/ASCOM emergency call system interface driver. FlexES 

Guard counts the data points used in the driver and in the database. To do this, the software 

must be enabled with the drivers and the number of data points. Licensing is done in 

steps of 100 data points. 






MX53610 

Driver 

Software 

«NY6¦E+B® 

Features 

• Locking/permanent opening and temporary 

opening of doors 

• Status indicators for doors 

• Fault display for doors and centrals 


Driver RWT bus controller 925 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of escape route systems in FlexES 

Guard. 

This driver automatically creates new alarm points in the FlexES Guard database that can 


This driver supports Assa Abloy Bus Controller 925 products 








MX53610.DP 

MX53620 

Features 

MX53620.DP 

Data a 

point 

Software 

Driver 

Software 

«NY64721/eqv® 

«NY6¦E5~® 

• Sending text messages 

• Receiving of messages with the freely programmable 

alarm assignment provided 

«NY64731/eq|® 

by Goovy 

Data a point 

Data points for the RWT bus controller 925, 100 data points 

Data point package for the RWT Bus Controller 925 interface driver. FlexES Guard counts 

the data points used in the driver and in the database. To do this, the software must be 


data points. 

Driver ESPA terminal devices 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of the ESPA 4.4.4 protocol to 

distribute messages to mobile devices like pagers and DECT telephones. 

The serial or Ethernet TCP/IP interfaces can optionally be used to connect to it. 

Data points for ESPA terminal devices, 10 data points 

FlexES Guard 











Data point package for the ESPA terminal device interface driver. FlexES Guard counts the 

ESPA connections used in the driver and in the database. To do this, the software must be 


data points. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Software 




11 

MX53699 

«NY6¦E¦U® 



Driver for external systems 

12 

Driver 

Software 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of external systems in FlexES 

Guard. Depending on the protocol, the driver automatically creates new alarm points in the 

FlexES Guard database that can be displayed using filter functions. 

This driver supports external products whose protocol can be emulated using customerspecific 

programming of the interface SDK. The customer-specific Programmer's Guide is 

not part of the driver and must be offered separately according to cost. 

13 

14 

Features 

• Definition according to customer requirements in 

the specifications 

«NY647::/eq~® 

MX53699.DP 

Data a 

point 

Software 






Data points for external systems, 100 data points 

Data point package for the external system interface driver. FlexES Guard counts the data 








15 

16 

119


MX53700 

Driver 

Software 

«NY6¦F!r® 

Driver OPC server 

FlexES Guard 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of OPC servers to forward data to 

external systems. 

This driver supports the OPC protocols Data Access 1.0, Data Access 2.04, Data Access 

2.05, Data Access 3.0, and Alarm & Event 1.0. 

Information about the object and data types supported as well as about setting up the OPC 

client can be found in the additional documentation. If you have further queries about the 

product, please contact our TSC. 

MX53700.DP 

«NY64811/equ® 

Data a 

point 

Software 






Data points for OPC server, 500 data points 

Data point package for the OPC server. FlexES Guard counts the data points used in the 

driver and in the database. To do this, the software must be enabled with the drivers and 

the number of data points. Licensing is done in steps of 500 data points. 




MX53710 

Driver 

Software 

«NY6¦F+G® 



Driver OPC client 

This driver for the FlexES Guard server permits the use of the OPC client to receive data 

from external systems. 

This driver supports the OPC protocols Data Access 1.0/2.04/2.05/3.0 and Alarm Event 1.0 

Information about the object and data types supported as well as about setting up the OPC 

server can be found in the additional documentation. If you have further queries about the 

product, please contact our TSC. 




MX53710.DP 

«NY64821/EQ§® 

Data a 

point 

Software 



Data points for OPC client, 500 points 

Data point package for the OPC client. FlexES Guard counts the data points used in the 

driver and in the database. To do this, the software must be enabled with the drivers and 

the number of data points. Licensing is done in steps of 500 data points. 








WINMAGplus 

Features 

• Compatible with Windows XP Professional SP2, 

Windows of 2003 servers and Windows Vista 

• Modular construction and freely programmable 

• Direct control of the network devices 

• List of measures to be taken for fire-fighting 

forces 

• Individual allocation of usage rights incl. priority 

scheduling 

• Integrated simulation-functions 

• Extensive recording of events and operations 

• Visualization of messages 

• Up to 12 active graphics simultaneously representable 

• Integration of video sequences possible 

• Information output via Windows print manager to 

multiple printers etc. 

• Time program/calendar function 

• Integrated database standard 

• Activation of other programs from WINMAGplus 

possible 

• Efficient programming language (SIAS) for 

customer-specific adjustment of interface and 

processes in case of alarm 

• Remote control possible via modem (optional) 

• 10 printers per workstation possible 

• Multiple monitors can be used. 4 of 8 screens 

may be selected. 

Windows management system for hazard detection systems 

WINMAGplus has been specially developed to meet the requirements of managing and 

integrating hazard detection systems on a single PC platform. WINMAGplus simultaneously 

manages and displays graphically a number of security applications, using a 

common user interface including: fire detection technology; voice alarm public address; 

intrusion detection technology; access control technology; video technology; rescue route 

technology/escape door control, personnel protection systems and locating systems as 

well as fence monitoring systems. Apart from security systems, a multitude of building 

management control systems such as lighting, elevator control and fault detection systems 

as well as door/gate/barrier control systems can be managed and graphically displayed. 

Database and user interface are designed in line with current standards: messages are 

displayed both graphically and in text format. WINMAGplus offers various application 

options, ranging from clearly displayed messages to active control of all detection devices. 

Based on our security networks IGIS-Loop and essernet, WINMAGplus is not only a highly 

professional system but also the best possible integrated visual data and management 

solution. 

Program: 

Thanks to its modular design, WINMAGplus offers suitable software for systems of any 

size and type of application, ranging from WINMAGplus basic package for single-station 

systems with one subsection being connected to the WINMAGplus multi-station system 

with multiple subsections being connected. Licensing enables the program options 

purchased and it legitimizes program use. A dongle is purchased together with a license. 

The dongle must be plugged into a parallel interface or into a USB port of the WINMAGplus 

computer. For multi-station systems, every computer that is networked must be equipped 

with a dongle. Workstations that are not networked do not need a dongle. The license is for 

one version level (until version 7). When upgrading from versions older than V6.0 to V10.0 

or later, you will automatically receive a dongle. If the dongle is removed during operation, 

WINMAGplus runs for up to 72 hours in online mode. 

Our services for installers: 

Our WINMAGplus services include everything from entering alarm points to generating 

diagrams. First of all, operators are made familiar with WINMAGplus. Then we work out the 

specifications together with the customer and develop SIAS programs. We design 

complete application packages and train your personnel. Until final acceptance, we offer 

support for all installation processes and assist you during daily operation via a remote 

maintenance tool if required. 

Interfaces, drivers: 

Besides our security system drivers included in our product catalog, we offer a variety of 

drivers for all kinds of trades and manufacturers. Due to the ever-growing number of 

drivers, the current list of drivers can be requested when required. If the driver you need is 

not available, we will develop a driver geared to your requirements. Alternatively, all instruments 

can be connected via the standard OPC interface. This is an international standard, 

which is supported by a multitude of manufacturers regardless of their product lines. For 

developing your own drivers, we can provide you with the connection server and a 

developer’s package. Custom WINMAGplus drivers can thus be created. 


Pentium 3 GHz or higher, minimum 512 MB RAM, minimum 1 GB of hard disk space, XGA 

graphics card with minimum 4 MB video memory, monitor with min. 1024x768 pixels, sound 

card with external speakers, Windows XP Professional SP 2 and Windows 2003 Server, Internet 

Explorer version 6.0 or higher. 

To order WINMAGplus licenses, please use the order form on www.esser-systems.com. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

121


013610 

¬"E+§/21e® 

Control center software CD WINMAGplus basic kit 

WINMAGplus 

WINMAGplus control center software CD for hazard detection systems, license not 

included, compatible Windows XP Professional (SP3) 32-Bit version, Windows Server 

2003 32-/64-bit - also on next line, Windows Vista 32-/64-Bit version and Windows Server 

2008 32-/64-Bit version. With the aid of this basic software and the corresponding 

licenses, hazard detection systems can be operated and managed via PC. Hazard reports 

are indicated in text form and graphically. In this way, the PC can also be used as an electronic 

emergency control point. As of WINMAG version 10, this version can be used as an 

upgrade (only for existing WINMAG versions 6 or older). 

For demonstration purposes only, the WINMAGplus basic version operates without a license as a 

full version for a total of twenty 8-hour days, after which the program switches to offline mode. 

After the test period runs out, all connections to all components are cut off. Starting in offline 

mode does not reduce the number of test runs. The demo mode is a full-function editing 

environment. All components function except the online communication. Each process can also 

be tested in demo mode through simulation and all editing functions can be used. 

Please use order form on www.esser-systems.com. 

You can also download this software free of charge from our protected download area at www. 


Basic Licenses 

013631 

¬"E@§/21=® 

Basic license for WINMAGplus USB port 

This basic license is used to activate the basic software package/demo version to operate 

as unrestricted visualizing software for server workstations and for network clients. For 

interfacing control panels to server workstations, further licenses are required (see Part 

No. 013601 – 013606, 013608, 013611, 013613, 013625). 


Dongle for USB port 



WINMAGplus 

Upgrade Packages 

013616 

¬"E1§/21w® 

WINMAG upgrade to WINMAGplus 

Upgrade of a WINMAG installation from version 6 to the newest WINMAGplus control 

center software. 

For updating WINMAG V1 - 5 please use Part No. 013617 on the order form. 

1 

2 

3 


4 

013617 

¬"E2§/21z® 

License disk 

WINMAG installation upgrade as of version 6 

5 

WINMAG installation upgrade to the most recent WINMAGplus control center software 

version 

6 

WINMAG installation upgrade to the most recent WINMAGplus control center software version 

An existing WINMAG as of version 6 can be upgraded to the most recent WINMAGplus 

control center software version. For each installation with dongle (each connected PC) an 

upgrade version must be ordered separately. 

7 

013645 

¬"EN%® 


WINMAG replacement dongle (USB instead of parallel) 

8 

Upgrade of basic software WINMAGplus. As a consequence of hardware exchange, the 

parallel dongle needs to be replaced by a USB dongle. 

9 

This license may be ordered separately (subsequently) only in conjunction with the auxiliary Part 

No. 013609. The update number of the basic license must be included when ordering. The 

license is used for connection of the Honeywell intrusion detection systems MB/HB, 5008. 


10 

Extension Licenses 

013609 

¬"E*§/21b® 

WINMAGplus control center software - subsequent upgrade 

This order number serves as an auxiliary number for a subsequent optional extension or 

(e.g. additional client or subsequent connection of video systems) to an existing WINMAG 

installation from V 6.0. to V10 and WINMAGplus. The appropriate licenses must be ordered 

separately. The dongle need not be submitted. 

11 

12 

13 

013601 

¬oP^Q® 

Note on license requirements: 

In each case only one license is necessary in order to connect an unlimited number of control 

panels to a PC. These licenses may be separately (subsequently) ordered only in conjunction 

with the auxiliary Part No. 013609. The update number of the basic license must be indicated. 


WINMAGplus license - intrusion detection technology 

License option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic software. Required if intrusion detection 

systems are connected to WINMAG. 

14 

15 

16 





123


013626 

¬"E;§/21.® 

WINMAGplus license - fire detection technology 

WINMAGplus 

License option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic software. Required if fire detection 

systems are connected to WINMAG. 

013603 

013605 

013623 

013608 

013654 

¬"E$§/21P® 

¬"E&§/21V® 

¬"E8§/21%® 

¬"E)§/21_® 

¬"EW§/21¤® 

This license may be ordered separately (as subsequent optional upgrade) only in conjunction 

with the auxiliary Part No. 013609. The update number of the basic license must be included 

when ordering. The license is used for connection of the IQ8Control, system 8000 1024 and 

1016 fire detection systems. 


WINMAGplus license - access control 

License option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic software. Required if access control 

system devices are to be connected to WINMAG (e.g. ACS 2 and ACS 8). MultiAccess and/ 

or IQ MultiAccess software package is also required. 

This license may be ordered separately (as a subsequent optional update) only in conjunction 


when ordering. The license is used for the connection of the Honeywell ACS and (IQ) 

MultiAccess access control systems. 


WINMAGplus license - rescue route technology/escape door control 

License option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic software. Required if rescue route technology/escape 

door control equipment (only Honeywell Security) must be operated via 

WINMAG. 

The status of escape doors is graphically displayed. 



when ordering. The license is used for connecting Honeywell rescue route technology/escape 

door control equipment. 


WINMAGplus license - interfacing DEZ 9000 

Option for connecting the DEZ 9000 remote control unit to the WINMAG/WINMAGplus 

system. The connection also enables the installation of applications working on the basis 

of VdS- 2465 transmission protocols to the WINMAG system. 


WINMAGplus license - RTD 

License option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic license. Enables operation of WINMAG via 

modem, using DS 7600 and DGA 2400 to ESSER IDT (HB and MB series) and fire detection 

systems (1024 series). 



when ordering. 


WINMAGplus license – CMSI 

License for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic software for the French market. 







013604 

013619 

013629 

¬"E%§/21S® 

¬"E4§/21¢® 

¬"E>\® 

WINMAGplus license - video technology 

License option for WINMAG/WiINMAGplus basic software. Required if video technology 

equipment must be operated via WINMAG. The crossbars can execute such commands as 

pan, zoom, tilt, select monitor etc., depending on the model. The following video crossbars 

are currently supported: Ernitec M 500 and M 1000; Honeywell MaxPRO 32; Philips LTC 

8x00; Fusion series II / III; Geutebrück Vicrosoft; Geutebrück Multiscope; Honeywell 

Fusion; contact your supplier for additional brands. 

WINMAG license HeiTel video connection 

License option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic software. Required if HeiTel video systems 

are to be connected to WINMAG. 

WINMAGplus license - Geutebrück 

WINMAGplus 









License option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic software. Required if Geutebrück video 

systems are to be connected to WINMAG. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 




9 

013632 

¬"EAe® 


License Dallmeier video 

10 

Option to WINMAGplus basic license. WINMAGplus video technology equipment to be 

operated by Dallmeier. 

11 

013656 

¬"EY§/21!® 

This license can be purchased separately (as later option extension) only in connection with the 

auxiliary item Part No. 013609. The update number of the basic license must be specified. 

WINMAGplus license nurse call systems 

Optional for WINMAGplus basic software. Required if it must be connected to 

WINMAGplus call system devices (e.g. Clino Systevo) over the IPC control. 

12 

13 




14 

Connection Server 

013606 

¬"E'§/21Y® 


WINMAGplus license connection server 

License option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic software. Connection Server is a software 

module that enables the connection of a 3rd party device to WINMAG. Connection Server 

offers a convenient interface with which data and control commands can be exchanged bidirectionally 

in detection point format using WINMAG. 





15 

16 

125


013607 

¬"E(§/21\® 

Connection server developers kit 

WINMAGplus 

This developers kit can be used to program WINMAG/WINMAGplus connections to third 

party devices. The package contains the connection server developers kit including full 

documentation plus a one-day training session in Albstadt (Germany). 


Dongle for USB port and license disk 

OPC 

013590 

013618 

013611 

013612 

¬"D{§/21§® 

¬"E3§/21}® 

¬"E,§/21h® 

¬"E-§/21k® 

Universal gateway for PC (software) 

Gateway software as a standalone solution for the allocation of data points on host control 

center systems via OPC, ESPA 4.4.4. 


Pentium 3 GHz or higher, min. 512 MB RAM , min. 1 GB hard disk, XGA graphics card with min. 

4 MB video memory, monitor with 1024 x 768 pixels or more, sound card with external 

speakers, Windows XP Professional SP2 and Windows 2003 Server, Windows Vista, Internet 

Explorer 6.0 or higher. 

Part No. 013590 may only be ordered in connection with Part No. 013618. 


Data points package 

Package of 500 data points for project-related allocation of OPC tags, ESPA data points, 

etc. 

The data points package can only be ordered in connection with the license Part No. 013590 

universal gateway for PC and/or license Part No. 013611 OPC server. 


WINMAGplus license – OPC server 

Option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic software. Required if WINMAGplus is to act as an 

OPC server. 

The OPC server license can only be ordered in conjunction with the Part No. 013618 license. 





WINMAGplus license – OPC client 

Option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic license. This is required if WINMAG is to display 

data from devices with OPC interfaces. 







WINMAGplus 

Options 

013613 

¬"E.§/21n® 

Option - notification 

1 

2 

License option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic license. Required if SMS (text message), 

fax or e-mail are to be sent from WINMAG. 



when ordering. An ISDN connection (S0) as well as an ISDN card are required for the notification 

function. 

3 

4 

013650 

¬"ES§/21v® 


Option – escalation 

5 

Option for the WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic license. Required if short text messages 

dispatched by WINMAG are to be acknowledged. Without acknowledgment, preprogrammed 

escalation plans can be activated. 

6 



when ordering. For the escalation license, the Part No. 013613 notification license is required. A 

PC sound card is required for this function. 

7 

013651 

¬"ET§/21y® 


Option – DTMF control option 

8 

Option for the WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic license. Facilitates the execution of control 

sequences via dual tone multi frequency (DTMF). With this, for example, it is possible to 

switch system outputs connected to WINMAG on or off via mobile phone. 

9 




10 

013652 

¬"EU§/21|® 


Option – ability for customized interface rights (client-side) 

11 

Option for the WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic license, allowing individual assignment of 

interfaces and rights to several operators. 

12 




13 

013660 

¬"E]§/21-® 


Option – WEBX 

14 

License option for the basic WINMAG/WINMAGplus license, allowing display of all system 

statuses via Internet or Intranet, using standard browsers (max. 5). 

15 




16 

013624 

¬"E9§/21(® 


Option – redundancy 

Option for redundant connection of essernet and IGIS-Loop security networks to the 

WINMAG server. Interface operation for redundant networks is based on master/backup 

operation and prevents data loss in WINMAG objects in case of disruption of network 

connections caused by cable defects or COM port failure. 


127


013625 

¬"E:§/21+® 

Option – client 

WINMAGplus 

License option for WINMAG/WINMAGplus basic license. Enables operation of one client 

station in a computer network with one server workstation. The license must be installed at 

the server workstation. Clients require only the WINMAG software to be installed. One 

WINMAG client license is needed per client. 

013640.10 

013653 

013655 

¬"EI§/21X® 

¬"EV§/21¡® 

¬"EX§/21§® 





WINMAGplus - remote-access package 

With this remote-access package, WINMAG/WINMAGplus applications can be remotely 

serviced and supported via modem. The package includes four hours of telephone support 

within the first twelve months. 

No modem is included with the package and must be provided in accordance with the existing 

transmission technology. 


WINMAGplus – 4-monitor support option 

Option for WINMAGplus basic license. Enables the allocation of 4 monitors from a choice 

of 8 monitors. This option only works with WINMAGplus. 

This option requires a special graphics card with up to 8 outputs in the WINMAG hardware. 

This option must be ordered per workstation which uses the multi-monitor option. 


WINMAGplus – AutoCAD option 

Option for WINMAGplus basic license. Enables the placement of detectors and groups 

directly from ACAD LT. The drawings are saved as dxf files. The detectors/groups are 

placed as hyperlinks in the ACAD drawing and stored. When importing these ACAD drawings 

into WINMAGplus, the symbols of the disciplines are automatically placed onto the 

correct position in the drawing. An ACAD license must be provided by the customer. 

This option only works with WINMAGplus. 




013405.10 

Features 

784847 

¬"C&§/21R® 

• Transmission with RS 232 max. length 15 m and 

with RS 485 max. length 1,000 m 

• Serial interface: RS 232, RS 422 or RS 485 (2- 

and 4-wire), configurable via software 

• Transmission speed: 300 baud to max. 230 kBaud 


• Serial connection: D-Sub 25, socket 

• Ethernet interface: 10Base-T/100Base-TX 

• Transmission speed: 10/100/auto Mbit, configurable 

via software 

• Mode of transmission: half- /full-duplex or automatic, 


• Network access: RJ 45 

• Supported protocol: ARP, UDP, TCP, ICMP, 

Telenet, TFTP, AutoIP, DHCP, HTTP, SNMP, TCP, 

UDP and Telnet, TFTP 

¬oQP)® 

Hardware option TCP/IP converter, Ethernet RS 232/RS 485 

This hardware option is used to connect a remote essernet via a (for example) companywide 

Ethernet LAN to a WINMAGplus control center via TCP/IP. This allows the device to be 

used as a protocol converter between the SEI contained on the essernet and the 

WINMAGplus control center available in the Ethernet LAN. 



9 ... 30 V DC 




IP30 

Housing 

metal 

Weight 

approx. 200 g 


1.5 W 

Dimensions 

W: 90 mm H: 64 mm D: 23 mm 

essernet 

Serial interface for WINMAGplus / WINMAGLite 

WINMAGplus 

System requirements for operation and software configuration: Windows ® 2000/XP. 

Bidirectional or unidirectional data transfer depends on the SEI used, thus serial essernet 

interface EDP unidirectional Part No. 784855 or bidirectional Part No. 784856. Up to 20 TCP/IP 

converters can be connected per personal computer. 

Interface suitable for serially connecting one 800X/IQ8Control fire alarm panel to 

WINMAGplus/WINMAGLite. The module is plugged to the essernet slot in the control 

panel. As a result, essernet operation is disabled. 

For PC connection, the RS 232 isolator module is required (Part No. 784754). 




Phase-out-date: 01.09.2012 

SEI 

RS 485 

Accessories 

784754 Adapter module ADP-PRS-232 

RS 232 

TCP/IP converter 

10.5 ... 15 V DC 

approx. 85 mA 

Ethernet 


The control panel is connected to the PC via the RS 232 cable for a maximum distance of 

1,000m, which is not supplied as standard. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

129


WINMAGplus 

Services 

784830.10 

¬oQ?§/218® 

Detection point input 

Object-related according to written customer specifications. 

This item is on request! 

784832.10 

¬oQA§/21>® 

Text page input 



784833.10 

¬oQB§/21A® 

Graphics page input 



784839.10 

¬oQH§/21S® 

Graphics page conversion 

Conversion of various graphics formats into format readable for WINMAGplus. 




WINMAGplus 

Application Example 

1 

1. 

WINMAGplus single station system with an essernet connection 

FACP 

2 

3 

max. 1000 m 

4 

WINMAGplus control center 

max. 15 m 

Serial 

essernet 

interface 

essernet 

max. 1000 m 

5 

6 

7 

WINMAGplus software requirements: 

1 x CD WINMAGplus control center software Part No. 013610 

1 x Basic license WINMAGplus control center software Part No. 013631 

1 x License fire detection technology Part No. 013626 

8 

2. 

WINMAGplus multi-station system - one server and two clients 

FACP 

with an essernet connection 

max. 1000 m 

max. 1000 m 

9 

10 

max. 15 m 

max. 100 m 

Serial 

essernet 

interface 

essernet 

max. 1000 m 

11 

12 

WINMAGplus server 

 

LAN 

13 

14 

15 

WINMAGplus client 1 WINMAGplus client 2 

16 


1 x CD WINMAGplus control center software Part No. 013610 

1 x Basic license WINMAGplus control center software Part No. 013631 


2 x License WINMAGplus client Part No. 013625 

131


WINMAGplus 

Application Example 

3. 

WINMAGplus multi-station system - one server and two clients 

with a multi subsection connection 

max. 15 m 

FACP 

IGIS-Loop 

IAP 

WINMAGplus server 

Video technology 

crossbar or digital 

video recorder e. g. 

max. 100 m 

IGIS-LOOP 

controller 

IAP 

LAN 

WINMAGplus client 1 

WINMAGplus client 2 


1 x CD WINMAGplus Control center software Part No. 013610 

1 x Basic license WINMAGplus Control center software Part No. 013631 

1 x License intrusion detection technology Part No. 013601 


1 x License access control technology Part No. 013603 

1 x License video technology Part No. 013604 


Access control 

IQMultiAccess 

ACS 2 plus 

4. 

WINMAGplus multi-station system - 1 main server, 

1 redundant server, 3 client workstations 

- with an essernet connection 

max. 15 m 

WINMAGplus server 1 

LAN 

max. 100 m 

WINMAGplus server 2 

max. 15 m 

Serial 

essernet 

interfaces 

FACP 

essernet 

FACP 

FACP 

WINMAGplus client 1 WINMAGplus client 2 WINMAGplus client 3 


Server 1 

1 x CD WINMAGplus Control center software Part No. 013610 

1 x Basic license WINMAGplus Control center software Part No. 013631 



1 x License redundance Part No. 013624 

Server 2 

1 x Basic license WINMAGplus Control center software 

Part No. 013631 

1 x License fire detection technology 

Part No. 013610 



WINMAGLite 

1 

Digital Recorder 

Fusion e. g. 

SEI 

FAP 

or 

IAP 

or 

Access 

Control 

2 

WINMAGLite 

3 

013635 

¬"ED§/21I® 


WINMAGLite with USB dongle 

4 

WINMAGLite is a cost effective first step to hazard detection systems management. Ease of 

operability as well as pre-defined, practical central control panel and detection point types 

facilitate the commissioning and operation of WINMAGLite. 

5 

Features 

• Cost-effective management software for hazard 

detection systems 

• Visualizing and controlling of only one hazard 

detection central control panel (FDS, VAPA, IDS, 

RRT, AC) 

• Visualizing and controlling of VisiOprime or 

Fusion video management systems 

• Management of up to 500 detection points 

• Processing of up to 100 status reports per second 

• Processing of up to 100 macro processes 

• Connection of log and alarm printers 

• Information display via monitor and/or printer 

(Windows standard printer) 

• Adjustable program background 

• Flexible, window-oriented graphics 

• Display and location of detectors in diagrams 

• Status information indicators 

• Pre-defined alarm reports 

• Simulation function 

• Extensive event and operation logging 

• Users possible 

WINMAGLite is perfect for small systems for which no expansions or connection of further 

hazard detection control panels are planned in the near future. Thus, the Lite version is 

perfectly suitable for a broad range of applications, even for WINMAG professionals. 

Especially small objects can be professionally secured due to a combination of a hazard 

detection system with the Honeywell video management systems of Honeywell VisiOprime. 

WINMAGLite provides the user with almost all basic WINMAG functions. Unlike the full 

version, this version can initially connect only one hazard detection central control panel. 

The user has access to pre-defined programs which can automatically be adapted via a text 

editor to the specific situation on site. 

The alarm stack which was implemented in previous WINMAG versions has been replaced 

by symbols displayed in the top bar which indicate alarms. The new feature improves 

overall clarity so that the user can react more quickly in the case of an alarm. 


Pentium processor 3 GHz or higher, min. 512 MB RAM , min. 1 GB hard disk, XGA graphics card 

with min. 4 MB video memory, monitor with 1024 x 768 pixels or more, sound card with 

external speakers, Windows XP Professional SP2 and Windows 2003 Server, Internet Explorer 

6.0 or higher. 


Training for this product can be offered. Please contact international sales support. 

Control center software CD WINMAGplus basic package (Part No. 013610). 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

013636 

¬"EE§/21L® 

Accessories 

Please take note that for connecting one essernet is needed consisting of SEI and fire alarm system. 

WINMAGLite upgrade to WINMAGplus full version 

If the WINMAGLite system limits have been reached, an upgrade to the full version of 

WINMAGplus is possible, since both systems have access to the same database. WINMAG 

options are not part of the upgrade and must be ordered separately. 

13 

14 

15 

WINMAGplus options are not included in the upgraded version and must be ordered separately. 


16 

133




WINMAG Lite is the inexpensive starter version of the hazard management system WINMAG plus with reduced features. It is used 

for visualization and control of a single hazard detection control panel. The following table shows the most important features of 

both programs. 

In this comparison, you can see whether WINMAG Lite is sufficient for an application or WINMAG plus must be used. 

The data structure of WINMAG Lite and WINMAG plus is identical. It is possible to change from WINMAG Lite to the full version. 

WINMAGLite 

WINMAGplus 

Item No. 013635 013631+ Options 

Interfaces 

1 hazard detection control + any 

Fusion video devices 

as desired, depending on options 

I/O points per object 500 32000 

Setting of I/O points individual individual 

Special I/O Types yes yes 

Event display 

Meta data 

Alarm stack 

yes 

yes 

not available 

yes 

yes 

yes 

User 3 predefined, can be renamed unlimited, free definable 

Tool bars 

predefined 

configurable 

SIAS-programs predefined, no special programs configurable, extensible 

SIAS language no individual programming full featured 

Alarm display counter and pop-ups with individual text 

identical to WINMAGLite, in addition 

alarm programs with a larm stacks 

Alarm criteria 

Graphics 

predefined 

identical to WINMAGplus, but without 

- multi-monitor 

- AutoCAD 

configurable 

several formats like 

- bmp, jpg, png, emf, wmf 

- AutoCAD-Integration (optional) 

Supported monitors 2 4 from 8 (optional) 

Number of graphics 

Graphics displayable at once 

unlimited 

13 

unlimited 

48 

Symbol actions predefined list configurable, special functions 

Creating special symbols no yes 

Multi-station functions 

Mandatory 

Timer programs 

State monitoring 

Printer allocation 

no 

no 

no 

no 

1 

yes 

yes 

yes 

yes 

15 

Licensing 

dongle without options 

dongle with options 

System configuration list 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


Detector Series 9000 (Conventional) 136-138 


139-154 


155-160 


161 


162 

Accessories 

163-179 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

135



Features 

• Detector series preferably for connection to thirdparty 

control panels 

• Detector series can be used with all ESSER fire 

alarm panels 

• All detectors without switch-on-control 

• Green marking on housing for heat detectors 

• Up to 30 detectors can be connected per zone 

• Rated voltage UN = 9 V 

• Low closed-circuit current 

• The detector alarm current can be programmed 

for the adaptation to other manufacturer’s panels 

• Large operating voltage range 

• Detector design based on SMD technology 

• All detectors can be programmed on one primary 

loop 

• Standard detector base Part No. 781590, detector 

base Part No. 781588 with relay output (30 V/1 A) 

or detector base Part No. 781592 with optocoupler 

output (30 V/0.4 A) can be used for all 

series 9000 detectors 

• Easy installation 

• Pre-mounting plate with snap-in adapter 

• Detector base with base adapter Part No. 781498 

up to IP43 

• Optional detector lock 

• Detector removal tool for max. 9 m mounting 

height 

• Reverse polarity protected 

¬m,_q® 

761162 

Automatic conventional fire detectors with high reliability used for premises and items of 

property with low and medium concentration of valuable assets. 

The detector alarm current can be adjusted for 12 V zone voltage to max. 50 mA by means 

of connecting a resistor of 1 kohm to max. 62 ohm located between terminals 4 and 5. 

Resistor value can be calculated with the following formula: R = 2.4 V / (I alarm - 9.4 mA) 



8 ... 28 V DC 


typ. 9 mA 

Display 

red LED / light pipe 


Air humidity 

95% (without condensation) 

Type of protection IP40, IP43 with base adapter 781498 

Material 

ABS 


Weight 

approx. 90 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 90 mm H: 61 mm 

Ø: 90 mm H: 72 mm (incl. base) 

Accessories 

767800 Mounting bracket 

781590 Detector base for series 9000/9200 

781588 Detector base with relay contact for series 9000 

Fixed heat detector 

Approval: 

VdS 

Automatic heat detector with fast semiconductor sensor for the detection of fires with 

extreme fluctuations in ambient temperatures. Conventional heat detector without switchon-control, 

with alarm latch and alarm indicator. 

761162.F0 

¬m,_§/G1c® 



approx. 12 μA 

Area to be monitored max. 30 m² 

Height to be monitored 

max. 7.5 m 


Detector specification DIN EN 54 - 5, Class 1 

Fixed heat detector, France 

Approval: 

NF-SSI 

Same as 761162, but French version. 



Detector specification 


EN 54-5 A1S 



761262 

761262.VC0 

763262.F0 

¬m-_s® 

¬m-_§/WD1.® 

¬mA_§/G1&® 

Rate-of-rise heat detector 

Approval: 


rapidly rising temperatures and integrated fixed temperature function for the detection of 

fires with slowly rising temperatures. Conventional detector without switch-on-control, 


Rate-of-rise heat detector, China 

Same as 761262, but Chinese version. 

Rate-of-rise heat detector, France 







max. 7.5 m 



EN 54 - 5 A1 

Approval: 

VdS 

NF-SSI 


rapidly rising temperatures and integrated fixed temperature function for the detection of 

fires with slowly rising temperatures. Conventional detector without switch-on-control, 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

761362 

¬m._u® 




Optical smoke detector 


EN 54-5 A1R 

9 

10 

Approval: 

VdS, CNBOP 

Optical scatter detector for the early detection of fires with clear smoke development. 

Conventional smoke detector without switch-on control, with alarm latch and alarm indicator. 

11 

761362.VC0 

763362.F0 

¬m._§/WD10® 

¬mB_§/G1(® 






max. 12 m 


Detector specification DIN EN 54 - 7 

Optical smoke detector, China 


Optical smoke detector, France 

12 

13 

14 

15 

Approval: 

NF-SSI 

Optical scatter detector for the early detection of fires with clear smoke development. 

Conventional smoke detector without switch-on control, with alarm latch and alarm indicator. 

16 




Detector specification EN 54-7 

137


761306 ¬m.'4® 

Optical 


smoke detector incl. base with relay output for BTS 

The conventional detector with relay contact (Part No. 761306) consists of a series 9000 

optical smoke detector (Part No. 761362) and a special detector base with relay (Part No. 

781582) which facilitates a direct connection to a 48 V DC voltage supply. Thus the 

detector does not have to be operated in connection with a FACP. If the detector detects a 

fire alarm, a floating relay contact switches and the alarm can then be forwarded. The relay 

contact is set to "normally closed" by default, but can also be configured to "normally open" 

with a soldered link on the base circuit board. A typical application for this detector is the 

monitoring of mobile stations. 



42 ... 58 V DC 


ca. 40 μA 



max. 12 m 


Included is a special base with relay output. 




Automatic intelligent fire detectors with high reliability, used for premises and items of 

property with medium and high concentration of valuable assets. 

Detector series IQ8Quad features, system advantages 

Designed for optimal operation on System 8000 and IQ8Control fire alarm systems 

with multisensor fire detectors for the detection of all types of fires, even under the most 

difficult operating conditions. 

Detector with and without loop isolator 

Different options of installation 

-wiring in loop and spur combination, e.g. 

-maximum number of detectors with cable lengths of up to 3,500 m with installation cable 

for fire detection, e.g. cables I-Y(St)Yn x 2 x 0.8 mm 

-up to 127 detectors and detector zones per loop installation 

-up to 32 detectors per zone 

Easy commissioning 

-automatic detector addressing 

-fixed address assignment of detector location, even after detectors have been replaced or 

added 

-localization of wire breaks and short circuits on loop 

-detector-LED used as alarm indicator and as an indicator for detectors in service 

-adaptation to changing operating conditions 

-dedicated LED for indicating operation (green LED) 

-disconnection of individual detectors, detector zones and detection areas 

-disconnection of individual sensors or several sensors at once within a multisensor fire 

detector; either manually or depending on programmed time of the day 

Automatic adaptation to varying environmental conditions 

-compensation of changing levels of air pressure, humidity, smoke concentration 

according to the double chamber principle 

-electronic compensation of long-term influences like aging or pollution 

Reliable detection 

-constant alarm sensitivity of multisensor fire detector for all types of fire 

-large signal to noise ratio due to the special design of the sensors and the electronics to 

suppress electromagnetic interference 

Reliable false alarm suppression 

-high immunity against false alarms by means of timed evaluation of different sensor 

criteria 

-signal patterns not typical for fires are eliminated by using special filter algorithms 

-automatic self-monitoring of detector electronics 

-continuous loop monitoring even during short-circuits through isolating the relevant 

segment 

-automatic monitoring of all sensors to guarantee operational capacity and correct condition. 

Increased operating reliability 

-short-circuit and wire break tolerant through monitoring from both ends of the loop 

-alarm decision inside detector 

-fail-safe circuit activated if communication fails 

Maintenance 

-automatic maintenance request 

-heat detector identification through a black circle on the light transmission plate 

-multisensor gas detector identification through a golden loop on the circle transmission 

plate 

-operating time-, alarm- and fault counter in each detector 

-automatic, cyclic loop check 

-complete status interrogation from the control panel 

-interrogation of operating data from all detectors on loop via standard service PC and 

detector interface 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

139



Comprehensive range of accessories 

-standard detector base and relay base 

-base adapter for ceiling mounting 

-dust cover for fire detector or detector base 

-kit for suspended ceiling mounting 

-RF base 

Detectors w/o Integrated Alarm Devices 

117 

62 

Fire detector with base 


Alarm current w/o communication curtain approx. 18 mA 

Air speed 

0 ... 25.4 m/s 


Air humidity


802177 

¬q6nO® 


Fixed heat detector (class B) IQ8Quad with isolator 

Approval: 

VdS 

Same as 802171, but for increased operating temperature according to EN 54-5 class B. 



8 ... 42 V DC 



approx. 220 μA @ 42 V 



max. 6 m 


Detector specification EN 54-5 BS / -17 

1 

2 

3 

4 

802271 

¬q7h?® 

Special marking for heat detector on the light pipe: black ring. 

Rate-of-rise heat detector IQ8Quad with isolator 

5 

Approval: 

VdS, CNBOP, BOSEC 

Automatic heat detector with fast semiconductor sensor to guarantee reliable detection of 

fires with rapidly rising temperatures and integrated fixed temperature function for the 

detection of fires with slowly rising temperatures. Intelligent fire detector with decentralized 

intelligence, automatic function self-test, CPU failure mode, alarm and operating data 

memory, alarm indicator, soft-addressing and operating indication. 

The detector is provided with an integrated isolator. A parallel detector indicator can be 

connected. 

6 

7 

8 



8 ... 42 V DC 






max. 7.5 m 


Detector specification EN 54-5 A1 / -17 

9 

10 

802271.F 

¬q7h§/G(® 

Special marking for heat detector on the light pipe: black ring. 

Rate-of-rise heat detector IQ8Quad with isolator, France 

11 

Approval: 

NF-SSI 

12 

Same as 802271, but with NF marking. 



8 ... 42 V DC 




max. 7.5 m 



Detector specification EN 54-5 A1R, EN 54-17 

13 

14 

802271.VC0 

¬q7h§/WD1a® 

Special marking for the heat detector on the light pipe: black ring. 

Rate-of-rise heat detector IQ8Quad with isolator, China 


15 

16 

141


803271 

¬qAhS® 


Rate-of-rise heat detector IQ8Quad w/o loop isolator 

Approval: 

VdS, CNBOP 

Same as 802271, but without loop isolator. 

The detector can be operated in a standard detector group as well as independently. 

802371 

802371.F 

802371.VC0 

¬q8hA® 

¬q8h§/G*® 

¬q8h§/WD1c® 



8 ... 42 V DC 





max. 7.5 m 



EN 54-5 A1 

DIBt approval 

Z-6.5-1764 license system 8000-FSA Z-6.5-1759 

license system IQ8FSA 8619 Z-6.5-1808 license 

system 8000-FSA-PLus 

Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad with isolator 

Approval: 

Optical smoke detector to guarantee safe and early detection of fire. Intelligent fire detector 

with decentralized intelligence, automatic function self-test, CPU failure mode, alarm and 

operating data memory, alarm indicator, soft-addressing and operating indication. The 

detector is provided with an integrated isolator. A parallel detector indicator can be 

connected. 



8 ... 42 V DC 






max. 12 m 


Detector specification EN 54-7 / -17 

Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad with isolator, France 

Approval: 


NF-SSI 




8 ... 42 V DC 




max. 12 m 


Detector specification EN 54-7, EN 54-17 

The installation heights are given for information only and can not replace the standards and 

rules. 

Accessories 

805590 Standard detector base for IQ8Quad 

805591 Detector base with relay contact for IQ8Quad 

Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad with isolator, China 




803371 

¬qBhU® 


Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad w/o loop isolator 

Approval: 

VdS, CNBOP 



1 

2 

802375 

¬q8lM® 



8 ... 42 V DC 





max. 12 m 



DIBt approval 




OTblue multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator 

Approval: 

VdS 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Multisensor fire detector with integrated optical detector and heat detector. The optical 

measurement chamber is provided with a newly developed sensor technology, enabling the 

detection of open fires, smoldering fires and fires with high heat generation. Especially for 

open fires, the classical ionization technology implemented in ionization detectors is 

replaced by the new detection technology. The detector is capable of identifying the TF1 

and TF6 test fires described in the EN 54-9:1982 specification. 

The OTblue multisensor is an intelligent detector with time-related signal analysis, signal 

correlation of the sensor data, decentralized intelligence, automatic function self-test, CPU 

failure mode, automatic adaptation to environmental conditions, alarm and operating data 

memory, alarm indicator and soft-addressing. 

The detector is provided with an integrated isolator and a parallel detector indicator can be 

connected. 

7 

8 

9 

802373 

¬q8jG® 



9 ... 42 V DC 






max. 12 m 


Material 

ABS 

Detector specification EN 54-7/-5 A2 /-17, CEA 4021 

OT multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator 

Approval: 

VdS 

10 

11 

12 

13 

Multisensor fire detector with integrated optical detector and heat detector, with timecontrolled 

signal analysis and weighted data combination of both detector functions for 

detecting smoldering fires and fires with extreme heat generation. Intelligent detector with 

decentralized intelligence, self-function test, CPU redundancy mode, automatic adaptation 

to the environments, alarm and operating data storage, alarm indication and soft 

addressing. 

The loop isolator is integrated in the detector. A parallel detector indicator is additionally 

attachable. 

14 

15 



9 ... 42 V DC 






max. 12 m 



16 

143


802374 

¬q8kJ® 


O 2 T multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator 

Approval: 


Multisensor fire detector provided with two built-in optical smoke sensors with different 

scattered light angles as well as additional heat detector sensor evaluation to guarantee the 

detection of different types of fire from smoldering fires to open fires with constant sensitivity 

level. Smoke sensor signal identification to ensure smoke classification and reduction 

of false alarms caused, for instance, by water vapor or dust. 

Because of its excellent detection characteristics, the detector is also able to identify the 

standardized TF1 and TF6 test fires. The O²T multisensor fire detector is also suitable for 

applications with higher temperatures of up to +65 °C. The detector is provided with an 

integrated isolator. A parallel detector indicator can be connected. 

802374.F 

802374.VC0 

803374 

¬q8k§/G3® 

¬q8k§/WD1l® 

¬qBk^® 



8 ... 42 V DC 






max. 12 m 


Detector specification EN 54-7/-5 B /-17, CEA 4021 

O 2 T multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, France 

Approval: 




8 ... 42 V DC 




max. 12 m 



Detector specification EN 54-7, EN 54-17 

O 2 T multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, China 


O 2 T multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad w/o loop isolator 

Approval: 

NF-SSI 

Installation heights are given as a guide and cannot replace the standards and rules. 

VdS, CNBOP 





8 ... 42 V DC 





max. 12 m 


Detector specification EN 54-7/-5 B, CEA 4021 

DIBt approval 






802473 ¬q9jI® 

OTG 


multisensor fire detector (CO) IQ8Quad with isolator 

Approval: VdS 

Multisensor fire detector with integrated smoke detector, heat detector and gas sensor 

(CO) for preventive and early detection of fires ranging from smoldering fires to open fires 

through combined evaluation of scattered light, temperature and gas. An alarm is actuated 

at carbon monoxide (CO) concentration levels that are life-threatening for humans. The 

detector is provided with an integrated isolator. A parallel detector indicator can be 

connected. 



8 ... 42 V DC 



Quiescent current @ FACP battery approx. 225 μA @ 27,5 V 


CO pre-alarm 

approx. 75 ppm 

CO alarm 

approx. 100 ppm 



max. 12 m 



In the course of installation, we recommend testing the integrated CO sensor with our CO test 

gas (Part No. 805583) or CO capsule (Part No. 805553). 

Durability CO sensor: 5 years 

Technical alarm range CO: 10 ppm … 150 ppm 

Gas sensors (CO) mainly react to the carbon monoxide arising from a fire (CO). They have, 

however, also a cross sensitivity to other gases, as for example hydrogen (H2), acetylene (C2H2) 

or nitric oxide (NO). 

Special marking for gas detector on the light pipe: black ring. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

145



Detectors with Integrated Alarm Devices 

Features 

Detection 

• The reliable O²T multisensor principle for 

consistent response performance at the highest 

level of security against false alarms 

Flash lamp 

• Loop powered - no need for external power 

supply 

• No additional short address 

• Automatic synchronization of various IQ8Quad 


• High flash energy 


supply 




• Maximum sound level: 92 dB (A) at 1 m 

• Maximum sound pressure can be set 

• Multiple signal patterns can be combined to one 

signal 

• Signal pattern and repetition rates can be set 

• 20 different signal tones, incl. DIN-tone 

Speech massage with sounder 


supply 




• Maximum sound level: 92 dB (A) at 1 m 

• Maximum sound pressure can be set 

• Multiple signal patterns can be combined to one 

signal 

• Signal pattern and repetition rates can be set 

• 20 different signal tones, incl. DIN-tone 

• Speech messages can be played in up to 5 

languages 

• 5 alarm messages per languages are preprogrammed 

The IQ8Quad smoke detectors with built-in alarm device incorporate up to 4 different functionalities 

(detect, flash, sound, and/or speech) depending on the type (O²T/F, O²T/So, O²T/ 

Sp, O²T/FSp) of detector. 

- fire detection as per EN 54-7 

- integrated heat sensor as per EN 54-5 

- optical alarm via flash lamp 

- acoustic alarm via sounder as per EN 54-3 

- acoustic alarm speech messages 

Detection 

Multisensor fire detectors with two built-in optical smoke sensors with different scattered 

light angles as well as additional heat detector sensor evaluation for detecting everything 

from smoldering fires to open fires with consistent response performance. Smoke sensor 

signal identification to ensure smoke classification and reduction of false alarms caused, 

for instance, by water vapor or dust. Each detector is provided with an integrated isolator. 

Alarm signaling 

The alarm signaling device is activated from the control panel. No further short address 

needs to be allocated. It is programmed with tools 8000 version 1.05 or better. 

Alarm tone / speech message programming 

For detectors with speech message and/or alarm tone function with up to five language 

options, up to 4 signals can be programmed. Two signals are reserved for alarm signaling 

and evacuation in the case of fire. Two further signals can be programmed for other events. 

Each signal can consist of up to four signal components, enabling one signal to be 

programmed as a DIN tone combined with subsequent speech messages in three different 

languages. 

Alarm tones can be chosen from a table with various tone types. For application in schools, 

a break signal to signify the breaks between class can be activated. 

Four different speech messages, each in three languages, are available: 

- "An incident has been reported in the building. Please await further instructions.” 

- "Attention” please. This is an emergency. Please leave the building by the nearest available 

exit.” 

- "This is a fire alarm. Please leave the building immediately by the nearest available exit.” 

- “This is a test message. No action is required. “ 

When the basic setting is selected, signals / signal components can be continuously 

repeated until the signaling function is interrupted by the control panel. They can also be 

programmed with a repetition rate of one to three times. Thus, the break signal in schools 

can be deliberately set to only one repetition. In the same way, the total signal can be set to 

continuous repetition, with the DIN tone being played only once while subsequent speech 

messages are played up to three times. 

Sound pressure programming 

The sound level [dB (A)] can be set to eight levels, from approximately 64 dB (A) to 

approximately 92 dB (A). 




All the security you need in one housing with four functions: detection, flasher, sounder 

and speech alarm. 

All IQ8Quad detectors with built-in alarm devices can only be operated on the powered loop. For 

physical reasons, an increased sound level leads to a higher current consumption rate of the 

alarm device and the corresponding load factor must be considered when calculating the 

maximum number on the loop. Altogether up to 127 bus devices per loop can still be connected. 

Please consider that extra training is required when dealing with IQ8Quad with a built-in alarm 

device. The training includes installation planning and commissioning techniques. For further 

information take a look at our training brochure. Information concerning the calculation can be 

found in the "Project Planning Support“ chapter. 

signal 1 

(evacuation) 

sequence 1 

sequence 2 

sequence 3 sequence 4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Signals 

signal 2 

(alarm) 

signal 3 

(event 1) 

signal 4 

(event 2) 

sequence 1 sequence 2 sequence 3 sequence 4 



5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

147



Detector with Integrated Alarm Devices 

117 

65 




8 ... 42 V DC 



max. 12 m 

Air speed 

0 ... 25.4 m/s 



Air humidity


802383 

¬q8te® 


O 2 T/F multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator 

Approval: VdS 

O²T/F multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with integrated flasher 

In addition to smoke detection with the conventional O²T multisensor technology, the 

detector is provided with a built-in flash lamp. 




Quiescent current @ FACP battery approx. 400 μA @ 42 V 

Load factor 2 

Lighting energy 

approx. 3 Y 

Strength of light 

max. 15.8 cd peak / 2.63 cd effective 

Signal flashing lamp 

red 

Air humidity


802382.VC0 

802384 

¬q8s§/WD1¦® 

¬q8uh® 


O/So optical smoke detector IQ8Quad with isolator, China 


O 2 T/So multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator 

Approval: VdS 

O²T/So multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with integrated sounder 

In addition to smoke detection with the conventional O²T multi-sensor technology, the 

detector is provided with a built-in alarm signaling device. The sound level can be set to 

eight different levels. 





Load factor 2 

Sound level 

max. 92 dB (A), +/- 2 db (A) @ 1m for DIN tone 

Air humidity


802386.BR 

¬q8w§/CSh® 


O 2 T/Sp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, Brazil 

Approval: VdS 

O²T/Sp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with integrated sounder and speech 

In addition to smoke detection with conventional O²T multisensor technology, the detector 

is provided with a built-in voice alarm device. It can be set to eight different levels. 





Load factor 3 

Sound level 


Specification 

EN 54-3 acoustic signaling device 

EN 54-3 acoustic speech signaling device (Q2/2011) 

Not suitable for application in detector base Part No. 805591! 

Programmed with 5 languages: Portuguese (Brazil), English, German, Spanish and French 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

802386.SV98 

¬q8w§/TW:9©® 

O 2 T/Sp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, composed version 

7 

Approval: 

VdS 

Same as 802386, but special language. 

8 

When ordering, please note the “Ordering information for IQ8Quad and IQ8Alarm” and fill in 

“Order form for individual combination of languages” printed in the appendix. 

9 

10 

11 

12 

802386.SV99 

¬q8w§/TW::)® 

O 2 T/Sp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, customized version 

13 

Approval: 

VdS 

14 

Same as 802386, but customized version. 



15 

16 

151


802385 

¬q8vk® 


O 2 T/FSp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator 

Approval: VdS 

O²T/FSp multisensor IQ8Quad with integrated flasher, sounder and speech 


detector is provided with a built-in voice alarm device. It can be set to eight different levels. 




Load factor 3 

Sound level 



approx. 3 Y 




red 

Detector specification EN 54-7/-5 B/-17, CEA 4021 

Specification 

EN54-3 acoustic signaling device 

EN54-3 acoustic speech signaling device 


802385.BR 

¬q8v§/CSe® 

O 2 T/FSp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, Brazil 

Approval: 

Programmed with 5 languages: German, English, Spanish, French and Italian 

VdS 

O²T/FSp multisensor IQ8Quad with integrated flasher, sounder and speech 

In addition to smoke detection with the conventional O²T multi-sensor technology, the 






Load factor 3 

Sound level 



approx. 3 Y 




red 

Specification 




Programmed with 5 standard languages Portuguese (Brazil), English, German, Spanish and 

French 

802385.N0 

O 2 T/FSp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, Nordic 

Same as 802385, but Nordic version. 

Programmed with 5 languages: Norwegian, Swedish, Finnish, Danish and English 



802385.F0 

¬q8vk® 


O 2 T/FSp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, France 

Approval: VdS 

O²T/FSp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with integrated flasher, sounder and speech 







Load factor 3 

Sound level 



approx. 3 Y 




red 


EN 54-7, EN54-17 


Programmed with 5 languages: German, English, Spanish, French and Italian 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

802385.SVRU 

¬q8v§/TWSVN® 

O 2 T/FSp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, Russia 

7 

802385.SV98 

¬q8v§/TW:9¦® 

Same as 802385, but Russian version. 

O 2 T/FSp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, composed version 

Approval: 

VdS 


8 

9 

Same as 802385, but with an individual combination of up to 5 languages, see special 

order form in the appendix. 

10 



Cancellations or returns are not possible. 


11 

Programmed with an individual combination of up to 5 languages. 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

153


802385.SV99 

¬q8v§/TW::&® O 


2 T/FSp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, customized version 

Approval: VdS 


Same as 802385, but with individual text and/or sounds. The max. recording time per 

device is 169 seconds. 


Material 

ABS plastic 

When ordering, please note the "Ordering information for IQ8Quad and IQ8Alarm" and fill in 


Costs for the recording of customer-specific texts and/or tones can be obtained by request. 



Programmed according to customer specifications. 




IQ8Quad Ex (i) 

117 

62 



Data according to ATEX: 

Max. Input Voltage (U i ) 

21 V DC 

Max. Input current (I i ) 

252 mA 

Max. Output current (I o ) 

10 mA 

Max. internal capacity (Ci) 

1 nF 

Ambient temperature (Ta) -20 °C ... 70 °C 

EC-type examination certificate TÜV 09 ATEX 554910 

Ex-category II 2G (with Ex barrier Part No. 804744 or 764744) 

Explosion protection 

Ex ib IIC T4 Gb 

Common technical data: 


8 ... 42 V DC 


typ. 18 mA 

Air speed 

0 ... 25.4 m/s 


Air humidity 

< 95 % (non-condensing) 


IP 43 (incl. base + option) 

Material 

ABS 


Weight 

approx. 110 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 117 mm H: 49 mm (62 mm incl. base) 

Detector bases are not supplied as standard. 

Additional detectors for the explosion zones can be found in the chapters manual call points and 

special detectors. Detailed information about installation and operation can be found in the 

documentation (Part No. 798920) on our website. 

All of the following IQ8Quad explosion-proof fire detectors must be operated with the Part No. 

805590 base. In the case of operation in standard zones, no individual addressing is possible! 

For usage in zone 1 and zone 2 in case of operation 

- with individual addressing the Ex barrier Part No. 804744, 

- in conventional zones the Ex barrier Part No. 764744 must be used! 

The Ex barrier separates intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe circuits before the explosion 

prone area to be monitored (explosion zone). 

Individual addressable operating 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

esserbus/esserbus-PLus 

Zone 1 

11 

Ex barrier (Part No. 804744) 

Ex area: IIC T2 

12 

Conventional operating 

Zone 1 

13 


external power supply 


14 



esserbus transponder 4 zone / 2 relay 

15 

16 

155


803271.EX 

¬qAh§/FY"® 

Rate-of-rise heat detector IQ8Quad Ex (i) w/o isolator 

Approval: 

VdS, ATEX 


Automatic heat detector with quick semiconductor sensor for the reliable recognition of 

fires with fast rate of temperature rise as well as integrated fixed temperature heat function 

for the recognition of fires with slow temperature rise. Intelligent fire detector with decentralized 

intelligence, automatic function self-test, emergency mode, storage of alarm and 

operating data, alarm display. Soft addressing and separate operational display is only 

possible when operating an esserbus / esserbus-PLus IQ8Quad detector without loop isolator, 

especially for usage in explosion zones. Operation with individual addressing at Ex 

barrier Part No. 804744 and as standard detector at Ex barrier Part No. 764744. 






max. 7.5 m 


Detector specification EN 54-5 A1R : 2002 

Special marking for heat detector on light pipe: black ring 

803271.EX.F0 

803371.EX 

803371.EX.F0 

¬qAh§/FY/G1§® 

¬qBh§/FY$® 

¬qBh§/FY/G1©® 

Accessories 


Rate-of-rise heat detector IQ8Quad Ex (i) w/o isolator, France 

Same as 803271.EX, but French version. 

Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad Ex (i) w/o isolator 

Approval: 

VdS, ATEX 

Scattered-light smoke detector for reliable early recognition of fires. Intelligent fire detector 

with decentralized intelligence, automatic function self-test, emergency mode, storage of 

alarm and operating data, alarm display. Soft addressing and separate operational display 

is only possible when operating an esserbus / esserbus-PLus IQ8Quad detector without 

loop isolator, especially for usage in explosion zones. Operation with individual addressing 

at Ex barrier Part No. 804744 and as standard detector at Ex barrier Part No. 764744. 






max. 12 m 


Detector specification EN 54-7 : 2006 

Accessories 


Optical smoke detector IQ8Quad Ex (i) w/o isolator, France 




803374.EX 

¬qBk§/FY-® 

O 2 T multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad Ex (i) w/o isolator 

Approval: VdS, ATEX 


Intelligent detector with two integrated optical smoke sensors with different scattered-light 

angles as well as additional heat detector sensor evaluation for the recognition of smoldering 

fires up to open fires with uniform characteristics. Comparison of the heat sensor 

signals for smoke classification and reduction of false alarms, e.g. from steam or dust. Due 

to its excellent detection characteristics, the detector is also able to recognize TF1 and TF6 

test fires, described in the standards. The O²T intelligent detector is also suitable for a 

higher operating temperature of up to +65 °C. Intelligent fire detector with decentralized 

intelligence, automatic function self-test, emergency mode, storage of alarm and operating 

data, alarm display. Soft addressing and separate operational display is only possible when 

operating an esserbus / esserbus-PLus IQ8Quad detector without loop isolator, especially 

for usage in explosion zones. Operation with individual addressing at Ex barrier Part No. 

804744 and as standard detector at Ex barrier Part No. 764744. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

803374.EX.F0 

¬qBk§/FY/G1)® 






max. 12 m 


Detector specification EN 54-7:2006 / -5B:2000 / A1:2002, CEA 4021 

Accessories 


O 2 T multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad Ex (i) w/o isolator, France 

6 

7 

8 


9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

157



Accessories for IQ8Quad EX (i) 

804744 ¬qPM©® 

Ex 

barrier for intrinsic safe detectors series IQ8Quad Ex (i) 

Approval: ATEX 

Ex barrier for the operation of intrinsically safe IQ8Quad Ex (i) series detectors directly on 

the esserbus/esserbus PLus with individual addressing in connection with the detector 

base Part No. 805590. 




Weight 

approx. 100 g 

Specification EN 54-18:2005 

Dimensions 

W: 20 mm H: 107 mm D: 115 mm 

A safety barrier does not replace an overvoltage protection according to IEC 801, DIN VDE 0185 

and 0855. 

You can find more detailed information on the installation and the operation for IQ8Quad Ex (i) 

Series detectors in the documentation Part No. 798920. 

System requirements 

- Number of detectors up to max. 10 fire detectors per Ex barrier 

- Max. 4 Ex barriers per loop. 

- At least one esserbus device with a isolator must be installed between two Ex barriers. 

- Total loop length up to max. 3,500 m. 

- For each Ex barrier the total loop length must be reduced about 200 meters. 

- Cable length (spur) within the Ex area max. 400 m per Ex barrier. 

- Load factor 3 per Ex barrier (Use load factor calculation tool). 

Individual addressable operating 

Zone 1 

esserbus / esserbus-PLus 






764744 

¬mPM¥® 


Ex barrier for intrinsic safe detectors series IQ8Quad Ex (i) and 9100 


Ex-barrier for the operation of intrinsically safe IQ8Quad Ex (i) series detectors in connection 

with the detector base Part No. 805590 as well as the 9100 Ex (i) series in connection 

with the detector base Part No. 781590. 


Ambient temperature (Ta) -20 °C ... 60 °C 

Dimensions 

W: 12.5 mm H: 115 mm D: 110 mm 

A safety barrier does not replace an overvoltage protection according to IEC 801, 

DIN VDE 0185 and 0855. VdS approval is not required. 

You can find more detailed information on the installation and the operation in the 

documentation Part No. 798920 for IQ8Quad Ex (i) series detectors and Part No. 798913 for 

9100 Ex (i) series detectors. 

System requirements 

- Number of detectors up to max. 8 fire detectors per zone. 

- Loop length per zone up to max. 300 m. (Total length measured from the terminals of the 

detector zone). 

Conventional operating 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 


Zone 1 

8 

external power supply 


Ex barier (Part No. 764744) 

esserbus transponder 4 zone/2 relay 

9 

764745 

¬mPN¨® 


Isolation and assembly block for safety Ex barrier 

10 

For insulated (earth-free) mounting of Part No. 764744 Ex barrier onto standard hat rail. 

11 

12 

Isolation block 

Part No. 764745 

Ex barrier 

13 

14 

Hatrail 

ground 

15 

16 

159


764752 

¬mPU4® 

Housing for Ex barrier 


Polyester-housing for the installation of up to max. 10 Ex barriers with integrated inside 

mounting rail. Also for operational application under extreme environmental conditions 

suitable. 

Features 

• Chemically resilient 

• Temperature resilient 

• Flame retardant 

• Non-corrosive 

• Sea water resistant 

• Non-halogen, UV resistant 

764754 

¬mPW:® 



IP66 

Housing 

glass-fiber reinforced polyester 


Dimensions 

W: 255 mm H: 250 mm D: 160 mm 

Mounting material 

Cable gland for housing 764752 

Threaded cable connection for housing Part No. 764752. 




IP66 

Material 

Polyamide 

Color blue, similar to RAL 9005 

Cable diameter 

8 mm 



781590 

¬o0{h® 

Standard detector base series 9x00 


Standard base for detector series 9000, 9100 and 9200, terminal for remote LED indicator 

(detector series 9000 requires adapter module Part No. 781487). 

In conjunction with this standard detector base, 9100 Ex (i) series fire detectors can be 

operated exclusively without individual addressing (function as standard series 9000 

detectors). An esserbus transponder for fire alarm systems (e.g. Part No. 808614) is 

required for connection to the series 8000 / IQ8Control fire alarm system. The use of the 

EED module (Part No. 784381) is not permissible. 


Material 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 60 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 89 mm H: 22 mm 

Cable entry on the side or through bottom plate. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

781590.F0 

¬o0{§/G1Z® 

Safety barrier installation 

The safety barrier (Part No. 764744) must be installed as close as possible to the ex area that is 

monitored (zone 1), for example in a housing (Part No. 764752) or in other suitable locations. 

The safety barrier earth must be connected to the equipotential bonding system (EBS) of the ex 

area. 

Standard detector base series 9x00, France 

6 

7 

781588 

¬o0yb® 


Detector base with relay contact for series 9000 

Detector base with relay output, specially designed for series 9000 detectors. No option for 

two detector dependency. 

8 

9 


Contact load 

30 V DC / 1 A DC 

Material 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 60 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 89 mm H: 22 mm 

10 

11 

783590.F0 

¬oD{§/G1¤® 

Cable entry on the side or through the bottom plate. 

Standard detector base series 9000, France 

12 

Detector base SE 2000, specially designed for series 2000. 


Weight 

Dimensions 

approx. 60 g 

Ø: 89 mm H: 22 mm 

13 

14 

15 

16 

161


805590 

¬qX{S® 

Standard detector base for IQ8Quad 




Ø 0.6 mm to 2 mm² 



Air humidity


Accessories 

Accessories for Series 9000 / 9100 / 9200 

781495 

¬o/¢u® 

Surface mount adapter for series 9x00 

Surface mount adapter for premounting cables, with protection against dripping water and 

clips for locking detector bases 1x Part No. 781588, 781585, 781592, 801593 and Part No. 

781590 as well as RAS 782103. Installation: clip onto board 781495 or use 2 screws/60 

mm space, e.g. 4.0 x 30 DIN 96/plug S 6. 

1 

2 

3 

781496 

¬o/£x® 


Material 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 30 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 89 mm H: 20 mm (10 mm increase with detector) 

Detector locking for series 9x00 

4 

5 

Protection against unauthorized detector removal for low ceilings with up to H = 3 m. 

Installation in detector bases 1x Part No. 781588, 781592, 781585, 781588 and 801593. 

According to the design approval, the locking is required for ionization smoke detectors. 

6 


Material 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 1 g 

Dimensions 

L: 6 mm W: 23 mm 

In connection with adapter Part No. 781495, the protection level against dripping water is 

reduced. 

7 

8 

781497 

¬o/¤{® 

10 pcs 

Flush mount base adapter for series 9x00 

Adapter for mounting in ceilings and on suspended ceilings, with protection against dripping 

water and clips for locking detector bases 1x Part No. 781590 to 781594 and 801593, 

the mounted base is flush with adapter vent. Maximum plate thickness of 20 mm for 

suspended ceiling mounting. 

9 

10 

11 



IP42 

Material 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 110 g 

12 

13 

120 

mm mm 

89 

95 mm 

14 

3 

mm 

781498 

55 

mm 

18 mm 

55 

mm 

¬o/¥~® 

Surface mount base adapter for series 9x00 

Surface mounted base adapter for application with screwed cable glands or cable conduits 

with protection against dripping water, with 3 cable entries PG 11 and clips to lock detector 

bases 1x Part No. 781585, 781590 and 801593. 

15 

16 



Material 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 130 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 110 mm H: 47 mm (80 mm pitch) 

163


769803 

¬m¥$n® 

Detector dismounting tool for series 9000/9100/9200 

Accessories 

With the help of this special tool, detectors belonging to series 9000/9100/9200 can be 

opened and dismounted for cleaning by authorized installation staff. 

For ionization smoke detectors see national regulation for protection against radiation! 

781487 

¬o/x]® 

Adapter module for base 781590 

Auxiliary wiring for detector base Part No. 781590 for connecting parallel indicators Part 

No. 781804 and 781814. 


Dimensions 

W: 38 mm H: 8 mm (each module) 

789855 

¬o¥X>® 

This adapter module is exclusively designed for the operation with the standard fire detector 

base (Part No. 781590) planned in connection with series 9000 detectors. 

10 pcs 

Detector cover for detectors series 9x00 with base adapter 

For detectors with base adapters 1x Part No. 781497 and 781498 for protecting the 

detectors against contamination during construction or renovation works. 

50 pcs 

789856 

¬o¥YA® 

Detector cover for detectors series 9x00 and/or base 

For detectors with base, suitable for protecting the detectors against contamination during 

construction or renovation works. 

50 pcs 



Accessories 

Accessories for Series IQ8Quad 

805588 

805587 

¬qXyM® 

¬qXxJ® 

Detector cover for IQ8Quad w/o built-in alarm sounder 

The cover plate protects the IQ8Quad detector against contamination during construction 

or renovation works. 

The detector covers can only be used for IQ8Quad fire detectors without built-in alarm sounder! 

Application only for detector types with Part No: 802171, 802271, 802371, 802374, 802375 and 

802473. 

50 pcs 

Base cover for IQ8Quad 

The cover plate protects the IQ8Quad detector base against contamination during 

construction or renovation works. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

50 pcs 

7 

805589 

¬qXzP® 

Detector cover for IQ8Quad with built-in alarm sounder 

8 

The cover plate protects the IQ8Quad detector against contamination during construction 

or renovation works. 

9 

The detector covers can only be used for IQ8Quad fire detectors with built-in alarm sounder! 

Application only for detector types with Part No: 802283, 802384, 802386 and 802385. 

50 pcs 

10 

805571 

¬qXh£® 

Flush mount kit for base IQ8Quad 

Adapter for installation in ceilings and for mounting the detector bases IQ8Quad (Part No. 

805590 and 805591) to the bottom side of false ceilings. 

11 

12 





Material 

ABS, plastic 


Weight 

approx. 165 g (with surface ring) 

13 

14 

15 

175 

mm mm 

117 

140 mm 

16 

3 

mm 

60 

20 mm mm 

45 mm 

165


805574 

¬qXk#® 

Accessories 

4" trim ring and snap-in mounting clips for IQ8Quad detector base 

Snap-in mounting clips and trim ring for base installation, e.g. for installation on 4” electrical 

boxes. 


Material 

ABS plastic 


Dimensions 

Ø: 155 mm H: 19 mm (outside) 

1 x Trim ring and 2 x snap-in mounting clips 

805576 

¬qXm)® 


Label plate for detector base IQ8Quad 

Before or after the installation of the detector, the label plate can be inserted at the side slot 

of the IQ8Quad detector base. 

For identification purposes the detector can be provided with the detector address and detector 

zone for ceilings with a maximum height of 3 m. 

A label can be attached to the inscription field. Blank labels can be marked when using a PC, e.g. 

SIGEL Part No. LP725-white (58 x 18 mm) or other suppliers of writing materials. 

There is a help file in the download area for creating the printing material. 

Applicable for base 1x Part No. 805590/91 with 805570; for 805593.10, 805594.10. 

Not to be used for base 1x Part No. 805590/91 in combination with 805571, 805572, 805573, 

805574. 

10 pcs 




805577 

¬qXn,® 

Mounting adapter for intermediate ceilings 

Accessories 

The mounting adapter is used for the quick and secure attachment of bases of the IQ8Quad 

detector series, 9x00, IQ8Alarm and alarm signaling devices, parallel detector indicators, 

etc. to suspended ceiling systems. It saves the usage of special hollow cavity fasteners, 

since the mounting screws of the bases are screwed directly into the slots of the mounting 

adapter. The mounting adapter offers additional advantages in the fixing of the cables, 

rigid/flexible cable inlays and threaded cable connections. 


Material 

10 pieces 

ABS 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Dimensions in mm 

5 

39.0 

49.0 

44.0 2.8 31.0 

10.0 

40.0 

6 

23.0 21.5 

99.0 

7 

8 

9 

10 

767800 

¬mo!=® 

Application examples for fixing of the cables, rigid/flexible cable inlays and threaded cable connections 

Mounting bracket for lintel installation 

11 

12 

Mounting bracket for all bases/detectors of the IQ8Quad group, series 9x00, RAS 2103 for 

IQ8Alarm including all alarm devices. 

The distance between the mounting holes is 6 cm and the diameter is about 5 mm. 

13 


Material 

aluminum 


14 

Mounting bracket and installation material 

15 

16 

167


781482 ¬o/sN® 

Kit 

for suspended installation 

Accessories 

Kit for detector bases (Part No. 781590, 805590 and 805591) for suspended installation 

with pendulum stabilizer, cable entry at the top, pull relief by means of PG cable entry 

including junction box with terminals. The detector height can be adjusted individually 

depending on the cable length to bridge over the heat cushion below the ceiling. 


Material 

ABS plastic 

Installation 

attached to the zone cable 


Dimensions 

Ø: 84 mm H: 15 mm (aluminum-stabilizer) 

It is not possible to use telescopic rods. 

Not suitable for series 3000. 

As shown in the left picture 

Heat cushion: Smoke-free area 

Filled with smoke: 

Detection guaranteed 

6-pole terminal 

inside 

Cable entry with cord grip 

Standard detector cable 

Gap between screws suitable 

for detector series 

78xxxx and 80xxxx 

Detector base can be equipped with 

IP protection 805570 or 805573 



781550 

¬o0SW® 

Protective cage 

Accessories 

Protective cage for detectors 

Steel basket for protection from damage and also unauthorized disconnection of the 

detector. 


Material 

steel with paint coating 


Dimensions 

Ø: 140 mm H: 115 mm 

Can be used with all bases, IP43 moisture-proof adapter, also for wireless base and wireless 

gateway. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

805570 

¬qXg~® 

Application example with IQ8Wireless detector base and IQ8Alarm 

IP 43 protection for detector base IQ8Quad, flat design 

10 

For installation in environments with dust and humidity. The IP protection protects the 

IQ8Quad detector base against dust and humidity. It increases the protection level to IP 43. 

For easy mounting to the base, the IP protection is provided with an adhesive film. 

11 



IP43 

Material 

SBR/NR 


12 

10 pcs 

13 

14 

15 

16 

169


805572 

¬qXi¦® 

IP43 moisture-proof surface-mounted base adapter for IQ8Quad 

Accessories 

The damp location base adapter was specifically designed for surface mount installation by 

means of cable conduits. The adapter is provided with three 20 mm (diameter) cable 

entries. 

The built-in seal protects the adapter against condensed water. 



IP43 

Material 

PC 


3 x Cable glands are included 

58,5 58,5 

43,6 29,8 43,6 

40,0 

2,6 

2,0 

17,0 

20,0 

145,0 

117,0 

6,0 

15,5 

60,0 

3,0 ø 

6,0 

6,4 

117,0 

8,4 

17,8 

5,5 ø 

115,0 

26,0 26,0 

2,0 

805573 

¬qXj©® 

Dimension drawing 

IP 43 protection for detector base IQ8Quad, deep design 

Same as 805570, but as universal protection. Additionally, the seal prevents humidity from 

entering at the sides. 



IP43 

Material 

rubber 


5 pcs 

16,0 



805560 ¬qX]` 

EMC 

shield for IQ8Quad detector base 

Accessories 

In fire alarm systems where a high electromagnetic interference/EMI load (e.g. by fluorescent 

lamps or electrical control devices) must be expected it is recommended to mount the 

EMI-Module in the standard detector base (Part No. 805590) of the corresponding fire 

alarm detectors. 

The EMI-Module must only be operated in conjunction with standard IQ8Quad detector base 

(without relay board) and only for detectors without integrated alarm devices (Part No. 802382 

to 802386, incl. adapted variants). 

10 pcs 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

171


Accessories 

Accessories for Several Detector Series 

805580 

¬qXq5® 

Detector removal tool 

It is suitable for removing series 9x00 as well as IQ8Quad detectors. Through optional 

adaptation of the suction cup to the corresponding insert on the detector removal tool, the 

IQ8Quad detector covers (Part No. 805588 and 805589) and the base covers for IQ8Quad 

(Part No. 805587) can be attached as well as removed. The detector removal tool can be 

adapted to the telescope rod Part No. 060426 and 060427 as well as with Part No. 805581 

to 769813. 

Snap on detector removal tool, then spin clockwise and remove the detector. 

805581 

¬qXr8® 


Adapter for pole 769813 

The adapter for the pole (Part No. 769813) is designed for attaching the Part No. 805580 

detector removal tool and the Part No. 805582 smoke detector tester. 



805586 

¬qXwG® 

Carrying bag for test equipment 

Accessories 

The carrying bag has many pockets and compartments in which the ESSER smoke alarm 

testers, test gas bottles, all cables and other maintenance accessories can be stored. So 

everything you need for maintenance can always be found in one place. The upholstered, 

adjustable shoulder strap ensures very easy and comfortable transport. An additional 

advantage: the bag protects equipment from dirt and moisture. 


Dimensions 

W: 480 mm H: 420 mm D: 260 mm (carrying bag) 

1 

2 

3 

Features 

1 x Carrying bag and 1 x cover for telescopic rods/extensions 

4 

• Exterior lid with Velcro fastening transportation 

straps for telescopic rod and extensions 

• Inside lid with 2 storage compartments for battery 

backs Part No. 060431 

• Inside compartment with up to three optional 

dividers 

• Big front pocket, with up to two optional dividers 

• Wide shoulder strap with sliding shoulder pad and 

additional handles 

• Cover with carrying strap for up to 4 telescopic 

rods Part No. 060427 and/or extensions 060426 

Capacity of the 

protective 

carrying bag: 

3 x Smoke detector tester 

2 x Battery baton 

1 x Telescopic rod 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Up to 4 telescopic rods 

in a special cover 

Front pocket for charger, 

test gas, etc. 

11 

060427 

¬'%


060426 ¬'%;¡® 

Plastic 

telescopic extension 

Accessories 

Telescopic extension for plastic telescopic rod (Part No. 060427). Up to 3 telescopic extensions 

can be attached to the telescopic rod. The maximum height that can be reached is 

increased to 9 m. 


Material 

Length 

Fiberglass 

1.13 m 

Features 

• Easy aid for daily maintenance of high ceilings 

• Stable construction 

• Important for attaching and releasing detectors 

• Extremely high level of flexural strength due to 

fiber-plastic composite material 

• Totalock TM for easy and secure locking 



805551 ¬qXTE® 

Multi-stimulus 

Features 

• Generation of smoke, heat and CO in a single test 

unit 

• Clearing cycle of the detector via integrated ventilator 

for better reset 

• Simultaneous or sequential testing with various 

stimuli 

• Suitable for single and multi-criteria fire detectors 

• Suitable for smoke-, heat- and gas- (CO) 

detectors 

• Targeted heat rays provide fast activation of heat 

sensors (up to 90°C/194°F, and/or adjustable up 

to 100°C/212°F) 

• Test activation via infrared barrier, no mechanical 

triggering, no ceiling contact necessary 

• Easy, fast and efficient testing, as changing of 

testing device is not necessary 

• Multilingual and user-friendly menu control 

• Battery operated portable device 

• Environmentally friendly and safe through usage 

of test cartridges instead of test gas cans 

detector tester TF 2001 

Accessories 

Detector tester kit Testifire 2001 for the functional testing of point-type fire detectors with 

various sensors. The activating stimuli for smoke, heat and CO (carbon monoxide) are 

generated in this testing unit. Thus the changing of test tools for different types of 

detectors is no longer necessary. 

All fire detector types can be tested with only one test instrument. The test tool is suitable 

for all optical smoke detectors, ionization detectors, CO detectors and heat detectors. It 

facilitates fast and effective testing of single and intelligent multisensor fire detectors. So 

testing of the different sensors can be carried out one after another or for all at the same 

time. 

The required stimuli are generated on demand at the time of test from the corresponding 

capsule (smoke or CO). Pressurized gas cans are no longer being used. 

The selection of the testing stimuli, as well as their combination and sequence are menu 

driven via keypad and are represented on the display (multilingual). So e.g. simultaneous 

or sequential testing, or also a combination thereof, can be easily programmed and then 

carried out at the detector. The activation of the testing device occurs automatically, as 

soon as the detector interrupts the light barrier integrated in the device. If necessary, a 

clearing phase can be chosen between the specific testing criteria that enables the stimuli 

to be blown out of the detector immediately for the next test by the integrated ventilator. 

The currently active criterion is represented by a multi-colored LED indicator and is clearly 

recognizable even from large distances. The fill-level of the respective test resource 

capsules can be shown in the display. Warnings are indicated automatically e.g. if a 

capsule is nearly empty. The capsules offer much higher test capacities in comparison with 

aerosol cans. 

The power supply of the testing head occurs via Ni-MH batteries (metal hydride batteries) 

in the adapter between testing head and telescopic rod. Charging of the battery occurs with 

the charger optionally via adapter (100-230 V AC) or via 12 V DC input (vehicle cigarette 

lighter). 

Suitable for IQ8Quad and 9x00 detector series. 


Battery charging 

75-90 minutes 

Heat detector response threshold up to 90°C adjustable up to 100°C 



Air humidity 


Detector tester kit Testifire 2001 consists of: 

Testing head, smoke capsule, CO capsule, 2 Ni-MH battery packs, charger 

Accessories 

805552 Smoke capsule for multi-stimulus detector tester 805550/51 

805553 CO capsule for multi-stimulus detector tester 805551 (Testifire TC3) 

060426 Plastic telescopic extension 

060427 Plastic telescopic rod 

060431 Spare battery baton 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14 

15 

16 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selection of different test criteria displayed 

175


805550 

¬qXSB® 

Features 

• Creation of smoke and heat with one single test 

device 

• Desmoking of detector via an integrated fan for 

fast resetting 

• Simultaneous or successive testing with different 

activating materials 

• Suitable for single and multi-criteria detectors 

• Suitable for smoke and heat detectors 

• Targeted heat radiation facilitates quick activation 

of the thermal sensors (up to 90°C/194°F and/or 

can be switched up to 100°C/212°F) 

• Test activation through infrared barrier, no mechanical 

triggering, ceiling contact not necessary 

• Quick, easy and efficient testing since there is no 

need to exchange test device 

• Multilingual and user-friendly menu 

• Portable battery-powered device 

• Environmentally friendly and safe through usage 

of test cartridges instead of test gas cans 

Multi-stimulus detector tester TF 1001 

Accessories 

Same as 805551, but for testing of detectors with smoke and heat sensors. For testing CO 

consider multi-stimulus detector tester TF 2001 (Part No. 805551). 



75-90 minutes 

Heat detector response threshold up to 90°C adjustable up to 100°C 

Application temperature 5 °C ... 45 °C 


Air humidity 


Detector tester kit TF 1001 consists of: 

Testing head, smoke capsule, 2 Ni-MH battery packs, charger 

Accessories 

805552 Smoke capsule for multi-stimulus detector tester 805550/51 




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

805552 

¬qXUH® 

Selection of different test criteria displayed 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smoke capsule for multi-stimulus detector tester 805550/51 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Replacement smoke capsule (Testifire TS3) for the testing of smoke detectors series 

IQ8Quad and 9x00 with optical and/or ionization sensors. Suitable for the multi-stimulus 

detector tester Part No. 805550/51. 

Features 

• Non-flammable, non-toxic materials 

• Production of test gas only during the testing 

• Does not cause any residue in the sensor 

chamber 

• Suitable for optical and ionization detectors 

• No test gas storage under pressure – no 

dangerous goods 

• More productivity than the spray can 



805553 

Features 

805582 

¬qXVK® 

• Non-flammable CO activating material 

• Generation of small amounts of CO 

• Generation of CO during testing only 

• No storing of pressurized CO - no dangerous 

goods 

• More productivity than the spray can 

¬qXs;® 

CO capsule for multi-stimulus detector tester 805551 

Replacement CO capsule (Testifire TC3) for the testing of detectors with carbon monoxide 

sensors (CO). Especially suited for the OTG multisensor fire detector (CO) IQ8Quad with 

isolator (Part No. 802473). Suitable for the multi-stimulus detector tester Part No. 805551. 

Smoke detector tester 

Accessories 

The OTG multi-sensor fire detector (CO) IQ8Quad with isolator (Part No. 802473) is generally 

tested either 

-with the test gas Part No. 060430.10, suitable for the smoke detector tester Part No. 805582, or 

-with Part No. 805552, suitable for the multi-stimulus detector tester Part No. 805551. 

The Part No. 802473 is VdS-approved as a smoke detector, the CO test gas is required for the 

additional triggering of the electrochemical CO gas cell. 

The smoke detector tester is designed for electric function control for the IQ8Quad and 

series 9x00 detectors. After an aerosol has been released, the operation capacity of the 

measuring chamber can be tested by using the transceiver. The smoke detector tester is 

adapted to the rod (Part No. 060427). 

The telescopic rod is not supplied as standard. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

060430.10 

¬'%?§/21f® 

Accessories 



Test gas for smoke detector tester 805582 

For IQ8Quad and series 9x00 detectors, suitable for smoke detector tester Part No. 

805582. 

9 

10 


Content 

250 ml (per bottle) 

11 

805583 

¬qXt>® 

Not suitable for series 9000, 9100 and 9200 ionization smoke detectors. 

Please take note that this item has to be handled as dangerous goods (aerosols, non-flammable, 

UN1950) 

CO test gas for smoke detector tester 805582 

12 

13 

Test gas for testing carbon monoxide CO-detectors. Specifically designed for the OTG 

multisensor fire detector (CO) IQ8Quad with isolator (Part No. 802473), suitable for smoke 

detector tester Part No. 805582. 

14 


Content 


The OTG multisensor fire detector (CO) IQ8Quad with isolator (Part No. 802473) should only be 

tested in connection with test gas Part No. 060430.10 suitable for smoke detector tester Part No. 

805582. Detector Part No. 802473 has been approved as smoke detector by VdS and the CO test 

gas is used to additionally trigger the electrochemical CO-gas cell. 

Please take note that this item has to be handled as dangerous goods (aerosols, non-flammable, 

UN1950) 

15 

16 

177


060429 

¬'%>!® 

Test head for heat detector together with battery and charger 



75-90 minutes (if completely discharged) 



Air humidity 


Accessories 

Test head, 2 battery batons, charger 

Features 

• Mains cable is not required for testing 

• Power supply with rechargeable NiMH battery in 

the adapter of the telescopic rod 

• Time based termination of testing after 120 

seconds in order to prevent any heat-related 

damages of the detectors 

• Detector head is switched off after not being used 

for 5 minutes 

• Adjustable inclination angle of detector head for 

an optimal orientation towards the object which 

has to be tested 

• Testing height up to 6 meters with telescopic rod 

and up to 9 meters with its extension device 

• Excess-current protection for the battery 

• Display of operating status of the detector head 

with Duo-LED (red/green) 

• Battery can be charged via mains supply or via 

cigarette lighter in vehicles 

¬'%@'® 

060431 

Accessories 

060426 Telescopic extension 



Spare battery baton 

Replacement battery pack (NiMH) for test head Part No. 060429 and 805551. 

769870.20 

¬m¥g§/31J® 

Smoke detector tester 

Smoke detector tester allows fast and reliable functionality testing for series IQ8Quad and 

9x00 smoke detectors. Through reduced mechanically controlled actuation pressure, 

suspended installed detectors can also be tested. Control electronics guarantee a defined 

spray impulse. Spray can and batteries can be easily replaced. 



Testing capacity 

2 x 9 V batteries 

approx. 2000 applications / can 

Telescopic rod Part No. 769813 is required. 

1 x Test gas Part No. 769070 

2 x 9 V batteries Part No 018051 

1 x Bellows for IQ8Quad and 9x00 

Accessories 

769070 Test gas 

018051 9 V battery 



769871.20 

¬m¥h§/31M® 

Conversion kit for smoke detector tester 769870/769870.10 

Accessories 

The conversion kit is used for the smoke detector tester (Part No. 769870 and 769870.10) 

to test the functions of IQ8Quad and 9x00 smoke detectors. 

The conversion kit includes special contact fields to test smoke detectors and the associated 

expansion bellows. 

1 

2 

Substitute for 769871! 

3 

769070 

¬m{gY® 

1 x Bellows for series IQ8Quad and series 9x00 

1 x Contact spring 

3 x Fixing screws 

Test gas for smoke detector testers 769870.20 

For series 9x00 and IQ8Quad detectors. 

4 

5 


Content 


6 

769813 

769814 

¬m¥.%® 

¬m¥/(® 

CFC-free test gas, suitable for approx. 2000 applications. 

Please take note that this item has to be handled as dangerous goods (aerosols, flammable, 

UN1950). 

Telescopic rod 

For smoke detector tester Part No. 769870.20 (length 3.75 m, three pieces, locking 

devices). 


Length 

Extension pole 

3.75 m 

7 

8 

9 

10 

769080 

¬m{qw® 

For smoke detector tester Part No. 769870.20, detector removal tool 805580 and telescopic 

rod Part No. 769813 (length 4 m, two pieces, locking devices). 


Length 

4 m 

Smoke pellets for testing purposes 

11 

12 

Pellets for the generation of dense bright smoke. To charge detectors with smoke for 

testing purposes and verification of air flow. The pellets are lit with an open flame (e.g. 

matches, lighter etc.). Extinguishing is not necessary. Please ensure the use of a nonflammable 

base. After ignition the pellet will burn to complete ash (without formation of 

flames). 

Without oil 

13 

14 

6 pcs. smoke pellets 

15 

Features 

• 40 sec. burning-time per smoke pellet 

• 18 m³ smoke produced per smoke pellet 

16 

179

Notes 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Manual Call Points 

Large Design (ABS) 182-185 


186-189 


190-194 


195-204 


205-207 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

181


Large Design (ABS) 

133 

36 

The advanced generation of manual call points with fragile elements meets the latest multicultural 

requirements of the EN 54 - 11 standards as type B (double action). The elegant 

detector housing, available in 5 different RAL colors, is provided with a pictogram, which is 

easy to comprehend for foreign people, illiterates as well as children. 

Depending on individual requirements, optional labeling foils can be used which can easily 

replace the pictogram without special tools. The triggering element is protected by a pane 

of glass and is indicated by arrows. 

If required, optional labeling foils can be used, which can easily replace the pictogram. The 

triggering element is protected by a glass pane and is indicated by arrows. The innovative 

manual call points can be tested by using the service key to activate the triggering mechanism, 

which is hidden by a faceplate. Clever design structures allow easy installation. 

The manual call points consist of a housing and an electronic module, each of the two 

parts must be ordered separately. 

133 

Features 

• Slimline design 

• Plug-in connection clamps 

• Optional terminal clamps 

• 2 x cable entries on top, at the bottom and on the 

rear panel 

• Fixing on standard flush mounted installation box 

• Test function via manual call point service key 

• Detectors that are not ready for operation can be 

marked with the "Out of order" label by reversing 

the enclosed operating front foil 

Type B definition - double action in accordance with EN 54-11 § 3.4.2 

(excerpt taken from EN standard): 

Manual fire alarm unit, for which the alarm status cannot be set until an alarm is additionally 

triggered by the user after the fragile element has been broken or its position has been changed. 

Take note, for a LARGE MCP you have to order the electronic module and the MCP housing 

separately to have a complete MCP. 

Not all possible combinations of electronic modules and housings are approved by VdS. When 

using the manual call point as a fire detector for manual actuation in compliance with the EN 54- 

11 standards, a red housing together with the provided pictogram must be used. When using 

the manual call point in heat exhaust or extinguishing system areas, the appropriate housing 

color must be chosen in compliance with the correct standards. 

Wago clamps for looping in wires, e.g. type 273-100 (0.5 mm² - 1.5 mm²) or 273-104 

(0.75 mm² - 2.5 mm²) can be mounted on the detector base. 

MCP Out of order 


Easy to maintain the change of condition 

by turning the operating foil 

MCP Ready for use 




Plastic Housings 

¬gR!d® 

704900 

704901 

704902 

Pictogram according to EN54-11 

¬gR"g® 

¬gR#j® 

Housings for electronic module 80490x. 



Housing 

Installation 

Weight 

Dimensions 

Housing with glass pane (704910) 

Plastic key (769910) 

Accessories 

704910 Spare glass for manual call points 

769910 Plastic spare key 

769911 Metal key for large MCP 

769916 Service key 

704917 Option IP55 shrink sleeve for large MCP 80490x 

704911 Universal foil for large MCP housing ABS 

IP44 

ASA plastic 

surface mount 

approx. 83 g (w/o electronic module) 

W: 133 mm H: 133 mm D: 36 mm 

Housing with glass pane, red, similar to RAL 3020 


Dimensions 

Piktogramm gemäß EN 54-11 

W: 133 mm H: 133 mm D: 36 mm 

The red manual call point housing is only available with the pictogram (as shown) in compliance 

with EN 54-11. 

Please note that in compliance with EN54-11 the labeling must come with the burning house 

symbol. 

Housing with glass pane, blue, similar to RAL 5015 

The Part No. 804902 electronic module in a blue housing complies with the EN 12094-3 and 

thus can be applied as an electronic stop button for gas extinguishing systems in dry, nonhazardous 

production sites. 

For different use such as application as "HOUSE ALARM" push button, ready-made labels are 

provided. 

Labeling foil set (white) for various international applications. 

Housing with glass pane, yellow, similar to RAL 1021 

The Part No. 804900 or 804901 electronic module in a yellow housing 704902 complies with the 

EN 12094-3 and thus can be applied as electronic control module for gas extinguishing systems 

in dry, non-hazardous production sites. 

For different use such as application as "HOUSE ALARM" push button, ready-made labels are 

available. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

704903 

704904 

¬gR$m® 

¬gR%p® 

Labeling foil set (black) for various international applications. 

Housing with glass pane, orange, similar to RAL 2011 


Housing with glass pane, green, similar to RAL 6002 

15 

16 


183



Electronic Modules 

804900 

804901 

¬qR!n® 

¬qR"q® 



8 ... 30 V DC 


typ. 9 mA 

No. of detector/zone 

10 detectors per zone (according to VdS) 

Alarm display 

LED, red 

Connection terminal max. 2.5 mm² (AWG 26-14) 




IP44 (in housing), IP55 (with accessory) 

Housing 

PC ASA plastic 

Weight 

approx. 236 g (with housing) 


EN 54-11, Type B 

Dimensions 

W: 133 mm H: 133 mm D: 36 mm 

Conventional MCP electronic module 

Approval: 

With alarm indicator, suitable for connection to a standard detector zone. 

Conventional MCP electronic module with 2nd microswitch 

Approval: 

VdS, CNBOP 

In combination with the yellow housing (Part No. 704902), the electronic module is approved as 

an electronic control unit for gas extinguishing systems. 

The Part No. 804900 electronic module with yellow housing conforms to the EN 12094-3 

standard and can be used as an electronic control unit for gas extinguishing systems in dry, 

non-hazardous industrial premises. 

VdS, CNBOP 

Same as 804900, but with second microswitch with dry contact NC/C (break) or NO/C 

(make) that is activated when the alarm is triggered. 


Contact load 

30 V DC / 1 A 

804902 

¬qR#t® 

In combination with the yellow housing (Part No. 704902), the electronic module is approved as 

an electronic control unit for gas extinguishing systems. 

The Part No. 804901 electronic module with yellow housing conforms to the EN 12094-3 

standard and can be used as an electronic control unit for gas extinguishing systems in dry, 

non-hazardous industrial premises. 

Conventional MCP electronic module w/o snap-on function 

Approval: 

VdS with blue housing 704901 

Same as 804900, but without snap-on function. 

This electronic module is only approved as an electric stop push-button for gas extinguishing 

systems when combined with the blue housing (Part No. 704901). The electronic module Part 

No. 804902 with blue housing complies with the EN 12094-3 standard and therefore it can be 

used as an electric stop push-button for gas extinguishing systems in dry, non-hazardous 

branches. 

In case the manual call point is used as a "house alarm" push-button, pre-printed labels are 

provided in the manual call point package. 




Electronic Modules for Series IQ8MCP 

1 

804905 

¬qR&}® 




Alarm current w/o communication curtain 


IQ8MCP electronic module with isolator 

8 ... 42 V DC 


approx. 18 mA 

10 detectors per zone, 127 detectors/loop (according to 

VdS) 

LED, green 

LED, red 

Operation indicator 

Alarm display 





Housing 

Weight 


Dimensions 

Approval: 

VdS, CNBOP 

IP 44 (in housing), IP 55 (with accessory) 


approx. 236 g (in housing) 

pr EN 54-11, type B 

W: 133 mm H: 133 mm D: 36 mm 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

804906 

¬qR'¢® 

Addressable electronic module suitable for use in the esserbus and powered loop with 

alarm latch and alarm indicator. Optional connection for conventional MCP. Without BUS 

connection, the detector operates as conventional MCP. Built-in loop isolator in the manual 

call point. An external detector zone (D-line) could be connected with up to ten conventional 

manual call points (internal Alarm resistor for each detector 1 KOhm) - e.g. Part No. 

804900 or 804901 to this IQ8 manual call point model and configure required operation 

with tools 8000. When an alarm is triggered the address and the programmed additional 

text of the MCP IQ8 to which the conventional zone is connected are displayed automatically. 

Cable length of the D-line max. 500 meters! 




IP44 (in housing), IP55 (with accessory) 

pr EN 54-11, typ B 

IQ8MCP electronic module w/o isolator but with relay 

Approval: 

VdS 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

Addressable electronic module with floating contacts of a changeover relay NC/C (break) or 

NO/C (make), suitable for use in the esserbus and powered loop with alarm latch and alarm 

indicator. Without BUS connection, the detector operates as conventional MCP. 

Without built-in loop isolator and optional connection for conventional MCP. 

12 

The relay output is activated with the triggering of this detector. The relay output can be 

programmed in the System 8000 and IQ8Control FACP customer data as a control group. 

13 



30 V DC / 1 A 

14 

15 

16 

185



Electronic Modules for Series 9000 

704477.10 

804473.10 

¬gMn§/21N® 

Electronic Module for Series 9200 

¬qMj§/21L® 

Both housing and electronic module need to be ordered. Not all possible combinations of 

electronic modules and housings are approved by VdS. The approved combinations are listed in 

the VdS approval field for the corresponding electronic module. 

MCP electronic module series 9000 with second micro-switch 

Approval: 

Printed with pictograms in accordance with EN 54-11 



8 ... 30 V DC 


typ. 9 mA 

Contact load 

30 V DC/1A 



Alarm display 

LED, red 


0.6 ... 1.5 mm² 




IP43 (with housing) 

IP 54 (with housing and option 704070) 

Weight 

approx. 100 g (w/o housing) 


EN 54-11, type B 

Dimensions 

W: 95 mm H: 95 mm D: 25 mm 

MCP electronic module series 9200 with zone isolator 

Approval: 

VdS with housing 704801.10 

VdS with housing 704801.10 

Printed with pictograms in accordance with EN 54-11 



8 ... 42 V DC 




typ. 9 mA 


Contact load 

30 V DC/1A 


10/zone, 127/loop (VdS) 

Alarm display 

LED, red 


0.6 mm ... 1.5 mm² 




IP43 (with housing) 

IP 54 (with housing and option 704070) 

Weight 

approx. 100 g (w/o housing) 


EN 54-11, type B 

Dimensions 

W: 95 mm H: 95 mm D: 25 mm 




Aluminum Die-Cast Housings 

1 


Type of protection IP43, IP54 with kit 704070 

Material 

aluminum, die-cast 

Installation 

surface mount 

Weight 

approx. 600 g 

Dimensions 

W: 126 mm H: 126 mm D: 42 mm 

Housing with glass pane and plastic key, fixing material, 1 x multilingual "Out of order" paper 

insert, 2 x cable entries, 2 x dummy plugs 

2 

3 

704801.10 

¬gQ"§/21@® 

Accessories 

704910 Spare glass for manual call points 

769910 Plastic spare key 

769911 Metal key for large MCP 80490x 

Housing with glass, red, in compliance with EN 54-11 

4 

5 

Printed with pictograms in accordance with EN 54-11. 


Type of protection IP43, IP54 z 704070 


6 

7 

8 

704801.11 

MCP Housing ALU, red 

printed with pictograms in accordance with EN54-11 

9 



10 

11 

704804 

¬gQ%n® 

MCP housing with glass, red, printed: house alarm 

12 

704854 

704874 

¬gQW6® 

¬gQkr® 



MCP housing with glass, blue, printed: house alarm 



MCP housing with glass, yellow, printed: house alarm 

13 

14 

15 

704872 

¬gQil® 


Color yellow, similar to RAL 1018 

MCP housing aluminum yellow, CO2 release 

16 


Type of protection IP 43, IP 54 with kit 704070 

Material 


Installation 

surface mount 

Weight 

approx. 600 g 

Alternatively in plastic housing: Part No. 704902 in connection with electronic module Part No. 

804900 or 804901 


187


704873 ¬gQjo® 

MCP 

housing aluminum yellow, emergency stop 



Material 


Installation 

surface mount 

Weight 

approx. 600 g 






Neutral Housings w/o Printing 

704800 

704850 

704870 

704890 

¬gQ!b® 

¬gQS*® 

¬gQgf® 

¬gQ{;® 

MCP housing aluminum, red, neutral 



MCP housing aluminum, blue, neutral 



MCP housing aluminum, yellow, neutral 


Color yellow, similar to RAL 1018 

MCP housing aluminum, gray, neutral 



1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

189


704910 

¬gR+¤® 


Spare glass pane for MCP housings 70490x, 7048xx, 761694 and 761697 

Spare glass pane for detector housings large design Part No. 70490x, 7048xx, 761694 and 

761697 in compliance with EN 54-11. 


Dimensions 

W: 80 mm H: 80 mm 

10 pcs 

701040 

¬g+I'® 

Spare glass pane red for MCP housings 7047xx and 7048xx 

Spare glass pane, printed with red circle segments (similar to RAL 3000) for all Part No. 

7047xx and Part No. 7048xx manual call points (large design). 


Dimensions 

W: 80 mm H: 80 mm 

769921 

¬m¦6?® 

10 Multilingual "Out of order" paper labels are included. 

10 pcs 

"Out of order" sign, multilingual for 7047xx, 7048xx and 70490x 

Plastic sign for all Part No. 7047xx, 7048xx and 70490x manual call points (large design). 


Dimensions 

W: 80 mm H: 80 mm 

704915 

¬gR0*® 

Operating panel foil for large MCP 80490x, neutral 

Replacement operating panel foil, neutral without logo, for large design Part No. 80490x 

manual call points in resistant plastic design. The foil is designed as a double-sided insert. 

Complementing the standards-compliant symbolism for manual fire alarms according to 

EN 54-11 (type B), it contains a symbol on the back for the removal from service of the 

alarm and is easily accessible at all times for possible maintenance operations.The "Out of 

order" representation occurs via an internationally understandable construction worker 

symbol and multilingual text. 


Material 

Dimensions 

PP (0.3 mm) 

W: 72 mm H: 75.7 mm 

10 pcs. 

MCP “Out of order” 


Easy to maintain the change of condition 

by turning the operating foil. 

MCP “Ready for use” 



704917 

¬gR20® 

Option IP55 shrink sleeve for large MCP 80490x 


1 

10 shrink sleeves for clamp terminals to increase protection class to IP55. 

10 pcs 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

IP44 

IP55 

7 

704911 

¬gR,§® 

Application example without (IP44) and with (IP55) shrink sleeve 

Front foil with universal text for large MCP ABS, white lettering 

8 

AMOK-ALARM 

Emergency Stop 

Gas extinguishing system 

Arrêt d'urgence 

Système d'extinction à gaz 

PARO EMERGENCIA PARAGEM EMERGÊNCIA 

Sistema de extinción Sistema de extinção 

BLUSSING BLOKKEREN 

Knop ingedrukt houden 

POZAR 

Universal, punched foil set (transparent with white imprint) for the labeling field, different 

from the standard version. 

Transparent foil with white lettering. 

10 pcs 

9 

10 

similar image 

704912 

¬gR-!® 

Front foil face with universal text for large MCP ABS, black lettering 

11 

704070 

BLUSSING ACTIVEREN 

Glas stukslaan, knop indrukken 

DISPARO MANUAL 

Sistema de extinción 

ODDYMIANIE DISPARO MANUAL 

Sistema de extinção 

AMOK-ALARM 

 

¬gIgV® 

Same as 704911, but with black imprint. 

10 pcs 

IP 54 kit for large MCP 7048xx 

12 

13 

14 

Cable entries to increase protection class from IP 43 to IP 54 for manual call points in diecast 

aluminum housings (Part No. 7048xx). 


Material 

PS 



6 mm 

15 

16 

as shown 

191


769910 

¬m¦+§® 

Plastic key for large MCP 

Plastic key type D for all manual call points (large design). 


Please note that for activating the test functionality of electronic modules (Part No. 80490x), the 

service key Part No. 769916 is required. 

769911 

¬m¦,!® 

Metal key for large MCP 

Metal key type D for all detector housings (large design). 

Please note that for activating the test functionality of electronic modules (Part No. 80490x), the 

service key Part No. 769916 is required. 

769916 

¬m¦10® 

Service key for electronic module (Part No. 80490x) 

With this metal service key, the test functionality of the manual call point is activated and 

reset by authorized persons only. 

The key is suitable for all electronic modules with Part No. 80490x from index 05 and 

yellow locking. 

781682 

781692 

¬o1sR® 

¬o1}p® 

Weather protective cover for MCP housings 7047/48xx, red 

Protective housing with protruding roof edge, for all Part No. 7047xx and 7048xx detector 

housings for increased mechanical protection as well as for protection from bad weather 

conditions. 


Material 

PVC 


Dimensions 

W: 135 mm H: 153 mm D: 62 mm 

Please mention for the manual call point, large design plastic (e.g. IQ8MCP), the protection 

cover Part No. 781693 and the related accessories. 

Weather protective cover and mounting material 

Weather protective cover for MCP housings 7047/48xx, blue 

Same as 781682, but blue color. 



Weather protective cover and mounting material 



781693 

¬o1~s® 

Protective cover for manual call points, German 


1 

Features 




Material 

Polycarbonate 

Weight 

approx. 590 g 

Dimensions 

W: 180 mm H: 260 mm D: 100 mm 

This protective cover prevents false alarms, without hampering real alarms. This device consists 

of a rack and a lid, made of transparent polycarbonate. 

It prevents inadvertent activation, vandalism, dust and water from triggering false alarms. The 

protective cover is suitable for all manual call points. 

Accessory for installation 

2 

3 

4 

• Easy to install 

5 

6 

7 

781694 

¬o1¡v® 


Protective cover for manual call points, English 

8 

781695 

¬o1¢y® 

Same as 781693, but English. 

Protective cover for manual call points, French 

9 

Same as 781693, but French. 




IP44 

Material 

Polycarbonate 

Weight 

approx. 590 g 

Dimensions 

W: 180 mm H: 260 mm D: 100 mm 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

781696 

¬o1£|® 


Protective cover for manual call points, Italian 

15 

781697 

¬o1¤¡® 

Same as 781693, but Italian. 

Protective cover for manual call points, Spanish 

16 

Same as 781693, but Spanish. 

193


781698 

¬o1¥¤® 

Surface spacer for protective cover 

The spacer is required for surface mount wiring. 



Weight 

Dimensions 

approx. 510 g 

W: 180 mm H: 260 mm D: 50 mm 

Accessory for installation 

781699 

¬o1¦§® 

IP55 kit for protective cover 

Mounting kit - self-adhesive sealing kit for protective cover (Part No. 781693, 781694) and 

an increased protection level from IP 44 to IP 55. 

781699 

781698 

78169x 





The new generation of manual call points meets the latest multi-cultural requirements of 

the EN 54 - 11 standards as type A (single action). The elegant housing is provided with a 

pictogram, which can be understood by children as well as in an international context. 

Depending on individual requirements, the pictogram can be easily replaced by optional 

labeling field foils without using additional tools for removal. The actuation field is marked 

by arrows pointing towards it. The innovative manual call points can be tested by using the 

key to activate the triggering mechanism, which is hidden by a faceplate. Smart housing 

and terminal design enables easy installation. 

1 

2 

3 

88 

88 7 21 

If the glass pane is replaced with the optionally available plastic pane with reset function, the 

MCP can be reset from the outside using the key. 

For the surface mounting of the MCP the surface mount base Part No. 704980 must be ordered 

separately, if the cable wasn't laid about a standard flush mount wall socket. 

Type a definition - single action in accordance with EN 54-11 § 3.4.1 

(excerpt taken from EN standard): 

4 

5 

Features 

• Slimline design 

• Plug-in connection terminals (two direction) 

• Optional terminal terminals 

• Triple key function (test, open, reset) 


marked with the "Out of order" label by reversing 

the enclosed glass pane 

Compact MCP Versions 

804970 ¬qRgr® 

Conventional 

Manual fire alarm unit, for which the alarm status is automatically set (additional alarm 

triggering is not required) after the fragile element has been broken or its position has been 

changed. 

MCP compact, small, with glass pane, red 

Approval: VdS, CNBOP 

Including housing and alarm indicator. For connection to a conventional detection zone. 



8 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 0 μA 


typ. 9 mA 



Alarm display 

red LED and yellow actuation indicator 




Type of protection IP43, IP55 with cover 704965 

Housing 



Weight 

approx. 110 g 


EN 54-11, type A 

Dimensions 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 21 mm 

Voor opbouwmontage moet de opbouwadapter type 704980 apart besteld worden. 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

1 x Glass pane 704960 

1 x Key 704966 

1 x Multilingual paper labels with "Out of order" pictogram. 

Accessories 

704980 Surface mount housing 

16 

195


804960 

804971 

¬qR]T® 

¬qRhu® 

Conventional MCP compact, red housing, with glass pane, IP66 

Including housing and alarm indicator. For connection to a conventional detection zone. 

IQ8MCP compact, small, with isolator and glass pane, red 




8 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 0 μA 


typ. 9 mA 



Alarm display 






Housing 



Weight 

approx. 110 g 



Dimensions 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 21 mm 

Approval: VdS, CNBOP 

Suitable for esserbus and powered loop connection, with soft address coding, alarm latch 

and alarm indicator. Conventional detectors can be connected to input of the MCP. Without 

BUS communication, the detector operates as conventional MCP. Detector housing is 

included. 

Built in isolators maintaining loop integrity. 



8 ... 42 V DC 





max. 127 detectors per loop (according to VdS) 


LED, green 

Alarm display 






Housing 



Weight 

approx. 110 g 



Dimensions 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 21 mm 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 57 mm (with surface mount 

housing) 


1 x Key 704966 

1 x Multilingual paper labels with "Out of order" pictogram 

804971.VC0 

¬qRh§/WD10® 

Accessories 


IQ8MCP compact with isolator, red housing, with glass pane, China 




8 ... 42 V DC 





max. 127 detectors per loop (as per VdS) 


LED, green 

Alarm display 


Connection terminal max. 2.5mm² (AWG 26-14) 



Type of protection IP 43, IP 55 with cover 704965 

Housing 

ASA-plastic 


Weight 

approx. 110 g 





804866.VC0 

¬qRh§/WD10® 

IQ8 fire hydrant push button with isolator, red, China 

Approval: 

CCCF 


Same as 804971.VC0, but with relay and input for triggering LED for operation and monitoring 

of hydrant pipe for extinguishing purpose within the building. 

1 

2 

804973 

¬qRj{® 



8 ... 42 V DC 







LED, green 

Alarm display 






Housing 

ASA-plastic 


Weight 

approx. 110 g 



IQ8MCP compact, small, with resettable element and glass pane, red 

Approval: 

VdS 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Same as 804971, but with plastic triggering element, which supports easy reset after an 

alarm has been triggered without having to replace the broken element (glass pane). 

Typically applied in nursery, clean rooms as for example in food processing industries. 

8 



8 ... 42 V DC 





max. 127 MCP per loop 


LED, green 

Alarm display 






IP43 (in housing) 

Housing 

ASA plastic 


Weight 

approx. 110 g 



Dimensions 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 21 mm 


housing) 

9 

10 

11 

12 

1x Plastic operating panel 704964 

1x Key 704966 

1x Multilingual paper insert with "Out of order" pictogram included 

13 

Accessories 


14 

15 

16 

197


804973.F0 ¬qRj§/G1m® 

IQ8MCP 


compact, small, with resettable element and glass pane, red, France 

Approval: NF-SSI 




8 ... 42 V DC 





max. 127 MCP per loop 


LED, green 

Alarm display 

red LED 1 / yellow tab 





IP 43 (in housing) 

Housing 

ASA plastic 


Weight 

approx. 110 g 



Dimensions 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 21 mm 


housing) 

See application example in Part No. 704964 

With built-in isolator 

1x Plastic operating panel 704964 

1x Key 704966 

1x Multilingual paper insert with "Out of order" pictogram included 

Accessories 




804961 

¬qR^W® 

Features 

• High IP protection class IP66 

• Integrated loop isolator 

• Triple key function (test, open, reset) 

• Plug-in connection clamps 


marked with the "out of order" label by reversing 

the enclosed glass pane 


IQ8MCP compact with isolator, red housing, with glass pane, IP66 

Approval: 

G 205132 

Suitable for esserbus and powered loop connection, with soft address coding, alarm latch 

and alarm indicator. Without BUS communication, the detector operates as conventional 

MCP. Detector housing, surface mount housing and transparent cover are included. 

Due to the high IP protection IP66 suitable for use in humid areas. Surface mount housing 

is provided with knock-out cable entries for M20 cable glands (option) for simplified 

installation. 






8 ... 42 V DC 


typ. 18 mA 

10 detectors / group; 127 detectors / ring (according to 

VdS) 

LED, green 

LED, red and yellow flag 


Alarm display 

Connection terminal max. 1,5 mm² (AWG 30-14) 




IP66 

Housing 

PC-ASA plastic 


Weight 

approx. 250 g 



Dimensions 

1 x Spare glass 704960 

1 x Plastic spare key 704966 

1 x transparent cover 

1 x Surface mount housing 


housing) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

Example (optional fittings) 

12 

Electronic Modules 

804950 

¬qRS6® 

Conventional MCP electronic module 

Approval: 

VdS 

With alarm indicator, for the connection to a standard detector zone. 



8 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 0 μA 


typ. 9 mA 



Alarm display 





Type of protection IP 43 (in Housing), IP 55 with cover 704965 

Weight 

approx. 78 g 



Dimensions 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 21 mm 


housing) 



13 

14 

15 

16 

199


804951 

804955 

804956 

¬qRT9® 

¬qRXE® 

¬qRYH® 

Conventional MCP electronic module, with 2nd micro-switch 

Approval: 

Same as 804950, but with second microswitch with dry contact NC/C (break) or NO/C 

(make) that is activated when the alarm is triggered. 





Contact load 


Alarm display 




IQ8MCP electronic module 

Same as 804971, but without housing. 

IQ8MCP electronic module, w/o isolator, with relay 


8 ... 30 V DC 

approx. 0 μA 

typ. 9 mA 

30 V DC/1 A 



Type of protection IP 43 (in housing), IP 55 with cover 704965 

Weight 

approx. 78 g 

Approval: 



8 ... 42 V DC 







LED, green 

Alarm display 





Type of protection IP43 (in housing), IP 55 with cover 704965 

Weight 

approx. 78 g 



Dimensions 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 21 mm 

Approval: 

VdS 

VdS 



VdS 

Same as 804955, but with relay and without loop isolator or connection possibility for 

standard manual call points. The relay output is activated by the triggering of this detector. 

The relay output can be programmed in the IQ8Control and System 8000 FACP customer 

data as a control group. 




Alarm current w/o communication curtain 

Contact load 



Alarm display 




8 ... 42 V DC 


approx. 18 mA 

30 V DC / 1 A 


LED, green 


Type of protection IP43 (in housing), IP 55 with cover 704965 

Weight 

approx. 78 g 




Accessories 

704960 

¬gR]J® 

Spare glass pane for small MCP, EN54 

1 

2 

Spare glass pane with white stick-on foil and printed pictogram in compliance with EN 54- 

11 (type A). Suitable for small MCPs. 


Dimensions 

W: 56 mm H: 49.5 mm D: 1.85 mm 

3 

To indicate that the detector is "Out-of-order" the operator has a corresponding pictogram on the 

reverse side. 

4 

704975 

¬gRlw® 

10 pcs 

Spare glass pane for small MCP, EN54, neutral 

5 

Spare glass pane with white stick-on foil and printed with pictogram according to EN 54-11 

(type A), for small manual call points, without logo. 

6 


Dimensions 

W: 56 mm H: 49.5 mm D: 1.85 mm 

To indicate that the detector is "Out-of-order" the operator has a corresponding pictogram on the 

reverse side. 

7 

704964 

¬gRaV® 

10 pcs 

Resettable element for small MCP 

Resettable, white plastic, for small manual call points. Typically applied, for instance, in 

food processing industries or in clean rooms. 

8 

9 


Material 

Dimensions 

ABS 

W: 56 mm H: 49.5 mm D: 1.85 mm 

10 

To indicate that the detector is "Out-of-order" the operator has the same pictogram as shown 

above on the reverse side. 

11 

10 pcs 

12 

2 

13 

Release 

the MCP 

Released 

MCP 

1 

Resetting 

the MCP 

MCP ready 

for operation 

14 

704961 

¬gR^M® 


Front foil with universal text for small MCP, white lettering 

15 

Arrêt d'urgence 

Système d'extinction à gaz 

IQ8TAL 

IQ8FCT 

Emergency Stop 

Gas extinguishing system 

GENERAL 

ALARM 

PARO EMERGENCIA PARAGEM EMERGÊNCIA 

Sistema de extinción Sistema de extinção 

TA L 

AMOK-ALARM 

POZAR 

Universal, punched foil set (transparent with white imprint) for the labeling field, different 

from the standard pictogram. 

Transparent foil with white lettering! 

10 pcs 

16 

similar image 

201


704965 

¬gRbY® 

Protective kit for MCP and TAL, transparent 


Transparent, suitable for small MCPs. The cover serves as a protection to prevent inadvertent 

activation and to protect from high humidity. 



Material 

IP55 

plastic cover, transparent 

Cover and two neoprene seals 

704966 

¬gRc\® 

Application example: Manual call point with mounted cover 

Plastic spare key for small MCP 

Plastic key, red, suitable for small manual alarm units. 

10 pcs 

704967 

¬gRd_® 

Mounting frame for small MCP, red and white 

The mounting frame is useful for mounting MCPs on different international flush mount 

boxes. 



white, similar to RAL 9010 

Dimensions 

W: 132 mm H: 132 mm D: 8 mm 

2 x Fastening screws are included (red and white) 

Application example: Mounting frame with small MCP 




Plastic Housings 

1 

Housings for electronic modules Part No. 80495x. 


Type of protection IP 43, IP 55 with 704965 

Housing 

PC ASA plastic housing 

Installation 

surface mount 

Weight 

approx. 33 g 

Dimensions 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 21 mm 

2 

3 

704950 

¬gRS,® 

1 x Key 704966 

Housing for small MCP, red, similar to RAL 3020 

4 

The red manual call point housing is available only with the pictogram (as shown) according to 

EN 54-11. 

5 

Please note that according to EN54-11, the label for the MCP must include the symbol of the 

burning house. 

6 

704951 

704952 

704953 

704954 

704955 

Pictogram according to EN54-11 

¬gRT/® 

¬gRU2® 

¬gRV5® 

¬gRW8® 

¬gRX;® 

Housing for small MCP, blue, similar to RAL 5015 


Housing for small MCP, yellow, similar to RAL 1021 


Housing for small MCP, orange, similar to RAL 2011 


Housing for small MCP, green, similar to RAL 6002 


Housing for small MCP, gray, similar to RAL 7035 

Approval: VdS 


7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

203



Surface Mount Housings 

The surface mount housing serves as cable entry for surface mount cabling. With integrated 

support for shielding. 


Dimensions 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 36 mm 

704980 

704981 

704982 

704983 

704984 

704985 

¬gRq¨® 

¬gRr"® 

¬gRs%® 

¬gRt(® 

¬gRu+® 

¬gRv.® 

Mounting material 

Surface mount housing for small MCP, red, similar to RAL 3020 

Red, for manual call points Part No. 804970, 804971 and 804973, for small design electronic 

modules Part No. 804950/51, 804955/56 with housing Part No. 704950. 

Surface mount housing for small MCP, blue, similar to RAL 5015 

Blue, for small design electronic modules Part No. 804950/51, 804955/56 with housing 

Part No. 704951. 

Surface mount housing for small MCP, yellow, similar to RAL 1021 

Yellow, for small design electronic modules Part No. 804950/51, 804955/56 with housing 

Part No. 704952. 

Surface mount housing for small MCP, orange, similar to RAL 2011 

Orange, for small design electronic modules Part No. 804950/51, 804955/56 with housing 

Part No. 704953. 

Surface mount housing for small MCP, green, similar to RAL 6002 

Green, for small design electronic modules Part No. 804950/51, 804955/56 with housing 

Part No. 704954. 

Surface mount housing for small MCP, gray, similar to RAL 7035 

Gray, for small design electronic modules Part No. 804950/51, 804955/56 with housing 

Part No. 704955. 



761630 

¬m1?¤® 

LF-manual call point 


1 

Manual activation point designed according to EN54-11 type B (double action) for manually 

triggering of hazard alarms. The device offers low-frequency data transmission over 

long distances of up to 20 km for monitoring passive third-party detectors and activation 

via terminal card Part No. 772180. 

2 



24 V DC 

Contact load 

microswitch: max. 30 V DC / 1A 



Alarm display 

LED red 


0.6 mm ... 1.5 mm² 




Housing 

aluminum die-cast 


Weight 

approx. 700 g 

Dimensions 

W: 126 mm H: 126 mm D: 42 mm 

3 

4 

5 

To operate the LF MCP 761630, terminal card Part No. 772180 is required. 

6 

This LF MCP must not be operated as a fire alarm detector for fire alarm systems in accordance 

with the standard EN54-11. It is suitable only for operation in hazard alarm systems as release 

device! 

To indicate that the detector is "Out-of-order" the operator has to insert the paper inlay, which 

has a corresponding pictogram and wording. 

7 


1 x Plastic key 769910 

1 x Fixing material 

1 x "Out of order" sign 

2 x Cable entries 

2 x Dummy plugs 

8 

9 

772180 

¬n6qU® 

Accessories 

704910 Spare glass pane, no imprint 

Terminal card for LF MCP 761630 

Terminal card for LF MCP 761630, with indicators for alarm (red), wire break (yellow) and 

short circuit (yellow). Suitable for mounting on standard mounting rails. 

10 

11 



24 V DC 


approx. 5 mA 

Alarm current 

20 mA 

Alarm display 

LED red 

Fault display 

LED yellow 


0.6 mm ... 1.5 mm² 

Application temperature 0 °C ... 50 °C 



Housing 

ABS plastic 

Color 

gray 

Weight 

approx. 300 g 

Dimensions 

W: 20 mm H: 85 mm D: 55 mm 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

205


761694 ¬m1¡t® 

Addressable 

MCP, IP66 


Addressable manual call point in conformity with EN 54-11 Type B with loop isolator for 

manually triggering fire alarms or hazard alarms. For outdoor application or application in 

damp environments. 



8 ... 42 V DC 




max. 10 (according to VdS), 127 / loop 

Alarm display 

LED, red 


max. 1.5 mm² 




IP66 

Housing 

PC-plastic 


Weight 

approx. 475 g 

Dimensions 

W: 135 mm H: 135 mm D: 61 mm 

Please take note, our Part No. 769910 and 769911 can be used as spare keys. 

To indicate that the detector is "Out-of-order" the operator has to insert the paper inlay, which 

has a corresponding pictogram and wording. 

1 x Glass 704910 

1 x Key and “Out of order” sign or “Außer Betrieb” 

Accessories 

704910 Spare glass for MCP 

769910 Plastic key for large MCP 

769911 Metal key for large MCP 




Manual Call Points Intrinsically Safe 

761697 ¬m1¤}® 

Explosion-proof 

conventional MCP, IP66 

Approval: VdS, PTB 97 ATEX 3197 

Explosion-proof encapsulated conventional manual call point for hazardous areas in 

conformity with EN 54-11 Type B for the manual actuation of a fire alarm and/or a hazard 

alarm, as a detector for usage in explosion-hazardous areas both inside and outside. 

The operating front foil has been designed as a double-sided insert. Complementary to the 

symbolism conforming to the standards for manual call points in compliance with EN 54- 

11 (Type B), it has a symbol and multilingual text on the back for the "Out of order" status 

of the detector and is always available for possible maintenance work. 

The labeling foil of the manual call point also has a double-sided design. In compliance 

with EN 54-11, it contains the standard symbol of a burning house. On the back, the 

symbol is supplemented with the word “FIRE” (multilingual). 


Data according to ATEX: 

Ex-category 


Common technical data: 


Alarm current 


Circuit 

II 2G 

Ex e d mb IIC T6, T5 



-55 °C ... 85 °C (T5) 


12 ... 24 V DC 

approx. 9 mA 

max. 10 detectors per Zone (according to VdS) 

1 k/10 k (internal) 

0.6 mm ... 4 mm² 


IP66 

Housing 

Glass fiber reinforced polyester resin 


Weight 



DIN 14678 Form K 

Dimensions 

W: 136 mm H: 138 mm D: 88 mm 

Please note, an Allen key (size 4) is needed for opening and resetting the MCP, and is not 

included in the scope of delivery. 


1 x Kit of double-sided operating front foil (with "Out of order" on the back) 

1 x Kit of double-sided labeling foil (multilingual) 

Accessories 

704910 Spare glass pane for MCP housings 

 

 

 

 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

 

 

 

 

15 

POZAR 

 

 

 

 

 

16 

Operating front foils and labeling foils 

207

Notes 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Transponders 

esserbus 210-222 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

209

Transponders 

esserbus 

Professional fire detection systems are expected to provide more than reliable fire detection 

and signaling alarms to the fire brigade. Over time, the continuous progress in technical 

units has led to many improvements in monitoring and control systems. At the same 

time the specifications of the European standards are becoming more and more 

demanding. These complex requirements towards control and monitoring of individual 

parts of a unit was reason enough to redesign our assortment of esserbus transponders. 

Essentially the new assortment consists of the so-called "alarm transponder" which is used 

for both the connection of non-addressable detectors (point-type detectors, manual 

detectors and special detectors) as well as for the operation of conventional alarm 

signaling devices (signaling devices, signal flasher and combination alarm signaling 

devices). Monitoring of the lines in accordance with the latest standards is ensured via 

"EOL modules" (end-of-line modules). 

The second part is formed by the "FCT" (fire control transponder) and the IQ8TAL being 

loop-powered input and output transponders with a contact input and a floating relay 

output for monitoring of contacts and transmission of technical alarms for equipment 

monitoring. 

These modules are for interfacing to other disciplines which are not a part of the fire detection 

system itself. Thanks to their intelligent concept they significantly expand the range of 

monitoring and control functions as part of the building management. 

Take note, esserbus transponders need ONLY ONE loop address per device. 


Transponders 

808623 

¬qw8/ 

Features 

• Only one loop address is needed per transponder 

• Integrated line insulator 

• Conventional connection of standard fire detectors 

and signaling devices 

• Loop monitoring in compliance with EN 54-13 


• Programmable relay outputs 

• Programmable relay reset function 

• Max. 100 transponders per FACP 

• Max. 31 transponders per loop 

• Max. 127 detector zones per loop 

• Detector numbers per zone input of the 

transponder: 

• Max. 30 conventional detectors (without SOC) 

• Max. 10 conventional detectors (with SOC) 

• Max. 10 Manual call points (MCP) 

• Max. 10 Technical Alarm Modules (TAM) 

• Max. 5 audible alarm devices per each output 

(observe calculation table in tools 8000) 

esserbus alarm transponder 4 IN/2 OUT 

Approval: VdS 

esserbus 

The esserbus transponder functions as a device on the multi-functional primary line. The 

connection of four zones with automatic standard detectors, manual call points (nonaddressable) 

as well as special detectors is possible. In addition, two programmable relay 

outputs are also available. 

Both relay outputs of the transponder may be used to reset a connected third-party 

detector. The reset function relates to the corresponding special detector, e.g. by switching 

the appropriate input to GND or by a short interruption of the detectors supply voltage. 

Therefore the control mode >Reset-Relay< as well as the desired relay operation mode 

(normally closed or open) must be configured with the programming software tools 8000 

from V1.15 and above. The relay output will be activated for the selected reset time (1 to 

14 seconds) if the assigned input (G1 for relay 1/G2 for relay 2) of the transponder is reset. 

Refer to the detectors manual for the required reset time. 

Monitoring via the EOL terminating devices (Part No. 808624/808626) is required for the 

connection of fire detectors and for the controlling of alarm signaling devices. The 

enclosed resistors can be used to connect the floating contacts. 

The esserbus alarm transponder requires an external voltage supply. An optional Voltage 

Converter (Part No. 781336) is also required for 12V DC operation. The esserbus alarm 

transponder external voltage supply can be monitored during operation. 

The EOL-I terminating device (Part No. 808626) must be used for standard-compliant 

monitoring of detector zone inputs. The EOL-O (Part No. 808624) must be used for 

standard-compliant monitoring of connected alarm signaling devices. 



10 ... 28 V DC 


approx. 12 mA 


max. 120 mA @ 12 V DC 


30 V DC / 1 A 



Air humidity 




Weight 

approx. 28 g 


0786-CPD-20947 

Dimensions 

W: 82 mm H: 72 mm D: 20 mm 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

Installation accessory pack 

808623.F0 

¬qw8§/G1!® 

Accessories 

788603.10 Module housing for snap-on mounting rail 

788600 Housing surface mount, gray 

788650.10 Housing surface mount, white 

788601 Housing flush mount, gray 

788651.10 Housing flush mount, white 

788612 Loop isolator for transponder 

781336 DC/DC converter output voltage 

808624 EOL-O Terminating device 

808626 EOL-I Terminating device 

esserbus alarm transponder 4 IN/2 OUT, France 

12 

13 

14 

15 


16 

211

Transponders 

808623.10 

¬qw8/ 

esserbus transponder for UniVario 

Approval: VdS 

esserbus 

The interface connects max. 2 industrial sensors from the UniVario product range. These 

sensors are supplied with energy via the 9 V DC group voltage input. For meeting the 

standard requirements of monitoring, an EOL-UV terminal element is connected to the 

sensor base of the UniVario sensor. The interface requires external voltage supply. Additionally, 

two optionally monitored relay outputs are available. 

Features 



• Programmable relay outputs 

• Programmable relay reset function 

• Max. 100 transponders per fire alarm control 

panel 


• Max. 127 detector zones per loop 


transponder: 



• Max. 10 Manual call points 

• Max. 10 Technical Alarm Modules (TAM) 

• Max. 5 audible alarm device (observe calculation 

table in tools 8000) 

¬qw92 

808624 



10 ... 28 V DC 


approx. 12 mA 


max. 120 mA @ 12 V DC 


30 V DC / 1 A 



Air humidity 




Weight 

approx. 28 g 


0786-CPD-20947 

Dimensions 

W: 82 mm H: 72 mm D: 20 mm 

Installation Accessory Pack 

Accessories 

788603.10 Module housing for snap-on mounting rail 





788612 Loop isolator for transponder 


808626 EOL-I Terminating Device 

EOL-O terminating device 

The EOL-O terminating device is mounted on the last control input device in the detector 

zone and is used to monitor alarm signaling devices. 

Features 

• Used for monitoring of control outputs with 

conventional alarm signaling devices being 

connected 

• Additionally recognizes creeping interruptions and 

short-circuits 


¬qw;8 

808626 

EOL-I terminating device 

The EOL-I terminating device is mounted on the last device in the detector zone and is 

used to monitor detector zone inputs. 

Features 

• Used for monitoring of detector zone inputs with 

standard fire detectors being connected 





Transponders 

808626.10 

¬qw;8 EOL 

module for 808623.10 (EOL-UV) 

esserbus 

1 

The EOL-UV terminating device is mounted on the last device in the detector zone and is 

used to monitor detector zone inputs. 

2 

Features 

• Used for monitoring of detector zone inputs with 

standard fire detectors being connected 




808600.230 

Features 

• 230 V AC operation with optional function monitoring 

• Comprehensive fail-safe function during failure of 

the loop or mains voltage 

• Freely programmable relays 

• Monitoring contacts for monitoring of external 

devices 

• Time-dependent control of relay outputs 

• Optional: relay outputs with programmable 

impulse lengths 

• Reduction of amount of data via selectable software 

function 


• Optional IP protection base for usage in difficult 

ambient conditions 

esserbus transponder FCT set 230 V 

Approval: VdS 

The FCT is used for the monitoring and operation of fire control systems such as ventilation, 

pressure monitor pumps, extinguishing agent sprinklers, fire dampers, smoke control 

flaps, elevators and many more. Time-dependent machine shutdowns can be carried out 

via two freely programmable relays. The pluggable modules (up to two modules can be 

connected) are each equipped with a contact input for operational feedback. 

The comprehensive "fail-safe" function ensures that the transponder maintains full functionality 

and remains a self-sufficient activation device even if the FACP or field bus fails. 

Using the 230 V version the mains voltage can be switched directly and be simultaneously 

used to power the transponder. It is also possible to indirectly monitor the function of the 

mains voltage using internal logic. 

The esserbus transponder FCT 12-24 V or 230 V is used as a loop device for the IQ8Control 

or FlexES control FACP. The tools 8000 programming software (as of version V1.15.1) 

is necessary for the start-up. 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 

Rated current 

0.01 A 


30 V DC/4 A, 230 V AC/4 A 


max. 2,5 mm² 



Air humidity 




IP55 (with IP-base composition 788655) 


0786-CPD-20991 

Dimensions 

W: 235 mm H: 61.5 mm D: 140 mm 

The FCT cannot be operated in the following systems: 

FACP 80, System 3000 (FACP 3007/3008), FACP 8008, FACP 8000 C/M, ECP 8010 

1 x FCT control module 

1 x FCT electronic module 

1 x Surface mounted housing 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

213

Transponders 

esserbus 

808600.24 

esserbus transponder FCT set 12 - 24 V 

Approval: VdS 

Same as 808600.230, but 24 V operating voltage. 



10 ... 30 V DC 



30 V DC/4 A, 230 V AC/4 A 


max. 2,5 mm² 



Air humidity 




IP55 (with IP-base composition 788655) 


0786-CPD-20991 

The FCT cannot be operated in the following systems: 

FACP 80, System 3000 (FACP 3007/3008), FACP 8008, FACP 8000 C/M, ECP 8010 

804981 

IQ8FCT electronic module 

Pluggable electronic module for FCT expansion with another monitoring contact input. 




Alarm current 

approx. 9 mA 


max. 127 per loop 


green LED 

Alarm display 

red LED 


Features 

• Tool-free installation on the FCT through simple 

connection of the module 

• Contact input for monitoring fire event controls 

• Addressable for individual localization of the fire 

event control 

• Integrated line isolator 

788655 

IP55 base adapter for FCT 

IP FCT base adapter for extreme environmental conditions. 



IP55 


Transponders 

808610.10 

808611.10 

¬qw+§/21J® 

Features 




• Max. 32 transponders per detector zone 

¬qw,§/21M® 

Features 





esserbus transponder 12 relays (8 bit) 

Approval: 

The esserbus transponder works as a loop device on the multi-functional primary line. 

With the 12 relays module, it is possible to expand the number of exits per control unit. 

Depending on the control unit, it can be integrated or used with fire detectors in mixed 

operation. The esserbus transponder can be optionally extended by adding the additional 

isolator board Part No. 788612. esserbus transponder voltage supply: via the multi-functional 

primary line. The esserbus transponder can be wired with an external switching 

voltage of 12V DC or 24V DC for the K1 to K12 relays. The external voltage supply of the 

transponder can be programmed to be monitored in the customer data in the operating 

mode. In the “floating” operating mode, no external switching voltage of the relays is 

necessary. 11 relays are freely programmable. The maximum line length from the 

transponder to the external device is up to 1000 m. 



10 ... 28 V DC 



30 V DC / 1 A (max. 3 A each transponder) 



Air humidity 



IP 40 (with housing) 

Weight 

approx. 110 g 

Dimensions 

W: 150 mm H: 82 mm D: 20 mm 

Accessories 

788612 Loop isolator PCB 

788600 Surface mounting housing gray, similar to RAL 7035 

788650.10 Surface mounting housing white, similar to RAL 9003 

788601 Flush mounting housing gray, similar to RAL 7035 

788651.10 Flush mounting housing white, similar to RAL 9003 

esserbus transponder 32 LED 

Approval: 



esserbus 

The esserbus transponder works as a loop device on the multi-functional primary line. 32 

outputs for direct LED control (e.g. indicator) are found on this esserbus transponder 

module. There is one terminal screw per output on the switching mechanism. The module 

can be extended by adding the additional isolator board Part No. 788612. esserbus 

transponder voltage supply: via the multi-functional primary line. The esserbus 

transponder requires an external power supply. 

The external voltage supply of the transponder can be programmed to be monitored in 

operating mode. The maximum line length from the transponder to the external device is 

up to 100 m. 



10 ... 15 V DC 


approx. 3 mA 



Air humidity 




Weight 

approx. 95 g 

Dimensions 

W: 150 mm H: 82 mm D: 20 mm 

Accessories 


788600 Surface mounting housing gray, similar to RAL 7035 

788650.10 Surface mounting housing white, similar to RAL 9003 

788601 Flush mounting housing gray, similar to RAL 7035 

788651.10 Flush mounting housing white, similar to RAL 9003 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

215

Transponders 

808613.30 

¬qw.§/41_® 

esserbus transponder SIE for 3rd party extinguishing panels 

Approval: VdS 

esserbus 

The esserbus transponder SIE is designed for operation as Standard Interface Extinguishing 

(SIE) for the analog loop (esserbus / esserbus-PLus) of the Fire Alarm System 

8000 and IQ8Control. 

An external power supply of 12 V DC or 24 V DC can be connected to the esserbus 

transponder. The voltage converter (Part No. 781336) is required for 12 V DC operation. 

The transponder’s external voltage supply can be programmed with supervision. 

Features 







10 ... 28 V DC 


approx. 10 mA 


max. 120 mA 


30 V DC/1 A 



Air humidity 




Weight 

approx. 28 g 

Dimensions 

W: 82 mm H: 72 mm D: 20 mm 

1 x Additional equipment pack with 3.3 k and 680 R terminating resistor for SST 

808615 

¬qw0~® 

Accessories 

788603.10 Module housing for C-mounting bar or top hat rail mounting 







esserbus communication transponder for panel 8010 

With this esserbus transponder the extinguishing relay output 8010 can be integrated on 

the bus of panel 8000, IQ8Control and FlexES, thus enabling several extinguishing zones to 

be networked with each other. On each bus, a maximum of eight 8010 extinguishing relay 

outputs can be operated and a maximum of 16 communication transponders for each 

FACP8000 C/M, IQ8Control and FlexES. All indicators and controls can be activated from 

the fire alarm panel. The communication transponder occupies one address on the 

esserbus. 



max. 28 mA 



Air humidity 




Weight 

approx. 28 g 

Dimensions 

W: 72 mm H: 65 mm D: 20 mm 

Mounting: in the housing of the 8010 extinguishing relay output 

Including loop isolator PCB (Part No. 788612) 


Transponders 

808619.10 ¬qw4§/21e® 

esserbus 

FSA transponder for fire doors 

esserbus 

1 

Approval: VdS 

The transponder is suitable for usage for various applications: in stand-alone operation or 

on the esserbus. In esserbus operation, the Series 9200 automatic fire detectors and those 

of the IQ8Quad family (see features for types) can be used as detectors in door arrester 

systems (FSA - Fire, Failure and Shut-Off). In FSA transponder loop operation, the door 

arrester system status is indicated on the fire alarm control panel. 

2 

3 

Features 


• Usage of series 9200 intelligent detectors (such 

as OT, OTI, O²T detectors) as FSA detectors is 

possible 

• Connection of IQ8Quad O detectors (Part No. 

802371), TD Detectors (Part No. 802271), OT 

detectors (Part No. 802373) and O²T detectors 

(Part No. 802374) (DIBt-approved) as FSA 

detectors is possible 

• FSA detectors programmable as devices in the 

loop 

• Status indicator of door arrester system to the 

FACP 

• Actuation of the locking device also via the automatic 

fire detectors in non-FSA operation 

• Stand-alone operation of the FSA transponders is 

possible 

• Usage of IQ8Quad O detectors (Part No. 803371), 

TD detectors (Part No. 803271) and O²T detectors 

(Part No. 803374) in stand-alone operation of the 

FSA transponders to the standard detector group 

is possible 


• Max. 32 transponders per analog loop 

• Max. 127 detector zones per analog loop 


transponder: 



• Max. 10 Manual call points 

• Max. 10 Technical Alarm Modules (TAM/TAL) 

For stand-alone operation, detectors of the IQ8Quad family are supported without loop 

isolator (see features for types). 

For operation, the transponder requires an external supply voltage. It is possible to monitor 

this voltage. 



10 ... 28 V DC 


approx. 6 mA (from UB ext) 


max. 28 mA (from UB ext) 


max. 30 V DC/1 A or 48 V DC/0,5 A 



Air humidity 




Weight 

approx. 70 g 

Dimensions 

W: 72 mm H: 65 mm D: 20 mm (PC Board) 

Corresponding connection examples for FSA transponder operation in stand-alone operation or 

as a device in the fire detection System 8000 can be found in the chapter containing automatic 

door release systems. 

Accessories 


788603.10 Module housing for C-mounting bar or top hat rail mounting 





808625 EOL-Z 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

217

Transponders 

808630.10 

¬qw?§/21¨® 

Features 

• For connection of 3rd party detectors 





esserbus transponder RZT, 24 V 

Approval: 

VdS 

esserbus 

The refurbishment zone transponder is a stand-alone participant on the esserbus for the 

fire alarm system 8000 and IQ8Control FACP. Individual automatic fire detectors and 

manual call points (conventional technology) from other manufacturers can be connected 

to the 4 zone inputs. The voltage of all 4 zones can be configured to 24 V via the internal 

DC/DC module. An additional reset module is not required to operate third-party detectors. 

The two relay outputs are available for general control purposes. 

Programmable with the programming software tools 8000 Version V2.40 or higher. 



10.5 ... 15 V DC 


max. 1.250 mA 


max. 30 V DC/1 A or 48 V DC/0,5 A 



Air humidity 


Weight 

approx. 150 g 

Dimensions 

W: 150 mm H: 82 mm D: 20 mm 

783258 

783259.10 

¬oA[*® 

¬oA\-® 

Whether or not a connection is possible must be individually checked in advance by the technical 

sales department. 

Accessories 






788605 Mounting kit 

MD1L transponder, France 

Approval: 

Transponder 1 remote control line in plastic box. 1 remote line and positioning control. 





IP65 

Housing 

ABS 

Color Light gray type RAL 7035 

Dimensions 

W: 260 mm H: 355 mm D: 67 mm 


Approval: 

NF-SSI 

NF-SSI 

Transponder 2 remote control line in plastic box. 2 remote line and positioning control. 





IP65 

Housing 

ABS 


Dimensions 

W: 260 mm H: 355 mm D: 67 mm 


Transponders 

783257.10 

¬oAZ'® 


esserbus 

1 


Transponder 4 remote control lines in plastic box. 4 remote lines and positioning control. 

2 

772388.10 

¬n8y§/21L® 

Features 

• Connection of 1100 series detectors (Universal 

det) 

• Virex and IRY2 flame detectors 





IP65 

Housing 

ABS 


Dimensions 

W: 285 mm H: 355 mm D: 67 mm 

Refurbishment zone transponder RZT 8000 with housing, France 

Approval: 

NF-SSI 

The refurbishment zone transponder RZT 8000 (4 input/2 output) is connected to the 

esserbus or for the IQ8Control or ECS 800 monitoring and signaling equipment. The automatic 

detectors and manual call points (conventional technology) can be connected to the 

4 inputs. 



10.5 ... 13.8 V DC 




IP40 

Dimensions 

W: 189 mm H: 131 mm D: 48 mm (box) 

Supplied in housing 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

219

Transponders 

esserbus 

Accessories for esserbus Transponders 

788612 

¬ow-s® 

Loop isolator for transponders 

Loop isolator PCB to be mounted on esserbus transponders. To isolate short circuit failure 

and wire break on the loop. 






Weight 

approx. 10 g 

Dimensions 

W: 32 mm H: 20 mm D: 10 mm 

Technical Alarm Modules 

804869 

¬qQfm® 

IQ8TAM for snap-on mounting with isolator, 1 IN 

Approval: VdS 

The technical alarm module IQ8TAM is a bus device of the fire alarm system 8000 for 

recognition, transmission and individual display of technical alarms. 

Each IQ8TAM includes an integrated loop isolator, which opens in case of loop short circuit 

to isolate the part of the loop between two loop isolators. A single wire break does not 

affect the loop and all devices remain in operation. The module does not require external 

voltage supply, as voltage is supplied by the field bus. 

A remote LED indicator (e.g. Part No. 781804, 781814 and 801824) can be connected to 

the LED-/LED+ terminal. The max. cable length to the connected remote indicator is up to 

100 m! 

An external, monitored contact can be connected to the S-/S+ terminal. In case of an activation 

of this contact, the address and programmed additional text of the corresponding 

technical alarm module IQ8TAM will be displayed. To monitor this contact an optional 

monitoring module (Part No. 804870) is required. The max. cable length to the connected 

module is up to 250 meters. 

The IQ8TAM activation is latching. To reset the IQ8TAM either the FACP or the corresponding 

zone is reset. 


Alarm display 

LED, red 


max. 1,5 mm² 



Air humidity 



Housing 

PA 66 - plastic 


Weight 

approx. 87 g 

Dimensions 

W: 25 mm H: 112 mm D: 99 mm 

The module can either be mounted in an appropriate installation position in the housing of the 

fire alarm panel or, for example, on a C-rail of a switch cabinet. Each module can be individually 

connected or cascaded directly snap-on or on the side connector block. 

incl. 4 screw clamps and 1 resistor 


Transponders 

804870 ¬qQgp® 

Alarm 

and monitoring module for IQ8TAM 

esserbus 

1 

An external, monitored contact can be connected to the terminals of the IQ8TAM technical 

alarm module for C-rail mounting with Part No. 804869. In case of contact activation, the 

address and the programmed additional text of the corresponding IQ8TAM technical alarm 

module will be displayed. 

2 

For contact monitoring, the alarm and monitoring module for IQ8TAM (Part No. 804870) is 

required. 

3 

The max. cable length to the connected module must not exceed 250 meters! 

Extinguishing system module Part No. 804870 

4 

5 

10K 

1K 

e.g. 

pressure controller 

6 

7 

IQ8TAM, max. 250 m line length 

8 

Inside wiring diagram for alarm and monitoring module 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

221

Transponders 

804868 

¬qQej® 

IQ8TAL with isolator, 1 IN/1 OUT 

Approval: 

VdS 

esserbus 

The technical alarm device IQ8TAL is a fully-fledged loop device of the IQ8Control fire 

detection system and facilitates the detection and forwarding of technical alarms. 

The IQ8TAL is equipped with an integrated loop isolator, a contact input and a relay output. 

The relay can be optionally configured as a normally-closed contact or as a normally-open 

contact. The IQ8TAL does not need a separate voltage supply. 

Features 

• One contact input and one floating relay output 

• Voltage supply via the field bus 

• Test and reset function 

• Higher IP55 protection with Part No. 704965 

• Programmable inverse monitoring functionality of 

the contact input (1k resistance latent/10k resistance 

fire) 

• Powered by the FACP 

• Total cable length of the external contact up to 

500 m 


• Max. 127 transponder TAL electronic modules per 

analog loop 

In order to increase the IP protection class, the optional IP55 protection kit (Part No. 

704965) can be used. 

The functionality of the IQ8TAL can be tested with the included key and the alarm status 

can be reset directly at the device. 





30 V DC/AC/1 A 


green LED 

Alarm display 

red LED 





Housing 

PC/ASA plastic 


Weight 

approx. 110 g 

Dimensions 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 21 mm 

W: 88 mm H: 88 mm D: 57 mm (with surface-mounted 

housing) 

804868.VC0 

804867 

¬qQe§/WD1%® 

¬qQdg® 

Please note that for surface mounting, the mount housing (Part No. 704981) must be ordered 

separately. 

Compatible with all IQ8Control systems with firmware V3.08 and tools 8000 V1.14 or superior. 

Accessories 

704965 Protective kit for MCP and TAL, transparent 

704981 Surface mount housing for small MCP, blue 

IQ8TAL with isolator, China 


IQ8FCT with isolator, 1 IN/1 OUT 

Approval: 

2 x 10 k (terminating), 1 x 1 k (alarm), 1 x 6.8 k (inverse operation) 

VdS 

Same as 804868, but with additional fire control transponder (FCT) software functionality. 





Weight 

approx. 110 g 


0786-CPD-20792 

Features 

• Runtime monitoring 

• Monitoring 2 states with an input 

• Steady or impulsive triggering of relay output 

• Max. 127 transponder FCT electronic modules per 

analog loop 

Please note that for surface mounting, the mount housing (Part No. 704985) must be ordered 

separately. 

The FCP cannot be operated on the following systems: 

FACP 80, System 3000 (FACP 3007/3008), FACP 8008, FACP 8000 C/M, Extinguishing System 

8010 

Accessories 

704965 Protective kit for MCP and TAL, transparent 

704985 Surface mount housing for small MCP, gray 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


Wireless Modules 224-236 11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

223



Features 

• Radiocommunication transmission features 

• Interference-proof transmission via dual band 

with frequency hopping @ 433 MHz and 868 MHz 

• Bi-directional data traffic 

• Permanent automatic interference monitoring of 

transmission path 

• In case of interferences, automatic modification of 

frequency band and radiocommunication channel 

• Band blocking detection 

• High transmission range (in the open air: max. 

300 m) 

• Automatic interference detection due to low field 

strength levels 

The following wireless modules are only compatible with IQ8Control panel. Communica tion 

between the RF devices is set up via a dual band transmission mode. The RF- technology 

applies frequency hopping to enable highest transmission security. In case of interference, 

the frequency band and the radiocommunication channels are automatically modified. If 

the entire band and the receiver are blocked due to high interference level, a fault signal is 

transmitted to the fire alarm panel. Thus, secure and reliable wireless trans mission is 

provided. 

The transmission range in open air is up to 300 m. Inside the building, the transmission 

range varies, depending on building structure, wall thickness or use of reinforced concrete. 

IQ8Wireless radio technology facilitates the cable-free connection of IQ8Quad automatic 

fire detectors (with and without alarm signaling devices), manual call points and the 

IQ8Alarm alarm signaling device to the IQ8Control fire alarm system. 

Already existing fire alarm systems can be expanded using the wireless technology or 

complete fire alarm systems can be realized for smaller objects with wireless components 

as well. 

The allocation of the wireless components to a wireless transponder or wireless gateway 

takes place via the tools 8000 programming software. 

The status of the batteries is checked automatically and their necessary replacement is 

displayed early on as a detector failure on the FACP and/or the wireless transponder*. 

The optimal installation site as well as the maximum possible transmission distance can be 

conveniently and quickly transmitted via the tools 8000 integrated field strength measurement. 

* during allocation of the wireless components via wireless transponder 

Please take into account that the use of wireless components requires extra training, covering 

project planning and commissioning. For further information see our training brochure. 

These devices were designed, produced and labeled for operation within the countries of the 

European Union (EU) in accordance with the current EU standards and requirements. In case the 

device is installed outside of the EU, national guidelines and requirements must be taken into 

consideration. 

For further information, please contact your local sales representative. 

Using components like IQ8Alarm and IQ8Quad with integrated alarm devices the esserbus PLus 

is needed. 

max. 32 wireless detectors 

max. 10 control groups 

12 V DC 

esserbus-PLus 

max. 

10 wireless 

call points 




805593.10 ¬qX~§/217® 

Features 

135 mm 

IQ8Wireless 

43,5 

mm 

Wireless base 

Wireless base with Detector 

86 

mm 

The wireless detector base suitable for 

• Fixed heat detector (Part No. 802171, 802177) 

• Rate-of-rise heat detector (Part No. 802271, 

803271) 

• Optical smoke detector (Part No. 802371, 

803371) 

• O²T multisensor fire detector (Part No. 802374, 

803374) 

• OTG multisensor fire detector (Part No. 802473) 

The wireless detector base features 

• Individual detector identification on the control 

panel 

• Regular functionality check for each detector 

• Alarm and operation display on the detector 

• Alarm and fault transmission in accordance with 

EN 54-2 

• Easy detector or battery replacement with detector 

removal tool 

• Fault signal when the mounted wireless base and 

the inserted detector are removed 

• Permanent monitoring of battery voltage 

• Up to 2 years battery life depending on detector 

type and environmental conditions 

detector base 

Approval: VdS 


With the IQ8Wireless base, the wireless component is located in the base onto which the 

respective fire detector is placed. The wireless base facilitates the connection of the 

IQ8Quad TM, TD, O, O²T and OTG detectors via a wireless transmission line to the 

esser bus/esserbus-PLus and integrates them via wireless transponder or wireless gateway 

into the fire alarm system. 

A maximum of 32 radio bases per wireless transponder and/or 10 per radio gateway can 

be allocated. 



4 x 3.6 V batteries 



Battery operating time 

approx. 3 years* 

Range inside 

max. 30 m 

Range outside 

max. 300 m 

Frequency band 1 

433 MHz with 16 channels 



Data transmission speed 

19.2 Kbit/s 


Storage temperature 

-20 °C ... 70 °C (w/o batteries) 

15 °C ... 35 °C (with batteries) 

Air humidity < 95 % 


IP42 

Material 

ABS-V0 


Weight 

approx. 315 g (incl. batteries) 

Specification EN 54-18:2005/-25:2008 

Dimensions 

Ø: 135 mm H: 49 mm (with detector H: 88 mm) 

The batteries to be used are components of the device approval according to EN 54 and are 

specified by the manufacturer. With the IQ8Wireless radio components, only the approved 

batteries with Part No. 805597 may be used. Use of batteries other than those specified by us 

automatically voids the product’s device approval (VdS-approval) and may not be used for 

example in Germany in fire alarm systems under legal building regulations. 

*The battery operating time is dependent on the type of detector/device used, as well as the 

application temperature and additional surrounding conditions. It can be substantially restricted 

by increased current consumption of the wireless devices in the case of alarm, wireless 

interference or poor transmission, or even possibly through contact resistance at the contacts. 

Please note important instructions for usage of batteries in manual Part No. 798941.10 

(available at the website). 

4 x 3.6 V lithium batteries (Part No. 805597) 

Accessories 

805597 4 x 3.6 V lithium batteries 

Room 1 Room 1 

Room 1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

1 2 3 

Room 1 Room 1 

Expansion via IQ8Wireless gateway with IQ8Wireless detector base 

Room 1 

15 

16 

225


805593.F0.10 

Features 

135 mm 

¬qX~§/G1N® IQ8Wireless 

43,5 

mm 

Wireless base 

Wireless base with Detector 

86 

mm 

The wireless detector base suitable for 

• Fixed heat detector (Part. No. 802171, 802177) 

• Rate-of-rise heat detector (Part. No. 802271, 

803271) 

• Optical smoke detector (Part. No. 802371, 

803371) 

• O²T multisensor (Part. No. 802374, 803374) 

• OTG multisensor (Part. No. 802473) 

The wireless detector base features 

• Individual detector identification on the control 

panel 

• Regular functionality check for each detector 

• Alarm and operation display on the detector 


EN 54-2 

• Easy detector or battery replacement with detector 

removal tool 

• Fault signal when the mounted wireless base and 

the inserted detector are removed 


• Up to 2 years battery life depending on detector 

type and environmental conditions 

detector base, France 



With the IQ8Wireless base, the wireless component is located in the base onto which the 

respective fire detector is placed. The wireless base facilitates the connection of the 

IQ8Quad TM, TD, O, O²T and OTG detectors via a wireless transmission line to the 

esser bus/esserbus-PLus and integrates them via wireless transponder or wireless gateway 

into the fire alarm system. 

A maximum of 32 radio bases per wireless transponder and/or 10 per radio gateway can 

be allocated. 








Range inside 

max. 30 m 

Range outside 

max. 300 m 





Transmitter power 

10 mW 

Sensitivity 

-100 dBm 



-20 °C ... 70 °C (without batteries) 

-10 °C ... 25 °C (with batteries) 

Air humidity 



IP42 

Material 

ABS-V0 

Color 

white, similar to RAL9010 

Weight 



Dimensions 











Please note important instructions for usage of batteries in manual Part No. 798941.10 


4x 3.6 V lithium batteries 805597 

1x standard detector base for IQ8Quad Part No. 805590 with an additional factory-installed wire 

jumper 

Accessories 




805594.10 ¬qX¡§/21:® 

135 mm 

IQ8Wireless 

43,5 

mm 

Wireless base 

Wireless base with detector 

86 

mm 

Features 

• The wireless gateway can be mounted between 

detector base and IQ8Quad detector. No additional 

wiring required 

• Suitable for IQ8Quad detectors w/o alarm devices 

• The connection of an remote LED indicator for 

this detector is possible 

• Wireless communication with up to 10 users 

• Maximum 10 wireless bases 

• Maximum 10 wireless interfaces with IQ8MCP 

manual call points 

• Maximum 10 control groups for wireless interface 

with IQ8Quad/IQ8Alarm alarm signaling devices 

• All wireless devices are integrated as individually 

addressable on the esserbus / esserbus-PLus 

• esserbus integration of all radiocommunication 

devices as individually addressable users 

• The radiocommunication devices can be allocated 

in up to 10 detector zones 

• Up to 9 wireless gateways per loop 

• Alarm and trouble transmission in accordance 

with EN 54-2 

• Easy detector or battery replacement via detector 

removal tool 

• Trouble signal when removing the gateway and 

the detector 


• One gateway requires one loop address 

• The total number of loop devices of the loop will 

be reduced by only 12 devices for each connected 

IQ8Wireless Gateway 

• Max. 18 IQ8Wireless Gateways per FACP IQ8Control 

C 

• Max. 45 IQ8Wireless Gateways per FACP IQ8Control 

M and FACP FlexES Control 

gateway for devices 

Approval: VdS 


This wireless gateway is especially designed for convenient and time-saving expansion of 

an already existing IQ8Control/FlexES Control fire detection system. By removing a 

detector already installed on the loop and adding the wireless gateway to the standard IQ8 

detector base, up to 10 additional fire detectors equipped with wireless detector bases or 

10 addressable manual call points can be added to the existing system. Up to 10 components 

with alarm signaling functions – IQ8Alarm alarm signaling devices and/or IQ8Quad 

fire alarms with integrated alarm signaling device – can be connected per wireless gateway 

via the universal wireless interface. And all this without any additional cabling. Depending 

on the surrounding conditions, the wireless transmission can reach up to 200m. The wireless 

gateway must fundamentally be operated with an IQ8Quad detector. It integrates the 

intelligent IQ8Wireless components into the esserbus or esserbus-PLus via the wireless 

base or wireless interface, thus making these components fully individually addressable 

loop devices. 

Up to 9 wireless gateways can be operated on the loop. Each wireless gateway reduces the 

maximum number of esserbus devices by 12 pieces. 



8 ... 42 V DC (via loop) 

Voltage supply 

4 x 3.6 V lithium battery 


400 μA to max. 2,5 mA 



Range inside 

max. 20 m 

Range outside 

max. 200 m 






10 mW 

Sensitivity 

-100 dBm 


19,2 Kbit/s 





Air humidity 



IP42 

Material 

ABS 


Weight 


Specification EN 54-17:2005/-18:2005/-25:2008 

Dimensions 


The standard detector base version IQ8Quad 805590 is not included in the RF gateway package. 



batteries with part no. 805597 may be used. Use of batteries other than those specified by us 







Please note important instructions for usage of batteries in FB 798941. 


Accessories 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

227


805594.10.F0 

135 mm 

¬qX¡§/G1Q® IQ8Wireless 

43,5 

mm 

Wireless base 

Wireless base with detector 

86 

mm 

Features 

• The wireless gateway can be mounted between 

detector base and IQ8Quad detector. No additional 

wiring required 

• Suitable for IQ8Quad detectors w/o alarm devices 

• Wireless communication with up to 10 users 

• Maximum 10 wireless bases 

• Maximum 10 wireless interfaces with IQ8MCP 


• Maximum 10 control groups for wireless interface 


• All wireless devices are integrated as individually 

addressable on the esserbus / esserbus-PLus 

• esserbus integration of all radiocommunication 

devices as individually addressable users 

• The radiocommunication devices can be allocated 

in up to 10 detector zones 

• Up to 9 wireless gateways per loop 

• Alarm and trouble transmission in accordance 

with EN 54-2 

• Easy detector or battery replacement via detector 

removal tool 

• Trouble signal when removing the gateway and 

the detector 


gateway for devices, France 

Approval: VdS 


This wireless gateway is especially designed for convenient and time-saving expansion of 

an already existing IQ8Control/FlexES Control fire detection system. By removing a 

detector already installed on the loop and adding the wireless gateway to the standard IQ8 

detector base, up to 10 additional fire detectors equipped with wireless detector bases or 

10 addressable manual call points can be added to the existing system. Up to 10 components 

with alarm signaling functions – IQ8Alarm alarm signalling devices and/or IQ8Quad 

fire alarms with integrated alarm signaling device – can be connected per wireless gateway 

via the universal wireless interface. And all this without any additional cabling. Depending 

on the surrounding conditions, the wireless transmission can reach up to 200m. The wireless 

gateway must fundamentally be operated with an IQ8Quad detector. It integrates the 

intelligent IQ8Wireless components into the esserbus or esserbus-PLus via the wireless 

base or wireless interface, thus making these components fully individually addressable 

loop devices. 

Up to 9 wireless gateway can be operated on the loop. Each wireless gateway reduces the 

maximum number of esserbus devices by 12 pieces. 



8 ... 42 V DC 

Voltage supply 

4 x 3.6 V battery 


4 mA for 10 wireless detectors 



Range inside 

max. 20 m 

Range outside 

max. 200 m 






10 mW 

Sensitivity 

-100 dBm 





Air humidity 



IP42 

Material 

ABS plastic 


Weight 


Specification EN 54-17: 2005 / -18: 2005 / -25: 2009 

Dimensions 


The standard detector base version IQ8Quad Part No. 805590 is not included in the RF gateway 

package. 










Please note important instructions for usage of batteries in in manual Part No. 798941.10 


4x 3.6 V lithium batteries 



805595.10 ¬qX¢§/21=® 

136 

mm 

144 

mm 

IQ8Wireless 

280 

mm 

200 mm 39 

mm 

Features 

• RF communication with up to 32 users 

• maximum 32 wireless bases 

• maximum 10 wireless interfaces with IQ8MCP 


• maximum 10 control groups for wireless interface 


• esserbus integration of all RF. Devices as individually 

addressable users 

• The RF devices can be assigned in up to 32 



EN 54-2 

• Connection to esserbus of IQ8Control panel as 

bus device as well as to a conventional detector 

zones 

• Stand-alone operation 

• Potential-free outputs for common fault and 

common fire 

transponder for devices, wall mount 

Approval: VdS 

This wireless transponder is designed for wall mounting. The wireless transponder 

communicates with up to 32 other wireless devices. These can be wireless of various types 

from intelligent automatic fire detectors or wireless interfaces with manual call points and/ 

or alarm signaling devices of the IQ8-family. Using the System IQ8Control/FlexES Control, 

the wireless transponder integrates the intelligent automatic detectors (with and without 

alarm signaling devices), manual call point and alarm generator IQ8Alarm in the esserbus / 

esserbus-PLus via the wireless base and/or wireless interface. The detector base allows 

esserbus integration of intelligent automatic detectors as bus devices with individual 

addressing via the transponder. Up to 10 transponders can be operated on one loop. The 

transponder can be linked with the loop as well as with a conventional detector zone or it 

can be operated as a stand-alone unit. Potential-free outputs for common fault and 

common fire are available. For system 8000 the transponder for RF devices can only be 

connected by using a potential-free relay to 4 IN/2 OUT or 1 IN transponder, because it is 

not compatible with panel 8000 and it cannot be used as a bus device. 

The transponder needs an external supply voltage for operation. 




9 ... 30 V DC (via loop) 


approx. 17 mA 


approx. 18 mA 

Range inside 

max. 30 m 

Range outside 

max. 300 m 






19,2 Kbit/s 


30 V DC/1 A 





IP42 

Housing 

ASA + PC 


Weight 

approx. 250 g 


Dimensions W: 200 mm H: 280 mm D: 39 mm (with detector H: 88 

mm) 

The external power supply of the IQ8Wireless transponder can come from the FACP or from an 

external power unit. 

The voltage for the wireless transponder can be supplied by the FACP or an external power 

supply. An individual, separately protected supply line must be installed for the voltage supply. 

The external voltage supply is monitored by the wireless transponder. If the wireless transponder 

is installed as a device on the IQ8Control/FlexES Control, fire system, analog loop, a disturbance 

is transmitted to the fire detection control unit via the loop and is indicated there. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

max. 32 wireless detectors 

30 up to 300 m 

Max. 10 control groups 

with alarm devices 

14 

12 V DC 

max. 10 wireless call points 

15 

esserbus-PLus 

Max. 3 m 

16 

229


805595.10.F0 

136 

mm 

144 

mm 

¬qX¢§/G1T® IQ8Wireless 

280 

mm 

200 mm 39 

mm 

Features 

• RF communication with up to 32 users 

• maximum 32 wireless bases 

• maximum 10 wireless interfaces with IQ8MCP 


• maximum 10 control groups for wireless interface 


• esserbus integration of all RF. Devices as individually 

addressable users 

• The RF devices can be assigned in up to 32 



EN 54-2 

• Connection to esserbus of IQ8Control panel as 

bus device as well as to a conventional detector 

zone 

• Stand-alone operation 

• Potential-free outputs for common fault and 

common fire 

transponder for devices, wall mount, France 


This wireless transponder is designed for wall mounting. The wireless transponder 

communicates with up to 32 other wireless devices. These can be wireless of various types 

from intelligent automatic fire detectors or wireless interfaces with manual call points and/ 

or alarm signaling devices of the IQ8-family. Using the System IQ8Control/FlexES Control, 

the wireless transponder integrates the intelligent automatic detectors (with and without 

alarm signaling devices), manual call point and alarm generator IQ8Alarm in the esserbus / 

esserbus-PLus via the wireless base and/or wireless interface. The detector base allows 

esserbus integration of intelligent automatic detectors as bus devices with individual 

addressing via the transponder. Up to 10 transponders can be operated on one loop. The 

transponder can be linked with the loop as well as with a conventional detector zone or it 

can be operated as a stand-alone unit. Potential-free outputs for common fault and 

common fire are available. For system 8000 the transponder for RF devices can only be 

connected by using a potential-free relay to 4 IN/2 OUT or 1 IN transponder, because it is 

not compatible with panel 8000 and it cannot be used as bus device. 

The transponder needs an external supply voltage for operation. 




9 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 17 mA 


approx. 18 mA 

Range inside 

max. 30 m 

Range outside 

max. 300 m 






10 mW 

Sensitivity 

-100 dBm 


30 V DC / 1A 



Air humidity 



IP42 

Housing 

ASA + PC 


Weight 

approx. 250 g 


Dimensions W: 200 mm H: 280 mm D: 39 mm (with detector H: 88 

mm) 

The external power supply of the IQ8Wireless transponder can come from the FACP or from an 

external power unit. 

The voltage for the wireless transponder can be supplied by the FACP or an external power 

supply. An individual, separately protected supply line must be installed for the voltage supply. 

The external voltage supply is monitored by the wireless transponder. If the wireless transponder 

is installed as a device on the IQ8Control/FlexES Control fire detection system analog loop, a 

disturbance is transmitted to the fire detection control unit via the loop and is indicated there. 



805601.10 ¬qY¢§/G1V® 

Features 

IQ8Wireless 

Radio interface suitable for: 

• IQ8MCP - electronic module, large design (Part 

No. 804905/ 804906) 

• IQ8MCP – complete package, small design (Part 

No. 804971) 

• IQ8MCP - electronic module, small design (Part 

No. 804955), only with mounting frame (Part No. 

704967) 

• IQ8Quad detectors (with and without alarm 

signaling devices) 

• IQ8Alarm alarm signaling device (Part No. 

8073xx) 

Radio interface features: 

• The IQ8 components are individually identified on 

the FACP 

• Regular functionality performance checks of IQ8 

components 

• Fault signal when the IQ8 components are 

removed from the FACP 

• Operating mode display directly at the IQ8 manual 

call point and IQ8Quad detector 

• Alarm and fault message transmission in compliance 

with EN 54-2 

• Easy detector removal and battery replacement 

using multi-functional key 

• Remote operation of IQ8 components possible 

(max. 3 meters) via 2-wire line 

• Constant battery status monitoring 

• Early battery replacement notification at the FACP 

universal interface w/o cover, red 

Approval: VdS 


The radio interface allows the IQ8MCP (small or large design) to be connected on the wireless 

esserbus-PLus. 

The radio interface connects the intelligent IQ8MCP to the esserbus/powered loop via the 

IQ8Wireless transponder or the IQ8Wireless gateway. Thus, the devices are automatically 

converted into individually addressable loop devices. 








Range inside 

max. 30 m 

Range outside 

max. 300 m 






19,2 Kbit/s 





Air humidity 



IP42 

Material 



Weight 

approx. 285 g (incl. batteries, without attachment) 


Dimensions 

W: 135 mm H: 135 mm D: 20 mm (without attachment) 

Only use small manual call points with mounting frame Part No. 704967. 













Accessories 

704967 Mounting frame for small MCP 

805603 IQ8Wireless-mounting frames for IQ8Alarm 

 

 

 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

Application example for large MCP 

16 

231


805601.10.F0 

Features 

¬qY"§/G1q® IQ8Wireless 



No. 804905/ 804906) 


No. 804971) 



704967) 




8073xx) 



the FACP 


components 






with EN 54-2 







universal interface w/o cover, red, France 















Range inside 

max. 30 m 

Range outside 

max. 300 m 






10 mW 

Sensitivity 

-100 dBm 





Air humidity 



IP42 

Material 



Weight 



Dimensions 















Accessories 

805605 Cover for IQ8Wireless radio interface, red cover plate and white cover plate 

704967 Mounting frame for the IQ8MCP 

 

 

 



805602.10 ¬qY#§/21]® 

Features 

IQ8Wireless 



No. 804905/ 804906) 


No. 804971) 



704967) 




8073xx) 



the FACP 


components 






with EN 54-2 







universal interface w/o cover, white 

Approval: VdS 














Range inside 

max. 30 m 

Range outside 

max. 300 m 






19,2 Kbit/s 







IP42 

Material 



Weight 



Dimensions 















Accessories 

704967 Mounting frame for small MCP 

805603 IQ8Wireless-mounting frames for IQ8Alarm 

805604 IQ8Wireless-mounting frames for IQ8Quad 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

233


805602.10.F0 

Features 

¬qY#§/G1t® IQ8Wireless 



No. 804905/ 804906) 


No. 804971) 



704967) 




8073xx) 



the FACP 


components 






with EN 54-2 







universal interface w/o cover, white, France 

Approval: VdS 














Range inside 

max. 30 m 

Range outside 

max. 300 m 






10 mW 

Sensitivity 

-100 dBm 


19,2 Kbit/s 





Air humidity 



IP42 

Material 



Weight 



Dimensions 















Accessories 

805605 Cover for IQ8Wireless radio interface, red cover plate and white cover plate 

704967 Mounting frame for the IQ8MCP 

805604 Mounting frame for IQ8Quad detectors, white 



704967 

¬gRd_® 

Mounting frame for small MCP, red and white 


The mounting frame is useful for mounting MCPs on different international flush mount 

boxes. 




Dimensions 

W: 132 mm H: 132 mm D: 8 mm 

2 x Fastening screws are included (red and white) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

805603 

¬qY$§® 

Application example: Mounting frame with small MCP 

IQ8Wireless mounting frames for IQ8Alarm, red and white 

7 

The mounting frame is used for the mounting of the IQ8Alarm alarm signaling devices onto 

the IQ8Wireless interface Part No. 805601.10/805602.10. 

8 




Weight 

approx. 64 g 

Dimensions 

W: 133 mm H: 133 mm D: 21 mm 

9 

1 x mounting frame red 

1 x mounting frame white 

10 

= + + 

11 

12 

805604 

¬qY%!® 

IQWireless interface + IQWireless interface Mounting frames IQ8Alarm devices 

IQ8Alarm 805601.10 (red) or 805603 8072xx or 8073xx 

805602.10 (white) 


IQ8Wireless mounting frame for IQ8Quad detectors, white 

The mounting frame is used for the mounting of the IQ8Quad fire detector with or without 

integrated alarm signaling device onto the IQ8Wireless interface 805602.10. 

13 

14 



Weight 

approx. 41 g 

Dimensions 

W: 133 mm H: 133 mm D: 21 mm 

15 

16 

= + + + 

IQWireless interface + IQWireless interface Mounting frame Standard detector base IQ8Quad detector 

IQ8Quad detector with 805602.10 805604 805590 with integrated 

integrated alarm device 

alarm device 

80238x 


235


805605 ¬qY&$® 

IQ8Wireless 

cover for wireless interface, red and white 


For applications in which the IQ8 components are not to be directly mounted (remote 

connection) on the IQ8Wireless interface Part No. 805601.10/805602.10, the wireless 

interface can be used with the filler panel. 




Weight 

approx. 33 g 

Dimensions 

W: 133 mm H: 133 mm D: 8 mm 

1 x Red cover plate 

1 x White cover plate 

12 V DC 

Max. 10 wireless MCPs 

esserbus-PLus 

max. loop length 3,5 km 

12 V DC 

Operation via 

wireless interface and 

2-wire connection 

(max. 3 meter) 



1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


Flame and Heat Detector 238-242 


243-245 


246-247 


248-253 


254-277 

Accessories 

278 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

237



Flame Detectors 

782311 

¬o8,Y® 

UV flame detector UniVario 

Approval: 

VdS 

UV flame detector for the recognition of fast developing fires with flame formation. Operation, 

fault and fire statuses are displayed via LEDs on the detector. The supply voltage and 

the linking take place directly via the standard detector zone at the esserbus transponder 

(part no. 808623.10). Resetting of the detector is also carried out directly via the same 

esserbus transponder. 

Features 

• Direct linking and voltage supply via standard 

detector group at the esserbus transponder (Part 

No. 808622) 

• Base installation and alignment via mounting 

bracket (Part No. 783312) 

• High IP protection for indoor and outdoor usage 

• Operation and fault status displayed on the 

detector 

• Self-monitoring via internal sensors 

782315 

¬o80e® 

Features 

• 3-channel infrared flame detector 

• High level of protection against disturbance variables 

thanks to optimized hardware and development 

of special algorithms 

• Maximum level of response sensitivity according 

to EN54-10, Class 1 

• Each optical channel has separate functional 

monitoring 



9 V DC 




typ. 15 mA 



max. 45 m 



Air humidity 



Housing 

Die cast aluminum 


Weight 

approx. 945 g (incl. base and bracket) 

Dimensions 

W: 130 mm H: 140 mm D: 92 mm 

Three-channel infrared flame detector UniVario 

Approval: 

Detector base and mounting bracket are not supplied! 

G 211041 

UniVario three-channel IR flame detector for recognition of quickly developing fires with 

flame development. Optical windows of the IR sensors are fully monitored. The detector 

achieves a high level of resistance towards disturbance variables via three-channel infrared 

evaluation. Voltage supply and connection occur directly via the standard detector zone at 

the esserbus transponder (Part No. 808623.10). The detector is also reset directly via the 

same esserbus transponder. 



9 V DC 


approx. 2.3 mA 


typ. 15 mA 



max. 45 m 



Air humidity 



IP67 

Housing 



Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 130 mm H: 140 mm D: 92 mm 





Heat Detectors 

782310 

Features 

782302 

782303 

¬o8+V® 

• Microcontroller functional monitoring of heat 

sensors as well as software and hardware 

• Quick fire detection with high level of protection 

against false alarms 

• Comparison to typical false variables using intelligent 

evaluation algorithms 

• High level of electromagnetic compatibility 

• Various mounting possibilities 

• Oil-tight and high level IP 67 protection class as 

well as resistance to impact and vibration 

¬o8#>® 

¬o8$A® 

Heat detector UniVario 

Approval: 

For detection of open fires with fast development of heat. For usage in polluted industrial 

environments, interior and exterior areas. Voltage supply and connection occur directly via 

the standard detector zone at the esserbus transponder (Part No. 808623.10). The detector 

is also reset directly via the esserbus transponder. 



9 V DC 




typ. 15 mA 

Response temperature 0 °C ... 90 °C 



Air humidity 95% 


Housing 



Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 130 mm H: 140 mm D: 85 mm 

Heat detector UniVario, 200 mm 

Approval: 

G 211039 


G 211040 

Same as 782310, but with sensor rod length of 200 mm. 





Weight 

approx. 1 kg 




1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 


Weight 


13 

782304 

¬o8%D® 



14 


15 


Weight 



16 

239


782306 

¬o8'J® 

Heat detector UniVario, 2 m 

Same as 782310, but with sensor tube for installation in areas with poor accessibility such 

as shafts and canals. 



Weight 




782307 

¬o8(M® 


Same as 782306, but with sensor tube length of 6 m. 


Weight 


782308 

¬o8)P® 



Same as 782306, but with sensor tube length of 9 m. 


Weight 



Accessories 

783312 

¬oB-p® 

Mounting bracket for UniVario flame detectors 

Mounting bracket for alignment of the industrial flame detectors UniVario. Simple installation 

with base Part No. 783313. 

783313 

¬oB.s® 

Standard base UniVario 

Standard detector base for detectors of the UniVario product family. 


Weight 

Dimensions 

approx. 350 g 

W: 130 mm H: 140 mm D: 36 mm 

Features 

• Simple detector exchange via standard base principle 

• Fast installation via simple plug-in 

• Generous space for cabling for user-friendly 

installation 




Explosion-Proof Detectors 

761347 ¬m.PH® 

IR 

flame detector (ex) X 9800 

Approval: VdS,ATEX 

The pressure-proof, fully enclosed infrared flame detector particularly distinguishes itself 

through reliable operation in difficult conditions. An integrated LED and three relays 

provide information regarding the state of operation, failure, and alarm. Contamination 

resistance and heated optics to prevent condensation and formation of ice also allow for 

external operation. Typical areas of application are turbines, petrochemistry and the automotive 

industry. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Features 

• Visual range: 90° 

• Maintenance with magnets, no test lamp required 

• Status display directly at the detector via 3-color 

LED for operation, fault and alarm 

• Actuation and resetting via esserbus transponder 

808623 in loop operation 

Activation on the loop and resetting take place via the esserbus transponder 808623. Activation 

on a conventional line occurs via the same transponder. This device requires a 

separate voltage supply of 24 V DC. 



24 V DC 

Current consumption @ 24 V DC approx. 87.5 mA 

Display 

max. 25 m 


max. 20 m 



Air humidity 


Ex-category 

II 2 GD 


EEx d IIC T5-T6, T86°C 


Housing 


Weight 

approx. 2.7 kg (+ 6.0 kg fixture) 

Detector specification EN 54-10, Class 1 

EC-type examination certificate DEMKO 02 ATEX 132195 

Dimensions 

Ø: 122 mm H: 246 mm 

Please note: for mounting of the holder, a 14 mm Allen key is necessary and is not included in 

delivery. 

Mounting bracket 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

241


761349 ¬m.RN® 

UV/IR 

Features 

• Visual range: 90° 

• Maintenance with magnets, no test lamp required 

• Status display directly at the detector via 3-color 

LED for operation, fault and alarm 

• Actuation and resetting via esserbus transponder 

808623 in loop operation 

flame detector (ex) X 5200 

Approval: VdS, ATEX 


Since it can be mounted, the pressure-proof, fully enclosed combination ultraviolet/infrared 

flame detector enables UV and IR transmitters to monitor the same danger zone with a 

visual angle of 90°. Triggering occurs only by activation of the IR and UV sensors. A LED 

provides information regarding the state of operation, failure and alarm. Three relays (fire, 

failure and additional alarm) are integrated for connection to a fire detection system. 

Contamination resistance and heated optics to prevent condensation and formation of ice 

also allow for external operation. Typical areas of application are turbines, munitions 

depots, natural gas depots and aircraft hangers. 

Activation on the loop and resetting take place via the esserbus transponder 808623. Activation 

on a conventional line occurs via the same transponder. This device requires a 

separate voltage supply of 24 V DC. 



24 V DC 


Display 

max. 25 m 


max. 20 m 



Air humidity 


Ex-category 

II 2 GD 


EEx d IIC T5-T6, T86°C 


Housing 


Weight 

approx. 2.7 kg (+ 6.0 kg fixture) 

Detector specification EN 54-10, Class 1 

EC-type examination certificate DEMKO 02 ATEX 132195 

Dimensions 

Ø: 122 mm H: 246 mm 

Please note: for mounting of the holder, a 14 mm Allen key is necessary and is not included in 

delivery. 

Mounting bracket 



781443 ¬o/L@® 

Venturi 

Features 

• Single-tube air analysis system based on the 

Venturi principle 

• Optimum utilization of air flow velocity through 

new Venturi tube design 

• Integrated maintenance opening in the front cover 

so that air duct smoke detector can be tested 

• Suitable for air duct widths from 0.6 to 2.8 m 

• Integrated air flow display 

air duct module for IQ8Quad OTblue-LKM (802379) 


Ventilation air duct module for usage of the OTblue-LKM Part No. 802379 air duct smoke 

detector in combination with Venturi tubes Part No. 781446, 781447 or 781448. The 

module is mounted on the outside of the air ducts. 

The Venturi tube enters the duct and leads the air out of the duct through the detection 

chamber of the detector back to the duct and finally back into the duct. During operation, 

the detector and the alarm LED is visible so that an external parallel detector indicator is 

not required. 

The housing need not be opened for maintenance purposes. Inspection of the detector be 

performed quickly and easily via a separate opening in the front of the housing. 



Housing 

ABS plastic 

Color 

gray 

Weight 

approx. 800 g 

Dimensions 

W: 180 mm H: 235 mm D: 183 mm 

Construction kit includes pipe gasket and cap. The following items are not included: IQ8Quad 

OTblue LKM or detector base as well as the Venturi tube or filter cartridge. 

Correct diameter 

calculation d h: 

Correct assembly site 

Mounting on air ducts with 

mounting kit 

Part No.781449 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

H 

Turnaround of 

air flow 

8 

W 

d h = 2 x H x W 

H + W 

Air flow 

5 d 

9 

Air intake e.g. 

Air flow 

Air outlet e.g. 

10 

D 

d h = D 

5 d 5 d 

11 

Application example with detector 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

243



Accessories 

802379 

¬q8pY® 

OTblue-LKM multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator 

Approval: VdS 

Specially addressable IQ8Quad multisensor fire detector for application as air duct smoke 

detector in construction kit Part No. 781443. The detection methods are based on state-ofthe-art 

sensor technology that enables the detection of open fires, smoldering fires and 

fires with intense heat generation. In addition to that, extremely small particles can be 

detected without using ionization detectors. The loop isolator is integrated in the detector. 



9 ... 42 V DC 



Quiescent current @ FACP battery approx. 200 μA @ 27,5 V 


Air speed 

1 ... 20 m/s 




IP 43 (with base + option) 

Housing ABS plastic, white, similar RAL 9010 

Weight 

approx. 110 g 


Specification EN 54-7/-17, CEA 4021 

Dimensions 


Only suitable for application in air duct construction set 781443. 

781444 

¬o/MC® 

Accessories 


805591 Detector base with relay contact for IQ8Quad 

Filter cartridge for air duct module 781443 

For use in unclean environmental conditions. 

781446 

¬o/OI® 

Venturi tube for IQ8Quad air duct construction set 781443, 0.6 m 

Venturi tube 0.6 m for application with air duct construction set Part No. 781443 between 

140 mm and 600 mm. 


Material 

aluminum 

781447 

¬o/PL® 

Required borehole in the duct: 38 mm 



600 mm and 1400 mm. 


Material 

aluminum 

Required boreholes in the duct: 38 mm below and 50 mm above. 

Venturi tube, plastic gasket and rubber seal 



781448 

¬o/QO® 




1400 mm and 2700 mm. 


Material 

aluminum 

Required boreholes in the duct: 38 mm below and 50 mm above. 

1 

2 

3 

781449 

¬o/RR® 


Mounting set for round and insulated air ducts 

4 

Mounting set for mounting the Part No. 781443 air duct construction set to round and / or 

insulated air ducts. 

5 


781445 

¬o/NF® 

Weather protection housing for air duct construction set 781443 

6 

7 

Protects the air duct detector in difficult environmental conditions such as during use in 

outside areas. 

The weather resistant housing can be subsequently fixed above the already mounted and 

installed air duct module Part No. 781443. 

8 



Material 

Weight 

Dimensions 

IP65 

galvanized steel 


Ø: 282 mm H: 280 mm 

9 

10 

11 

12 

Opened condition 

13 

14 

15 

16 

245



Linear Heat Detector LWM 

761290 ¬m-{`® 

Linear 

Features 

• Maximum sensor length of 300 m 

• Resistant against mechanical and chemical 

impact, corrosion, humidity and dust 

• Calibration switch setting 

• VdS approval as per EN 54-5 A1 applicable up to 

7.5 m ceiling height 

• Suitable for application in hazardous areas 

• Early fire detection with heat detector classes A1, 

A2, B and C 

• High chemical and / or mechanical resilience by 

using special sensor cables 

• 2 floating relay contacts for fire and fault disturbances 

• Separate reset input for resetting via esserbus 

transponder 808623 during loop operation 

heat detector LWM-1 

Approval: VdS 

The LWM-1 enables early detection of fires or overheating. It is specifically designed for 

application in narrow rooms or rough environmental conditions. The system consists of an 

LWM-1 evaluation unit and a special sensor cable, which must be selected according to the 

type of application. The actuation on the loop and the resetting function is carried out via 

the esserbus transponder Part No. 808623. 

Actuation on a conventional line is carried out via the same transponder. The device 

requires a separate voltage supply of 24V DC for the galvanic separation of D.C. voltage 

potentials and the voltage converter Part No. 781337 must be used in order to avoid 

ground faults. 



10 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 25 mA 

Current consumption @ 24 V DC approx. 25 mA (DIFF- or MAX-alarm) 

Starting current @ 24 V DC 

< 100 mA 

Current consumption in the case of failure max. 15 mA 

Display 

LED green: in operation, permanent light; LED red: 

alarm diff., permanent light, locked; LED red: alarm 

max., permanent light, locked; LED yellow: fault, 

flashing light, locked 

Range 

max. 300 m, dependent on ambient temperature 

Temperature range -20 °C ... 50 °C 

Air humidity 



Material 

ABS plastic 

Color gray similar to RAL 7035 

Weight 

approx. 550 g 

Maximum sensor length 

max. 300 m 

Dimensions 

W: 200 mm H: 120 mm D: 80 mm 

The fastening clamp for mounting the line heat detector can be purchased at wholesale. For 

application in Ex areas please read the explanation in the manual. 

esserbus 

transponder 

Monitored area 

esserbus / 

esserbus PLus 

24 V DC 





Accessories 

761243 

¬m-L:® 

Termination link set for sensor cable 

1 

2 

The set contains four links for one end point. 

3 

4 

761244 

¬m-M=® 

Connection link set for sensor cable 

5 

The set contains six links for one interconnection point. 

6 

7 

761245 

¬m-N@® 

Sensor cable, blue 

Sensor cable for use in non-aggressive atmosphere, but with high humidity for the Part 

No. 761290 line heat detector. 

8 

9 


Dimensions 

Ø: 3.15 mm 

10 

761246 

¬m-OC® 

The price stated is the price per meter. Order quantity at least 5 m or a multiple thereof. 

Sensor cable, black 

Sensor cable with nylon cover for protection against acids and bases for the Part No. 

761290 line heat detector. 

11 

12 


Dimensions 

Ø: 4.8 mm 

13 

761247 

¬m-PF® 


Sensor cable, black, with steel braiding 

14 

For reducing the mechanical loading of the cable under extreme conditions for the line type 

heat detector Part No. 761290, the sensor cable is additionally protected by a stainless 

steel braid. 

15 


Dimensions 

Ø: 5.8 mm 

16 



247



Linear Smoke Detector LRMX 

Features 

• Motorized detector head 

• User-friendly commissioning via automatic selfadjustment 

• Disturbance-protected operation via automatic 

electromechanical tracking of the detector head 

during building movements 

• Optimal access via remote operating unit at eye 

level 

• Clear representation of all states via central indicator 

display on the operating unit 

• High level of IP protection for usage under difficult 

environmental conditions 

• Activation and reset via esserbus transponder 

808623 during loop operation 

• Ranges from 5 to 100 m 

• Large assortment of accessories 

The LRMX Line Smoke Detector marks a new generation of infrared light-beam detectors 

in compliance with EN 54-12. 

Based on the light absorption principle, the sender sends a pulsated infrared beam of light 

to the prism reflectors which are to be mounted opposite the detector. These prisms reflect 

the light back to the receiver. If smoke should enter the infrared light beam and dim it to a 

defined degree, a signal is forwarded via the esserbus transponder to the FACP. Both fire 

alarms as well as disturbance alarms are forwarded to the FACP. 

The prominent feature of this new generation is the automatic alignment at initial start-up 

and the regular adjustment of the detector head via the integrated engine in the detector. 

This simplifies start-up considerably and thus it can be carried out more quickly. Due to the 

automatic self-adjustment of the detector during even the slightest building movements, as 

for example due to length extensions, temperature variations, etc., the LRMX can always 

retain the optimal position of the initial alignment and thus is even more protected from 

disturbance. 

Operation is user-friendly via the ground-level operating and control unit which is operated 

remotely from the detector. The power is supplied directly to the detector, so that in the 

case of an operating and control unit failure, continuing operation of the LRMX is guaranteed. 

The operating and control indicator has an indicator display which shows all reports and 

states clearly and at eye-level. 

With the aid of the display, a manual alignment of the detector is also possible even in the 

case of very difficult initiation conditions, as the horizontal and vertical coordinates of the 

infrared light-beam are represented in detail. 

The connection to the esserbus-loop is carried out via the esserbus transponder 808623 in 

the usual manner. Resetting can also be easily carried out via this esserbus transponder: 

using the tools 8000 programming and service software, the relays on the transponder can 

be programmed as reset relays and the reset time can be set individually. 

In conclusion, the LRMX on the esserbus represents a significant advance in the world of 

line smoke detectors and guarantees an extremely high degree of disturbance-free and 

low-maintenance operation. 


24 V DC 




761400.10 

¬m/!$® 

Linear smoke detector LRMX 

Approval: VdS 


The linear smoke detector in compliance with EN 54-12 consists of detector, operating and 

control unit and one prism reflector. 

1 

2 

Features 

• Motorized detector head 

• User-friendly commissioning via automatic selfadjustment 

• Disturbance-protected operation via automatic 

electromechanical tracking of the detector head 

during building movements 

• Optimal access via remote operating unit at eye 

level 

• Clear representation of all states via central indicator 

display on the operating unit 

• High level of protection from moisture for usage 

under difficult environmental conditions 

• Activation and reset via esserbus transponder 

808623 during loop operation 

The connection to the esserbus and the resetting is carried out via the esserbus 

transponder 808623. The connection to a conventional detector zone is carried out via the 

same transponder Part No. 781332. 

This device requires an external voltage supply of 24 V DC for the galvanic separation of 

D.C. voltage potentials and the voltage converter Part No. 781337 is to be used in order to 

avoid ground faults. 

This device works with the use of a prism reflector at a range from 5 m to 40 m. At larger 

ranges, the range extender (Part No. 761401.10 and 761402.10) should be used. 



10.2 ... 40 V DC 


3 mA (in all operational states) 

Range 

5 to 40 m 


Air humidity 10...95 % 


IP65 

Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 155 mm H: 180 mm D: 137 mm 

W: 120 mm H: 185 mm D: 62 mm (operating unit) 

W: 100 mm H: 100 mm D: 9 mm (single prism) 

The LRMX is available on request with built-in heating and front plate with nano coating. 

Please note that the LRMX with built-in heating has not been VdS-approved! 

Please also note: the reflector is no longer included with delivery and must be ordered 

separately! 

Detector, operating and control unit, 1 prism reflector 10 x 10 cm 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Reflectors and Accessories 

10 

761401.10 

¬m/"§/21i® 

The individual reflectors and reflector sets can also be used with the Fireray products. 

However, please observe the additional planning information in the relevant functional 

descriptions. 

Reflector set for LRMX, for ranges of up to 80 m 

11 

12 

Metal reflector set for LRMX range extension of up to 80 m. 


Range 

Dimensions 

Steel plate; 4 x reflector 761403 

5 ... 80 m 

W: 370 mm H: 370 mm D: 7 mm 

13 

14 

761402.10 

¬m/#§/21l® 

Reflector set for LRMX, for ranges of up to 100 m 

Metal reflector set for range extension of LRMX up to 100 m. 

15 

16 


Range 

Dimensions 

5 ... 100 m 

W: 370 mm H: 370 mm D: 7 mm 

Reflector sets also available on request with water-repellent reflectors Part No. 761413 (nano 

coating) or additional built-in heating. 

Steel plate; 9 x reflector 761403 

249


761403 

¬m/$-® 

Single reflector for LRMX 


Replacement prism – single reflector for usage with the line smoke detector (Part No. 

761400.10). 


Range 

Dimensions 

5 ... 40 m 

W: 100 mm H: 100 mm 

761413 

¬m/.K® 

Reflector sets also available on request with water-repellent surface or additional built-in heating. 

Nano coated reflector for LRMX 

Reflector sets also available on request with water-repellent surface or additional built-in 

heating. 

761404.10 

¬m/%§/21r® 

Ceiling holder for LRMX, for distances from 40 to 70 cm 

For better mounting of the line smoke detector (Part No. 761400.10) on walls, girders, ceilings 

and beams. The ceiling bracket is made of aluminum and can be adjusted in length 

anywhere from 40 to 70 cm. A high-grade ball joint mounting bracket is located on the top 

side for easy wall/ceiling mounting. The ceiling bracket is suitable for attaching the 

mounting plate Part No. 761406. 


Weight 


Features 

• For easy ceiling and wall mounting in compliance 

with DIN VDE 0833-2 

• Optimal alignment of detector and reflectors 

under difficult ambient conditions via ball joint 

mounting bracket 

• Extendable ceiling bracket for flexible adjustment 

of length for distances of 400 to 700 mm 

• Invisible cable routing inside the ceiling 

• Capacity 25 kg 

• Swivel hinge approx. 180° 

• Ball joint approx. 90° and holding fixture for prism 

reflector 

• RAL 9010 (pure white) surface 

¬m/&§/21u® 

761405.10 

Ceiling bracket incl. mounting material for the aluminum holder but does not include material for 

mounting of the holder on ceilings, walls or beams. 

Ceiling holder for LRMX, for distances from 70 to 150 cm 

Same as 761404.10 but extendable for ceiling clearances from 70 to 150 cm. 


Weight 


761415 

¬m/0Q® 

Ceiling holder for LRMX 

Same as 761404.10 but 174 mm long rigid design. 


Weight 




761408 

¬m/)



Fireray 

761315 ¬m.0O® 

Fireray 

50 RV with 1 prism 

Approval: VdS 

The detector consists of an infrared transmitter and receiver. The signal is reflected by a 

prism and analyzed by the receiving element. Signal reaching the threshold will trigger an 

alarm. 

The actuation on the loop and the resetting function is carried out via the esserbus 

transponder (Part No. 808623). 


requires a separate voltage supply of 24 V DC. 

Features 

• A compact housing 

• Maximum range 5 m to 50 m 

• Robust construction 

• Complies with EN 54-12 standard 

• Actuation and resetting is carried out via the 

esserbus transponder (Part No. 808623) during 

loop operation 

The Fireray is installed about 0.3 to 0.8 m underneath the ceiling and its reflector with the 

same ceiling distance opposite. There should be no reflecting obstacles in the transmission 

zone (approx. 2 degrees). 



10.2 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 4 mA 

Contact load 

max. 30 V DC / 1 A 

Range 

5 to 50 m 



Air humidity 

0% ... 93%, (non-condensing) 


lP50 

Housing 

ABS plastic, flame resistant 


Weight 

approx. 670 g 


Dimensions 

W: 210 mm H: 117 mm D: 120 mm 

1 x Prism (Part No. 761403) 

esserbus 

transponder 

Monitored area 

esserbus / 

esserbus PLus 

1 retro mirror 

24 V DC 

Operating range: 5 up to 50 m 




761316 ¬m.1R® 

Fireray 

Features 

• One compact housing 

• Maximum range 50 m to 100 m 

• Robust construction 

• Complies with EN 54-12 standard 




100 RV with 4 prisms 

Approval: VdS 


The detector consists of the infrared transmitter and receiver. The signal is reflected by a 

prism and analysed by the receiving element. Signal reaching the threshold will trigger an 

alarm. 





The Fireray is installed about 0.3 to 0.8 m underneath the ceiling and its reflector with the 

same ceiling distance opposite. There should be no reflecting obstacles in the transmission 

zone (approx. 2 degrees). 



10.2 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 4 mA 


approx. 15 mA 

Contact load 

max. 30 V DC / 1 A 

Range 

50 to 100 m 



Air humidity 

0 % to 93 %, (non-condensing) 

Type of protection lP 50 

Housing 

ABS plastic, flame resistant 


Weight 

approx. 670 g 


Dimensions 

W: 210 mm H: 117 mm D: 120 mm 

4 x Prisms (Part No. 761401.10) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

253



LRS-Loop Technology 

Please note that separate training is required for the LRS aspirating smoke detection system. 

As part of this training, further details are provided on project planning as well as 

commissioning. 

Required passwords are also given. 

For further information, please contact your local sales representative. 

IQ8Control C 

24 V DC 

esserbus or 

esserbus-PLus 

24 V DC 

801519.GB0 

¬q04§/HC1$® LRS 


compact/EB, English 

Approval: VdS, LPCB 

Same as 801519, but English version. 





LRS Conventional Technology 

761519 ¬m04_® 

LaserFOCUS 

aspirating system, multilingual 

Approval: VdS 

Active stand-alone detection system based on laser technology for the early detection of 

fires in small areas. 


transponder (Part No. 808623). Actuation on a conventional line is carried out via the same 

transponder. The device requires a separate voltage supply of 24 V DC. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Features 

• Plug & play function (simple installation and 

commissioning) 

• Laser based smoke detection 

• Programmable alarm threshold value 

• Two-level air filtering 

• Integrated bargraph display 

• Integrated debugging function 


• Relay output: 3 changeover relays 




• Stand-alone system 



18 ... 30 V DC 








Air humidity 

5% ... 95% (without condensation) 


Weight 

approx. 2 kg 


0832-CPD-0771 

Specification 

EN 54-20 class A, B, C 

Dimensions 

W: 255 mm H: 185 mm D: 90 mm 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

255


761500 

¬m0!&® 

LRS 100 aspirating smoke detector unit, German 

Approval: 

VdS 


Early fire detection system based on laser technology. The system is optimized for use in 

the following areas: air conditioned areas (e.g. data processing rooms), laboratories and 

clean rooms, rooms with valuable things (e.g. museum). 





Features 

• Adjustable sensitivity from 0.005 % / m up to 20 

% / m obscuration 

• 4 programmable alarm levels (alarm, pre-alarm, 

fire 1, fire 2) 

• All alarm levels can be assigned to a time window 

from 0 – 60 s to prevent false alarms 

• 2 fault levels (maintenance, fault) 

• 7 free configurable potential free contacts (30 V 

DC/1 A) 

• Monitoring of filter and air flow to support service 

• Event memory up to 18.000 entries 

• Day/night operation (different sensitivity levels) 

• Connection of up to 4 pipes per detector unit with 

an overall length of up to 200 m. It is possible to 

extend the overall length under consideration of 

the air transport time (100 s according to the 

VdS) 

• Auto learn function to determine the best sensitivity 

level (the system stays armed during the self 

learning algorithm) 

• Programmable with tools LRS 200 (Part No. 

761504) / 210 (Part No. 761505) or with a PC and 

the PC-interface LRS 300 (Part No. 761506) and 

Windows© software (Part No. 797595) CD ROM 

with Software VConfig PRO and ASPIRE (these 

components are not supplied as standard) 

• It is possible to compensate the environmental 

conditions with a reference detector 

• Integration of up to 99 detector systems by the 

bus system “VESDAnet” 

• The alarm, fault and operation status is shown on 

the front panel 

• Pipe configuration with “ASPIRE” software, with 

VConfig PRO and ASPIRE 




¬m9!8® 

762400 

762430 

¬m9?+® 



18 ... 30 V DC 


240 mA to 500 mA 

Contact load 

30 V DC/1 A 


0,2 ... 2,5 mm² 


Air humidity 

10% ... 95% (without condensation) 


Housing 

metal 

Color 

gray 

Weight 



0832-CPD-0768 

Specification 


Dimensions 

W: 350 mm H: 225 mm D: 110 mm 

LRS 100 aspirating smoke detector unit, English 

Approval: VdS 


LRS 100 aspirating smoke detector unit, Spanish 

Same as 761500, but Spanish version. 



761502 

761515 

¬m0#,® 

¬m00S® 

Features 

• Adjustable sensitivity from 0.005 % / m up to 20 

% / m obscuration 

• 3 programmable alarm thresholds (alarm, pre 

alarm, main alarm). 

• For an increased protection from false alarms, all 

alarm thresholds can be given a time window of 0 

– 60 sec 

• 2 fault levels (maintenance, fault) 

• 3 potential-free contacts (switching capacity 30 V 

DC/2 A) consisting of 1 potential-free changeover 

contact and 2 potential-free switching contacts 

• Filter and air stream monitoring for easier maintenance 


• For use with an extraction tube with a total length 

of max. 80m (2 x 50 m) 

• Automatic learning function for determining 

optimum sensitivity level (the units remain operative 

during this learning phase) 

• Adjustments can be made by means of a PC in 

combination with VConfig PRO and ASPIRE 

Windows software and a standard interface cable 

w/o interface (modules are not supplied as 

standard) 

• Main alarm, pre alarm, trouble and operation 

status are indicated on the front panel 




• Stand-alone system 

LRS-S 700 aspirating smoke detector unit, German 

Approval: 

Same as detector unit LRS 100 (Part No. 761500) but with integrated scanner module and 

12 x relay board. Enabling the unit to analyze up to 4 pipes separately. Four different areas 

can be monitored. This unit has 12 configurable potential-free contacts (10 NO contacts, 2 

changeover contacts), instead of 7 in the LRS 100. 

LRS compact, German 




18 ... 30 V DC 


240 mA to 500 mA 

Contact load 

30 V DC/1 A 


0.2 to 2.5 mm² 


Air humidity 

10 % ... 95 % (without condensation) 


IP30 

Housing 

metal 

Color 

gray 

Weight 



0832-CPD-0769 

Specification 


Dimensions 

W: 350 mm H: 225 mm D: 110 mm 

Approval: 

VdS 

VdS 

Active stand-alone early fire detection system using laser technology. 


transponder (Part No. 808623)Actuation on a conventional line is carried out via the same 

transponder. The device requires a separate voltage supply of 24 V DC. 



170 ... 190 mA 

Contact load 

30 V DC/2 A 


0.2 to 2.5 mm² 



Air humidity 



IP30 

Housing 

polycarbonate 


Weight 


CE certificate 0832-CPD-0770 /-0986 

Specification EN 54-20 : 2006 

Dimensions 

W: 225 mm H: 225 mm D: 85 mm 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

257


761516 

Features 

762403 

762416 

762407 

¬m01V® 

• Adjustment by means of programming unit LRS 

200 (Part No. 761504) / 210 (Part No. 761505) or 

PC with PC interface LRS 300 (Part No. 761506) 

and with Software VConfig PRO and ASPIRE 

Windows software (modules are not supplied as 

standard) 

• The environmental conditions may be 

compensated by using an additional reference 

detector 

• Integration of up to 99 detector units via the 

proprietary “VESDAnet” bus system 

• Indicating and operating panel can be connected 

via the VESDAnet (Part No. 761501, 761507) 

¬m9$A® 

¬m91h® 

¬m9(M® 

LRS compact/net, German 

Approval: 

LRS-S 700 aspirating smoke detector unit, English 


LRS compact, French 


LRS compact/net, English 





18 ... 30 V DC 


170 ... 190 mA 

Contact load 

30 V DC/2 A 


0.2 to 2.5 mm² 



Air humidity 



IP30 

Housing 

polycarbonate 


Weight 


CE certificate 0832-CPD-0770 /-0986 

Specification EN 54-20 : 2006 

Dimensions 

W: 225 mm H: 225 mm D: 85 mm 

Approval: 

Approval: 

VdS 

VdS 

VdS 



762417 ¬m92k® 

LRS 

compact/net, French 

Approval: VdS 



1 

2 

3 

Features 

• Adjustment by means of programming unit LRS 

200 (Part No. 761504) / 210 (Part No. 761505) or 

PC with PC interface LRS 300 (Part No. 761506) 

and with Software VConfig PRO and ASPIRE 

Windows software (modules are not supplied as 

standard) 

• The environmental conditions may be 

compensated by using an additional reference 

detector 

• Integration of up to 99 detector units via the 

proprietary “VESDAnet” bus system 

• Indicating and operating panel can be connected 

via the VESDAnet (Part No. 761501, 761507) 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

259



Accessories for LRS Systems 

761501 

¬m0")® 

Indicator and operating module LRS 110, German 

Approval: 

VdS 

For displaying the current smoke density and the alarm level of the LRS 100 detector unit 

and the LRS compact/net. In addition, the alarm and fault status are shown by LEDs. 

Different functions e.g. buzzer off and reset can be controlled via the key pad. The unit is 

also equipped with 7 freely configurable, floating contacts. 



18 ... 30 V DC 


110 ... 130 mA 


ø 0,2 ... 2,5 mm² 



IP30 

Housing 

metal 


Weight 

approx. 1 kg 

Dimensions 

W: 140 mm H: 150 mm D: 90 mm 

761517 

¬m02Y® 

As the LRS compact/net recognizes up to three alarm states, the LEDs for main alarm 1 and 

main alarm 2 are activated jointly. 

Programming via interfaced network. 

VESDAnet connection box 

This connection box enables external devices to be connected to the VESDANet. For 

example, a handheld programmer or a PC can be connected in conjunction with the PC 

interface to program the system. 

761506 

¬m0'8® 

LRS 300 PC interface 

Used as an alternative to the programming unit. All components on the VESDAnetcan be 

programmed via the interface. 



Dimensions 

70 mA 

W: 190 mm H: 100 mm D: 40 mm 

761512 

762401 

¬m0-J® 

¬m9";® 

Spare filter for VESDA aspirating smoke systems 

Two-stage spare filter for detector units: 

-LRS 100 (Part No. 761500) 

-LRS-S 700 (Part No. 761502) 

-LRS compact (Part No. 761515) 

-LRS compact/net (Part No. 761516) 

-LRS compact/EB (Part No. 801519) 

-LaserFOCUS (Part No. 761519) 

Only German version is mentioned above, but all other language versions are included. 

Indicator and operating module LRS 110, English 

Approval: 

The two required connectors are included. 

VdS 




762411 

¬m9,Y® 

Indicator and operating module LRS 110, French 





18 ... 30 V DC 


110 ... 130 mA 


ø 0,2 ... 2,5 mm² 



IP30 

Housing 

metal 


Weight 



Dimensions 

W: 140 mm H: 150 mm D: 90 mm 

1 

2 

3 

4 

761509 

¬m0*A® 

As the LRS compact/net recognizes up to three alarm states, the LEDs for main alarm 1 and 

main alarm 2 are activated jointly. 

For flush mounting, order kit with Part No. 761511 separately. 

Programming via interfaced network. 

Filter for LRS aspirating system 

5 

6 

External filter for LRS aspirating system for extremely polluted environments. 



Dimensions 

W: 206 mm H: 59 mm D: 33 mm 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

261



Titanus EB 

Features 

• Highest application flexibility through modular 

design 

• Fully integrated esserbus device and direct 

connection to the esserbus/esserbus-PLus 

(powered loop) 

• Programming and commissioning via the FACP 

(System 8000 / IQ8Control / FlexES) 

• Easy commissioning through pre-set system 

configuration at delivery 

• Parameters for response sensitivity can be 

configured at the detector module 

• Up to 180 m duct length per duct 

• Up to 24 suction vents 

• Two-detector dependency can be set up in compliance 

with VdS guidelines 

• Parallel detector indicator (Part No. 801824) can 

be connected 

New: 

• Direct reset via integrated reset function 

Type 

Part Number 

Manufacturer-configured for 

operation with one pipe 

Manufacturer-configured for 

operation with two pipes 

"Info alarm" display at the unit 

and at the fire alarm panel 

"Pre-alarm" display at the unit 


"Fire alarm" display at the unit 


"Fault" display at the unit and 

at the fire alarm panel 

esserbus / esserbus-PLus 


X X X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Smoke 

aspirating 

system 

24 V DC 

Pro Sens Top Sens Pro Sens SL 

801515.10 801521.10 801522.10 801531.10 801532.10 801521.10.SL 801522.10.SL 781531.10.SL 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Reduced operating noise 

X 

X 

X 

Bargraph 

X 

X 

X 

Plug-and-play commissioning 

Direct connection to the 

esserbus/powered loop 

Operating temperature range 

from -10°C to +55°C 

X 

X X X X X 

X X X 

X X X X X X X X 




801515.10 

¬q00§/212® 

Compact unit Titanus Pro Sens EB 

Approval: 

VdS 


Active system for the early detection of fires. It serves as room and furnishing protection 

and can be directly connected to the esserbus/powered loop. The compact aspirating 

smoke detection system Titanus Pro Sens EB is completely supplied with detector module 

DM-TP-50L. Plug & play operation for fast and simple commissioning through preprogrammed 

standard functions and pre-configured detector modules. 

1 

2 

3 

Features 

• Fire and fault indication directly at the unit and at 

the FACP 

• Fast commissioning through automatic initializing 

process and plug & play operation 

• Air flow monitoring for detecting pipe burst or 

tube blocking 

• Protection against disturbances when implemented 

LOGIC SENS function is activated 

• Integrated and pre-configured detector module 

(Part No. 801523.10) 



14 ... 30 V DC 


approx. 275 mA at 9 V fan voltage 


of the reset PCB max. 20 mA 


30 V DC/1 A max. 24 W 


max. 1.5 mm² 



Air humidity 

95% w/o condensation 


IP20 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 



0786-CPD-20791 

Specification EN 54-20 

Dimensions 

W: 200 mm H: 292 mm D: 113 mm 

The previously required isolator and the reset PCB is no longer required to be fitted to this 

detector and is no longer available to order. The detector is now fitted as standard with the 

esserbus alarm transponder which incorporates all of the functions for which these devices 

provided. 

Isolator not included with delivery, can be optionally ordered under Part No. 788612. 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

801521.10 

¬q06§/21D® 

Pre-configured Titanus Pro Sens EB basic device including esserbus transponder and reset PC 

board as well as the Titanus Pro Sens EB front foil and pre-configured detector module DM-TP- 

50L. 

Basic unit Titanus Pro Sens EB 

9 

10 

Approval: 

VdS 

Basic unit for wall mounting, ready to accommodate a DM-TP-xx detector module. The 

Titanus Pro Sens EB can be directly connected to the esserbus/powered loop. The unit is 

supplied with front foil for single-tube operation. 

11 

Features 

• Pre-configured for connecting a DM-TP-xx 

detector module 

• Optical status display for alarm and fault indication 

at the front foil 

• Extendable for integrating up to two DM-TP-xx 

detector modules to connect a second tube 

• Ports for two suction tubes with outside diameter 

of 25 mm 

• Port for air return tube 



14 ... 30 V DC 






30 V DC/1 A max. 24 W 


max. 1,5 mm² 



Air humidity 



IP20 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 



0786-CPD-20791 


Dimensions 

W: 200 mm H: 292 mm D: 113 mm 




provided. 


Pre-configured basic device including esserbus transponder and reset PC board as well as the 

front foil. 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

263


801521.10.SL 

¬o06§/21/TM/® 

Basic unit Titanus Pro Sens EB with silent fan 

Approval: 

VdS 


Same as 801521.10, but premounted SL fan for operation in noise-sensitive areas. With 

the SL fan, the operating noise volume of the unit is reduced to a level as low as 23 dB (A) 

depending on ambient conditions. 

Features 








of 25 mm 


¬q07§/21G® 

801522.10 

Features 








of 25 mm 




14 ... 30 V DC 






30 V DC/1 A max. 24 W 


max. 1,5 mm² 



Air humidity 



IP20 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 



0786-CPD-20791 

Specification 

EN54-20 

Dimensions 

W: 200 mm H: 292 mm D: 113 mm 


front foil. 

Basic unit Titanus Pro Sens 2 EB 

Approval: 

VdS 

Basic unit for wall mounting, ready for receiving up to two detector modules DM-TP-xx. 

The Titanus Pro Sens 2 EB can be directly connected to the esserbus/powered loop. The 

device is supplied with front foil for two-tube operation. 



14 ... 30 V DC 






30 V DC/1 A max. 24 W 


max. 1.5 mm² 



Air humidity 



IP20 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 



0786-CPD-20791 


Dimensions 

W: 200 mm H: 292 mm D: 113 mm 




provided. 



front foil. 



801522.10.SL 

Features 

801531.10 

¬q07§/21/TM4® 








of 25 mm 


¬q0@§/21b® 

Features 








of 25 mm 


Basic unit Titanus Pro Sens 2 EB with silent fan 

Approval: 

Same as 801522.10, but with premounted SL fan for operation in noise-sensitive areas. 

With the SL-fan, the operating noise of the device drops to 23 dB (A) depending on the 

environmental conditions. 

Basic unit Titanus Top Sens EB 




14 ... 30 V DC 






30 V DC/1 A max. 24 W 


max. 1.5 mm² 



Air humidity 



IP20 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 



0786-CPD-20791 


Dimensions 

W: 200 mm H: 292 mm D: 113 mm 

Approval: 

VdS 


front foil. 

VdS 

Basic unit for wall mounting, ready for receiving a detector module DM-TT-xx. It is 

provided with three alarm levels for information alarm, pre-alarm and main alarm as well 

as with a bargraph display to indicate the specific smoke density. The Titanus Pro Sens EB 

can be directly connected to the esserbus/powered loop. 

The device is supplied with front foil for single-tube operation. 



14 ... 30 V DC 






30 V DC/1 A max. 24 W 


max. 1,5 mm² 



Air humidity 

95 % w/o condensation 


IP20 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 200 mm H: 292 mm D: 113 mm 




provided. 



front foil. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

265


781531.10.SL 

¬q0@§/21b® 

Basic unit Titanus Top Sens 1 with silent fan 


Basic unit for wall mounting, ready for receiving a detector module DM-TT-xx. It is 

provided with three alarm levels for information alarm, pre-alarm and main alarm as well 

as with a bargraph display to indicate the specific smoke density. The Titanus Pro Sens EB 

can be directly connected to the esserbus / powered loop. 

The device is supplied with front foil for single-tube operation. 

Features 








of 25 mm 




14 ... 30 V DC 






30 V DC/1 A max. 24 W 

Sound level 

approx. 45 dB(A) (with sound absorber part no. 

801543) 


max. 1,5 mm² 



Air humidity 



IP20 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 200 mm H: 292 mm D: 113 mm 




provided. 

801532.10 

¬q0A§/21e® 


front foil. 

Basic unit Titanus Top Sens 2 EB 

Approval: VdS 

Basic device for wall mounting, pre-configured to receive up to two DM-TT-xx detector 

modules. 

The Titanus top Sens 2 EB is directly connectable to the esserbus/esserbus-PLus. The 

device is shipped equipped with the front foil for the double tube operation. 

Features 

• Pre-configured for usage with two DM-TT-xx 

detector modules 

• Optical status display for information alarm, prealarm, 

main alarm and fault indication 

• Integrated bar graph display to optically indicate 

the current smoke level 

• Ports for two suction tubes with an outside 

diameter of 25 mm 


• Possible two-detection-dependency as per VdS 

directive 



14 ... 30 V DC 






30 V DC/1 A max. 24 W 


max. 1,5 mm² 



Air humidity 



Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 


Dimensions 

W: 200 mm H: 292 mm D: 113 mm 




provided. 



front foil. 




Detector Modules for Titanus Pro Sens EB 

801523.10 

¬q08§/21J® 

Detector module 0.5 %/ m Type DM-TP-50 

Detector module for application in Titanus Pro Sens EB aspirating smoke detection 

systems (Part No. 801515.10, 801521.10, 801522.10) with a response sensitivity of 0.5 % 

light opacity/m. 

Early fire detection via HPLS technology. Installation into Titanus Pro Sens EB systems 

without tools and adjustable via DIL switch on the outside of the detector module. The 

parameterization option allows sensitivity adjustments for the aspirating smoke detection 

system. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Features 

• Response sensitivity adjustable at the module 

• Fast commissioning through automatic initializing 

process 

• Status display for status and fault diagnosis 

• Installation into Titanus Pro Sens EB without tools 

• Air flow monitoring for detecting pipe burst and 

tube blockage 

¬q09§/21M® 

801524.10 



Housing 

ABS plastic 

Weight 

approx. 100 g 

Detector module 0.10 %/ m DM-TP-10L 

Same as 801523.10, but with raised response sensitivity of 0.10 % light opacity/m. 

5 

6 

7 

8 



Housing 

ABS plastic 

Weight 

approx. 100 g 

9 

10 

801525.10 

¬q0:§/21P® 

Detector module 0.015 %/ m DM-TP-01L 

11 

Same as 801524.10, but with raised response sensitivity of 0.015 % light opacity/m. 



Housing 

ABS plastic 

Weight 

approx. 100 g 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

267



Detector Modules for Titanus Top Sens EB 

801533.10 

¬q0B§/21h® 

Detector module 0.5 %/ m DM-TT-50L 

Detector module for application in Titanus Top Sens aspirating smoke detection systems 

(Part No. 801531.10, 801532.10) with a response sensitivity of 0.5 % light opacity/m. 

Early fire detection via HPLS technology. Installation into Titanus Top Sens EB systems 

without using any tools and adjustable via DIL switch on the outside of the detector 

module. The parameter setting option allows sensitivity adjustments for the aspirating 

smoke detection system. 

801534.10 

¬q0C§/21k® 



Housing 

ABS plastic 

Weight 

approx. 100 g 


Same as 801533.10, but with a raised response sensitivity of 0.10 % light opacity/m. 



Housing 

ABS plastic 

Weight 

approx. 100 g 

801535.10 

¬q0D§/21n® 


Same as 801534.10 but, with a raised response sensitivity of 0.015 % light opacity/m. 



Housing 

ABS plastic 

Weight 

approx. 100 g 




Accessories for Titanus EB 

801543.10 

¬q0LD® 

Sound absorber for Titanus EB 

Sound absorber for reducing sound levels in Titanus EB aspirating smoke detection 

systems for sound-sensitive applications. The sound absorber is connected to the tube 

outlet and reduces the sound level during operation by up to 10 dB(A). 

Installation either directly at the air release or with 10 cm maximum distance from the air 

release. 



Material 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 454 g 

Dimensions 

W: 122 mm H: 194 mm D: 96 mm 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Aspirating 

smoke 

detector 

6 

7 

801544.10 

¬q0M§/21"® 

Air filter 

End cap 


Sound 

absorber 

Air filter for usage in areas with interfering environmental influences e.g. dust. 

8 

9 



Material 

ABS plastic 


Dimensions 

W: 122 mm H: 194 mm D: 96 mm 

Filter cartridges (1 x 60 ppi, 1 x 45 ppi, 1 x 25 ppi) 

10 

11 

801604 

¬q1%8® 

Replacement air filter pads for 801544 

12 

Replacement cartridge for air filters (Part No. 801544), consisting of one fine, medium and 

coarse filter pad each. 

13 

Filter cartridges (1 x 60 ppi, 1 x 45 ppi, 1 x 25 ppi) 

1 Set 

14 

801600 

¬q1!,® 

Microfilter 

Special fine filter for use in areas with extreme pollution. 

15 

16 


Dimensions 

L: 418 mm 

Features 

• Filter cartridge filters particles up to a size of 7.5 

μm 

• Housing resistant to different organic and inorganic 

chemicals, fuels and hot water 

269


801605 

¬q1&;® 

Replacement filter element for 801600 



Material 

Polypropylene 

Dimensions 

Ø: 64 mm L: 254 mm 


801540 

801541 

¬q0I;® 

¬q0J>® 

Device holder for Titanus EB 

Device holder for mounting aspirating smoke detection systems to frames or for selfsupporting 

mounting. 


Weight 

Dimensions 

Reset PCB for Titanus EB 


L: 92 mm W: 432 mm 

PCB for resetting the Titanus Pro Sens EB and the Titanus Top Sens EB aspirating smoke 

detection system via the FACP. 



Dimensions 

5 to 50 mA 

L: 45 mm W: 57 mm 

801542 

¬q0KA® 

Contact your sales representative for additional details. 

Back-flow valve for Titanus EB 

Valve for cleaning the tubing system through air purging via compressed air. In systems 

with air purging, the non-return valve is mounted at the end of the tubing branch and 

prevents a build-up of dirt particles at the end of the tube. 


Color 

dark gray 

801547 

¬q0PP® 

Front foil Titanus Pro Sens 2 EB 

Front foil for indicating alarms when using two detector modules. 



801548 

¬q0QS® 

Front foil Titanus Top Sens 2 EB 


Front foil for indicating staged alarm modes and smoke density levels when using two 

detector modules. 

1 

2 

3 

801549 

¬q0RV® 

Diagnostics tool for Titanus EB 

4 

Diagnostics tool for Titanus EB aspirating smoke detector systems for reading the measurement 

data and device configurations as well as for localization of faults. 

5 

Diagnostics interface, connecting cable and diagnostic software 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

271



Accessories 

761520.10 

761521.10 

¬m05§/21=® 

¬m06§/21@® 

The pipe accessories of smoke extraction systems made of PVC were completely replaced 

by superior ABS resin material. ABS shows higher durability and can also be used in difficult 

ambient conditions. The accessories meet EN 61386-1 requirements. 



Pipe (ABS), diameter 25 mm 

Length = 30 m (each 3 m) 

10 pcs 

90° bend (ABS) for 25 mm pipe 

10 pcs 

761522.10 

¬m07§/21C® 

90° angle (ABS) for 25 mm pipe 

10 pcs 

761523.10 

¬m08§/21F® 

45° angle (ABS) for 25 mm pipe 

10 Pcs. 

761524.10 

¬m09§/21I® 

T-Piece (ABS) for 25 mm pipe 

10 pcs 



761525.10 

¬m0:§/21L® 

Sleeve (ABS) for 25 mm pipe 

10 Pcs. 


1 

2 

761526.10 

¬m0;§/21O® 

End cap (ABS) for 25 mm pipe 

10 pcs 

3 

4 

5 

761549 

¬m0RR® 

Ceiling lead-through adapter (ABS) 

6 

Ceiling lead-through adapter (ABS) for suction hose set (Part No. 761542.10). 

Almost invisible integration into false ceilings 

7 

8 

761542.10 

¬m0K§/21¡® 

Suctions hose set for 25 mm pipe 

For flexible installation in object surveillance or suspended ceilings. 

All components are pre-mounted, but not glued; to enable cut and adaptation on-site. 

9 

10 


Dimensions 

L: 3000 mm 

11 

1 x T piece (761524), 3 m corrugated polyester hose, (761543), 1 x ceiling lead-through adapter 

with threaded joint 

12 

T-piece 

Pipe 

13 

False 

ceiling 

Suspended ceiling 

Polyester hose 

Aspirator sampling 

assembly 

14 

801607 

¬q1(A® 

Application example: monitoring of room 

3-way ball valve (ABS) 

For manual disconnection of aspirating smoke detectors from connected piping system 

during the blow cleaning process with compressed air. 

15 

16 



Material 

ABS 

Dimensions 

L: 131 mm 

includes three transition screw joints for connection to a 25 mm piping system 

273


801606 

¬q1'>® 

Condensate trap for aspirating smoke detectors 


Condensate trap with sintered metal filter for separation and absorption of condensed 

liquids, used for protecting aspirating smoke detectors including threaded cable connection 

and mounting bracket. 



Material 

ABS 

Color 

light gray 

Weight 

approx. 620 g 

Dimensions 

W: 68 mm H: 680 mm D: 36 mm 

Features 

• Plastic housing with manual outlet valve 

• Plug connectors for attaching to a piping system 

Air filter 

Inlet 

Condensate separator 

Outlet 

Aspirating 

smoke 

detector 

Outlet 

761535 

¬m0D(® 


Adhesive, 0.5 kg can with brush-in-cap 

Adhesive for connecting ABS and PVC pipes. 

761536 

¬m0E+® 

PVC detergent, 1l 

Detergent for cleaning ABS and PVC pipes and fittings before gluing. 

761537.10 

¬m0F§/21p® 

Mounting clip for 25 mm pipe 

100 pcs 



761546.10 

¬m0O§/21$® 

Pipe cutter for PVC and ABS pipes 


Material 


Aluminum 

Tool for clean, fast pipe cuts. For thin-walled pipes also, Ø 63 mm Ø 2". 

1 

2 

3 

761547 

¬m0PL® 

Labels-sampling points wrap round for VESDA ASD 

4 

The labels-sampling points wrap round serves for the marking of the intake points of the 

PVC/ABS pipe. 

5 

Please note the labels-sampling points wrap round are not use for tapering the intake points. 

6 

Roll with 200 labels. 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

275



Reducing Film Sheets 

Only 10 mm drill necessary 

No annoying whistling 

Defined diameter, easilyreadable on site 

Finely graduated for optimal flow balance 

10 pcs 

801551 

801552 

801553 

801554 

801555 

801556 

801557 

801558 

801559 

801560 

801561 

801562 

¬q0T\® 

¬q0U_® 

¬q0Vb® 

¬q0We® 

¬q0Xh® 

¬q0Yk® 

¬q0Zn® 

¬q0[q® 

¬q0\t® 

¬q0]w® 

¬q0^z® 

¬q0_}® 

Aspiration reducing film sheet, 2.0 mm 














801563 

801564 

801565 

801566 

801567 

801550 

¬q0`¢® 

¬q0a¥® 

¬q0b¨® 

¬q0c"® 

¬q0d%® 

¬q0SY® 







Banderole for aspiration reducing film for Titanus ASD 

Banderole for securing aspiration reducing film on the tubing system. The red marking is 

used for the localization of the detector points in the object. 

10 pcs 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

277


781332 

¬o.A¦® 

Reset module for hat rail mounting 

Accessories 

Module for connecting a third-party detector (with floating relay contact for alarm and 

fault) on a conventional primary loop. Remote reset function can be controlled via the relay 

contact on the reset module. Total power consumption depends on the detectors that are 

connected. The following detector types can be connected: high sensitivity aspirating 

smoke detection system, flame detectors, Fireray, line type heat and smoke detectors etc. 







Dimensions 

10.5 ... 28 V DC 

approx. 0.5 mA (out of detector zone) 

approx. 1 mA (Relay active: 35 mA) 

approx. 10 mA (Relay active: 55 mA) 

30 V DC/1 A 

W: 37 mm H: 107 mm D: 13 mm (PC-Board) 

Version: Module housing for hat rail mounting. 

781332.F0 

¬o.A§/G1v® 



Reset module for hat rail mounting, France 

Same as 781332, but with French labels. 




Contact load 

Dimensions 

8 ... 28 V DC 


30 V CC / 1 A 

W: 37 mm H: 107 mm D: 13 mm 

781333 

¬o.B©® 

Reset module with mounting bracket for Fireray 2000 

Reset module as in 781332 including mounting accessories for installation in Fireray 2000 

evaluation unit (Part No. 761321). 

Reset module including bracket and mounting material. 




1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Alarm Devices 

IQ8Alarm Addressable 280-290 

Conventional 

291-304 


305-307 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

279

Alarm Devices 


32 

112 

112 

IQ8Alarm enables IQ8Quad detector application with integrated alarm signaling and other 

advantages. No matter whether multilingual speech alarm, flexible signal combination or 

user-friendly programming interfaces, all these features are also available when using 

IQ8Alarm. 

60 

75 

90 

25 

60 

75 

The IQ8Alarm range offers distinct advantages, which will surely convince every user 

straight away. 

Advantages with IQ8Alarm at a glance: 

Features 

• Completely bus supplied alarm device 

• Powered loop compatible 

• 5 different signaling device types - acoustic - 

opticalacoustic / opticalacoustic / opticalacoustic 

/ optical / speech 

• Multilingual speech alarm in 5 different languages 

• Alarm signaling, evacuation, and test alarm can 

each be programmed in different languages 

• Up to 32 alarm devices for each powered loop 

• Each alarm device has built-in isolator 

Acoustic alarm signaling: 

• Acoustic pressure up to 99 dB(A) @ 1 m 

• Volume programmable in 8 steps via tools 8000 

• 20 different signaling tones, including DIN tone 

• Speech alarm, 5 pre-programmed alarm texts and 

other country-typical alarm signals 

Optical alarm signaling: 

• Flash intensity equivalent to 3W Xenon flash light 

• Light intensity: max. 3.87 cd effective, max. 24 cd 

peak 

Simple programming enabled by a standardized programming interface for all IQ8Systems 

(IQ8Quad + IQ8Alarm) alarm signaling devices 

-Voltage supply on the loop 

-Time-tested, unobtrusive design 

Signaling device in compliance with EN 54 with 20 different signaling tones including DIN 

tone in compliance with DIN 33404-3 

On the following pages, you will find more detailed information about IQ8Alarm features. 



8 ... 42 V DC (via powered loop) 




Load factor 3 

Sound level 

97 dB(A) +/- 2 dB @ 1 m 

Frequency of flash 

approx. 1 Hz 


approx. 3 Y 


max. 24.4 cd peak/ 4.1 cd effektive (red flash) 


Air humidity

Alarm Devices 



1 

Country code 

acc. to ISO 

3166 -Alpha-2 

Language 

code acc. 

to ISO 639-1 Evacuation 1 Evacuation 2 Alarm Test-message All-Clear 

2 

Germany 

(DE) 

Great Britain 

(GB) 

de 

en 

Dies ist ein 

Feueralarm. Bitte 

verlassen Sie das 

Gebäude umgehend 

über die 

nächsten Fluchtwege. 

Die Feuerwehr 

ist alarmiert. 

This is a fire alarm. 

Please leave the 

building immediately 

by the nearest 

available exit. 

Achtung, Achtung! 

Dies ist eine Gefahrenmeldung. 

Bitte 


Gebäude über die 

nächsten 

Ausgänge. 

Attention please. 

This is an emergency. 


building by the 

nearest available exit. 

Achtung, im Gebäude 

ist eine 

Gefahrensituation 

gemeldet worden. 

Bitte bleiben Sie 

ruhig, und warten 

Sie auf weitere 

Anweisungen. 

An incident has 

been reported in the 

building. Please 

await further 

instructions. 

Dies ist eine 

Testdurchsage. 

This is a test 

message. 

No action is 

required. 

Die Gefahrensituation 

ist jetzt behoben. Wir 

entschuldigen uns 

für jegliche 

Unannehmlichkeiten. 

The emergency is 

now cancelled. We 

apologize for any 

inconvenience. 

3 

4 

5 

France 

(FR) 

fr 

Ceci est une alarme 

incendie,veuillez 

évacuer 

immédiatement les 

locaux par la sortie 

la plus proche. 

Votre attention s'il 

vous plaît, ceci est 

une alarme. Veuillez 

évacuer les locaux 

par la sortie la plus 

proche. 

Un incident est 

signalé dans le 

batiment. Merci de 

garder votre calme 

et attendez les 

prochaines 

instructions. 

Ceci est un test. 

L'alarme est à 

présent annulée. 

Veuillez nous excuser 

pour le désagrément. 

6 

Spain 

(ES) 

es 

Esto es una alarma 

de incendio. 

Abandonen 

por favor el edificio 

inmediatamente 

por la salida de 

evacuación 

más cercana. 

Atención. Esto es 

una emergencia. 

Por favor 

abandonen el 

edificio por la 

salida de 

evacuación 

más cercana. 

Atención, se ha 

reportado un 

incidente 

en el edificio. 

Aguarden por favor 

otras instrucciones. 

Esto es un 

mensaje 

de prueba. 

No se requiere 

ninguna acción. 

La emergencia ha 

sido cancelada. 

Pedimos disculpas 

por las molestias 

causadas. 

7 

8 

Italy 

(IT) 

it 

Attenzione. 

Allarme incendio. 

Abbandonare 

l'edificio tramite 

l'uscita di 

emergenza più 

vicina. 

Attenzione. 

Allarme in corso. 

Vi preghiamo di 

recarvi presso 

l'uscita di 


vicina. 

Attenzione. 

E' stato rilevato un 

allarme.Ulteriori 

disposizioni vi 

verranno 

comunicate 

appena possibile. 

Attenzione. 

E' in corso una 

prova di allarme. 

Non è richiesta 

alcuna azione. 

Attenzione. Cessato 

allarme.La situazione 

di normalità è stata 

ripristinata. 

9 

Standard speech messages of IQ8Quad detectors and IQ8Alarm 

10 

 

 

11 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

IQ8Quad detectors and IQ8Alarm tone table 

281

Alarm Devices 


IQ8Alarm Acoustical Alarm Devices 

807205 

¬qi&D® 

IQ8Alarm/So signaler with isolator, white 

Approval: 

VdS 

Addressable, completely bus supplied and short circuit / open circuit resilient alarm 

signaling device in compliance with EN 54-3 with up to 20 different programmable 

signaling tones including DIN tone in accordance with DIN 33404 Part 3 for acoustic alarm 

signaling. The volume can be set to 8 different levels. Its flat design enables optimum 

adaptation to the environments. It is made of shock and scratch resistant plastic. Optionally, 

bases Part No. 806201 and 806202 with side cable entry and weatherproof protection 

can be installed. 



Specification 


Accessories 

806201 IP65 base, white 

807206 

¬qi'G® 

IQ8Alarm/So signaler with isolator, red 

Approval: 

VdS 

Same as 807205, but red. 



Specification 


Accessories 

806202 IP65 base, red 


Alarm Devices 

807322 

¬qj7y® 

IQ8Alarm/Sp signaler with isolator, white 


1 

Approval: 

VdS 

Same as 807205, but with additional speech alarm function. 

2 



Specification 



3 

Programmed with an individual selection of up to 5 national languages 

Accessories 

806201 IP 65 base, white 

4 

5 

6 

807332 

¬qjA0® 

IQ8Alarm/Sp signaler with isolator, red 

7 

Approval: 

VdS 


8 



Specification 



9 


10 

Accessories 


11 

12 

807322.SV98 

¬qj7§/TW:9+® 

IQ8Alarm/Sp signaler with isolator, white, customized version 

13 

Same as 807322, but with individual text and/or sounds. The maximum recording time per 


14 




15 


Accessories 


16 

283

Alarm Devices 

807322.SV99 

¬qj7§/TW::4® 



Same as 807322, but with individual text and/or sounds. The maximum recording time per 




Costs for the recording of customer specific texts and/or tones can be obtained on request. 



Accessories 


807332.SV98 

¬qjA§/TW:9I® 

IQ8Alarm/Sp signaler with isolator, red, composed version 

Same as 807322.SV98, but with an individual combination of up to 5 languages, see 

special order form in the appendix. 




Accessories 


807332.SV99 

¬qjA§/TW::R® 

IQ8Alarm/Sp signaler with isolator, red, customized version 

Same as 807322.SV99, but with individual text and/or sounds. The maximum recording 

time per device is 169 seconds. 





Accessories 



Alarm Devices 


IQ8Alarm Combined Alarm and Speech Signaling Devices 

807224 

¬qi9}® 

IQ8Alarm/FSo signaler with isolator, red 

Approval: 

VdS 


signaling device in compliance with EN 54-3 with up to 20 different programmable 

signaling tones including DIN tone in accordance with DIN 33404 Part 3 for acoustic and 

optical alarm signaling. The volume can be set to 8 different levels. Its flat design enables 

optimum adaptation to the environments. It is made of shock and scratch resistant plastic. 

Optionally, bases (Part no. 806201 white or 806202 red) with side cable entry and weatherproof 

protection (IP65) can be installed. 




Housing 

ABS plastic 


Specification 


Accessories 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

807372 

¬qjiA® 

IQ8Alarm/FSp signaler with isolator, red 

8 

Approval: 

VdS 

Same as in 807224, but with programmed speech alarm for powered loop connection. 

9 





Specification 



Programmed with 5 languages: German, English, French, Spanish and Italian. 

10 

11 

Accessories 


12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

285

Alarm Devices 

807372.BR 

¬qji§/CS;® 

IQ8Alarm/FSp signaler with isolator, red, Brazil 

Same as 807372, but Brazil version. 




Programmed with 5 languages: Portuguese (Brazil), English, German, Spanish and French. 

Accessories 


807372.N0 

807372.SV98 

¬qji§/O1c® 

¬qji§/TW:9Z® 

IQ8Alarm/FSp signaler with isolator, red, Nordic 

Same as 807372, but Nordic version. 

IQ8Alarm/FSp signaler with isolator, red, composed version 

Approval: VdS 

Same as 807372, but with an individual combination of up to 5 languages, see special 

order form in the appendix. 






Programmed with 5 languages in accordance with composed combination. 

Accessories 



Alarm Devices 

807372.SV99 

¬qji§/TW::c® IQ8Alarm/FSp 


signaler with isolator, red, customized version 

Approval: VdS 

Same as 807372, but with individual texts and/or sounds. The maximum recording time 

per device is 169 seconds. 








Accessories 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

287

Alarm Devices 


IQ8Alarm Optical Alarm Signaling Devices 

807212 

¬qi-Y® 

IQ8Alarm/F signaler with isolator, amber flash 

Approval: 

VdS 


signaling device for optical alarm signaling. Its flat and unobtrusive design enables 

optimum adaptation to the environments. 


Sound level 

97 dB(A) +/- 2 dB @ 1 m 


max. 24 cd peak/ 3.87 cd effective 

Color base: white, similar RAL 9010 

cap: amber 


807213 

¬qi.\® 

IQ8Alarm/F signaler with isolator, blue/green/white flash 

Approval: 

VdS 

Same as 807212, but transparent, blue and green. 


Sound level 


97 dB(A) +/- 2 dB @ 1 m 

transparent: max. 17.39 cd peak/ 2.16 cd effektive 

blue: max 5,06 cd peak/0,62 cd effektive 

green: max. 2,72 cd peak/0,33 cd effektive 

Color base: white, similar RAL 9010 

cap: blue, green, transparent 



Alarm Devices 

807214 ¬qi/_® 

IQ8Alarm/F 

signaler with isolator, red flash 


1 

Approval: VdS 


2 


Sound level 


Color 


97 dB(A) +/- 2 dB @ 1 m 

max. 20.91 cd peak/3.41cd effective 

cap: red 

cap: red 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

289

Alarm Devices 


Accessories IQ8Alarm 

806201 

¬q_"$® 

IP65 base for IQ8Alarm, white 

White base, for IQ8Alarm device with protection type IP65 and surface mount cable entry. 



IP65 


806202 

¬q_#'® 

IP65 base for IQ8Alarm, red 

Red base, for IQ8Alarm device with protection type IP65 and surface mount cable entry. 



IP65 


767800 

¬mo!=® 






Material 

aluminum 




Alarm Devices 

Conventional 

Audible Alarm Devices 

766225 

¬m_:h® 

Features 

• Flat design 

• Suitable for 12 and 24 V DC operating voltage 

• Low amount of alarm current 

• Volume at the unit adjustable 

Shallow base sounder, red 

Approval: 

VdS 

The alarm signaling device offers a selection of 32 acoustic signals including the DIN 

German standard as well as additional country-specific acoustic signals. 

The configuration is carried out via a five-pin DIL-switch. Up to two different acoustic 

signals can be activated. 



9 ... 28 V DC 


approx. 7 mA 


from 5 mA / max. 32 mA 

Starting current 

approx. 32 mA 

Sound level @ 24 V DC 

103 dB(A) 


(at DIN-Tone) 


Type of protection IP54 and IP65 with 766237 

Housing 

ABS V0 


Dimensions 

Ø: 93 mm H: 63 mm 

Ø: 93 mm H: 91 mm (incl. base 766237) 

Not suitable for using outside or in humid environments. 

Therefore, please use the optional bases with side cable entry (Part No. 766237). 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

766226 

¬m_;k® 

Accessories 


Shallow base sounder, white 

9 

Approval: 

VdS 

10 

The alarm signaling device offers a selection of 32 acoustic signals including the DIN 

German standard as well as additional country-specific acoustic signals. 

The configuration is carried out via a five-pin DIL-switch. Up to two different acoustic 

signals can be activated. 

11 

Features 

• Flat design 

• Suitable for 12 and 24 V DC operating voltage 

• Low amount of alarm current 

• Volume at the unit adjustable 



9 ... 28 V DC 


approx. 3 mA 


approx. 5 mA 


approx. 32 mA 


103 dB(A) 


(at DIN-Tone) 


Type of protection IP54 and IP65 with 766238 

Housing 

ABS V0 


Dimensions 

Ø: 93 mm H: 63 mm 



Please therefore use the optional bases with side cable entry (Part No. 766238). 

Accessories 


12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

291

Alarm Devices 

766237 

766238 

766239 

766261 

¬m_F%® 

¬m_G(® 

¬m_H+® 

¬m_^m® 

Base with side cable entry, red 

For alarm sounder (Part No. 766225), optical signaling devices (Part No. 766410) and 

combined alarm devices (Part No. 766240, 766420, 766422). 




Dimensions 

Ø: 94 mm H: 47 mm 

Rubber seal and two screws 

Base with side cable entry, white 

For alarm sounder (Part No. 766226), optical signaling device (Part No. 766411, 766412, 

766413, 766414) and combined alarm devices (Part No. 766421, 766423). 




Dimensions 

Ø: 94 mm H: 47 mm 

Rubber seal and two screws 

Sounder, red 

As per DIN 33404 - 3 and EN 457. 32 programmable signaling tones, can be selected via 

DIL-switch (two tones each), volume control via potentiometer. 



18 ... 28 V DC 


240 mA with DIN-tone 


112 dB(A) 




IP21C 

Housing 

ABS 


Dimensions 

W: 108 mm H: 91 mm 

Signal base, white 


Conventional 

Alarm sounder as per DIN 33404, - 3 and EN 457 to be mounted below detector base with 

relay output for automatic detector series 9x00 and for IQ8Quad; with 28 programmable 

signaling tones, can be selected via five-pole DIL switch (two tones out of 28 can be 

programmed), volume control via potentiometer. 



18 ... 28 V DC 

Current consumption @ 12 V DC approx. 5 mA (10 mA for DIN tone) 

Current consumption @ 24 V DC approx. 16 mA (bei DIN-Ton) 


approx. 30 mA 


max. 102 dB(A)/m; 87 dB(A) for DIN tone 




Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 150 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 111 mm H: 26 mm 

Accessories 

766262 Cover plate for signal base 


Alarm Devices 

766262 

¬m__p® 

Cover for signal base 766261 

Conventional 

1 

For covering the connection when operated without detector. 



2 

Cover plate and one screw 

3 

766247 

¬m_PC® 

Sounder D/U2-50 P2 12 V 

4 

Piezoelectric alarm device with integrated electronics, signaling tone is pulsed. 



6 ... 16 V DC 


approx. 17 mA 

Sound level 

95dB(A) / 1 m 



IP20 

Housing 

ABS 


Weight 

approx. 135 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 93 mm H: 40 mm 

5 

6 

7 


8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

293

Alarm Devices 

Conventional 

Optical Alarm Devices 

766303 

¬m`$(® 

Flashing light 12 V DC, amber 



12 V DC 

Alarm current 

350 mA 


approx. 1 Hz 


approx. 4 J 




IP54 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 360 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 108 mm H: 133 mm 

766304 

766305 

766306 

¬m`%+® 

¬m`&.® 

¬m`'1® 

Wall bracket included 

Flashing light 24 V DC, amber 

Same as 766303, but 24 V DC operating voltage. 



24 V DC 

Alarm current 

250 mA 


approx. 1 Hz 


approx. 4 J 




IP54 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 360 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 108 mm H: 133 mm 

Wall bracket included 

Flashing light 12 V DC, red 




12 V DC 

Alarm current 

350 mA 


approx. 1 Hz 


approx. 4 J 




IP54 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 360 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 108 mm H: 133 mm 

Flashing light 24 V DC, red 

Same as 766303, but 24 V DC operating voltage and red cap. 



24 V DC 

Alarm current 

250 mA 


approx. 1 Hz 


approx. 4 J 




IP54 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 360 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 108 mm H: 133 mm 


Alarm Devices 

766307 

¬m`(4® 

Flashing light 12 V DC, green 

Conventional 

1 

Same as 766303, but green. 

766308 

¬m`)7® 



12 V DC 

Alarm current 

350 mA 


approx. 1 Hz 


approx. 4 J 




IP54 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 360 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 108 mm H: 133 mm 

Flashing light 24 V DC, green 

2 

3 

4 

5 

766410 

¬ma+?® 

Same as 766303, but 24 V DC operating voltage and green cap. 



24 V DC 

Alarm current 

250 mA 


approx. 1 Hz 


approx. 4 J 




IP54 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 360 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 108 mm H: 133 mm 

Optical alarm signaling device, red 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Approval: VdS 

Flitslicht conventioneel, rood 

10 



9 ... 60 V DC 



approx. 1 Hz 


5 Cd 


Air humidity 


Type of protection IP65 with 766237 

Material 

base ABS 

cup PC 

Weight 

approx. 150 g 

Dimensions 



Please use the optional bases with side cable entry (Part No. 766237). 

Accessories 

766237 IP65 base red 


11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

295

Alarm Devices 

766411 

¬ma,B® 

Optical alarm signaling device, amber 

Conventional 

Approval: 

VdS 

Same as 766410, but amber color. 



9 ... 60 V DC 



approx. 1 Hz 


10 Cd 


Air humidity 



IP21C 

Material 

base ABS 

cup PC 

Weight 

approx. 150 g 

Dimensions 


Niet geschikt voor gebruik buiten of in vochtige omgevingen. 

Gebruik hiervoor de opbouwadapter type766238. 

766412 

¬ma-E® 

Accessories 

766238 IP65 base white 


Optical alarm signaling device, green 

Approval: 

VdS 

Same as 766410, but green color. 



9 ... 60 V DC 



approx. 1 Hz 


10 Cd 


Air humidity 



IP21C 

Material 

base ABS 

cup PC 

Weight 

approx. 150 g 

Dimensions 




766413 

¬ma.H® 

Accessories 



Optical alarm signaling device, blue 

Same as 766410, but blue color and without VdS-Approval. 



9 ... 60 V DC 



approx. 1 Hz 


7 Cd 


Air humidity 



IP21C 

Material 

base ABS 

cup PC 

Weight 

approx. 150 g 

Dimensions 




Accessories 




Alarm Devices 

766414 ¬ma/K® 

Optical 

alarm signaling device, transparent 

Conventional 

1 

Approval: VdS 

Same as 766410, but transparent color. 

2 



9 ... 60 V DC 



approx. 1 Hz 


22 Cd 


Air humidity 



IP21C 

Material 

base ABS 

cup PC 

Weight 

approx. 150 g 

Dimensions 




Accessories 



3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

297

Alarm Devices 

Conventional 

Combined Alarm Devices 

766420 ¬ma5]® 

Optical 

Features 

• EN54-23 compliant 

• Up to 7.5 m room width 

• Can be altered to 5 m room width 

• LED technology for low energy consumption 

• Variable flashing frequency 1 Hz/0.5 Hz 

alarm signaling device EN54-23, red, wall mounting 

Optical alarm signaling device EN54-23 for wall mounting. The flash color, white or red, 

and the flashing frequency, 1 Hz or 0.5 Hz, can be set using the switches. The alarm device 

is suitable for square rooms of up to 7.5 m in width. For smaller spaces, the device can be 

switched to a 5 m width to save energy. 



9 ... 60 V DC 

Alarm current 

12 ... 25 mA 


approx. 1 Hz/0,5 Hz 

Flash color 

white/red 


Type of protection IP21C, IP65 with 766237 

Housing 

ABS, V0 

Installation 

Wall 

Category 

W-2,4-7,5 

Mounting height 

2.4 m 

Room width 

7.5 m/5 m 


Weight 


Dimensions 

Ø: 93 mm H: 38 mm 

Ø: 93 mm H: 66 mm (incl. IP base) 

Not suitable for use outdoors or damp environments. For these, use the optional deep base 

(Part. No. 766237 or 766238). 

Available Q3/2013 

Accessories 


 

 

 

 

 

 


Alarm Devices 

766421 

¬ma6`® 

Optical alarm signaling device EN54-23, white, wall mounting 

Conventional 

1 

Optical alarm signaling device EN54-23 for wall mounting. The flash color, white or red, 

and the flashing frequency, 1 Hz or 0.5 Hz, can be set using the switches. The alarm device 

is suitable for square rooms of up to 7.5 m in width. For smaller spaces, the device can be 

switched to a 5 m width to save energy. 

2 

Features 


• Up to 7.5 m room width 

• Can be altered to 5 m room width 





9 ... 60 V DC 

Alarm current 

12 ... 25 mA 



Flash color 

white/red 



Housing 

ABS, V0 

Installation 

Wall 

Category 

W-2,4-7,5 


2.4 m 

Room width 

7.5 m/5 m 


Weight 


Dimensions 

Ø: 93 mm H: 38 mm 



(Part. No. 766237 or 766238). 


3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

766422 

¬ma7c® 

Accessories 


Optical alarm signaling device EN54-23, red, ceiling mounting 

Optical alarm signaling device compliant with EN54-23 for ceiling mounting. The flash 

color, white or red, and the flashing frequency, 1 Hz or 0.5 Hz, can be set using the 

switches. The alarm device is suitable for cylindrical areas of up to 7.5 m in diameter. For 

smaller spaces, the device can be switched to a 5 m diameter to save energy. 

8 

9 

10 

Features 


• Up to 7.5 m room diameter 

• Can be altered to 5 m room diameter 





9 ... 60 V DC 

Alarm current 

12 ... 25 mA 



Flash color 

white/red 



Housing 

ABS, V0 

Installation 

Ceiling 

Category 

C-3-7,5 


3 m 

Room diameter 

7,5 m / 5 m 


Weight 


Dimensions 

Ø: 93 mm H: 37 mm 



(Part. No. 766237 or 766238). 

11 

12 

13 

14 


15 

Accessories 


 

 

 

16 

 

 

 

299

Alarm Devices 

766423 

¬ma8f® 

Optical alarm signaling device EN54-23, white, ceiling mounting 

Conventional 

Optical alarm signaling device compliant with EN54-23 for ceiling mounting. The flash 

color, white or red, and the flashing frequency, 1 Hz or 0.5 Hz, can be set using the 

switches. The alarm device is suitable for cylindrical areas of up to 7.5 m in diameter. For 

smaller spaces, the device can be switched to a 5 m diameter to save energy. 

Features 


• Up to 7.5 m room diameter 

• Can be altered to 5 m room diameter 





9 ... 60 V DC 

Alarm current 

12 ... 25 mA 



Flash color 

white/red 



Housing 

ABS, V0 

Installation 

Ceiling 

Category 

C-3-7,5 


3 m 

Room diameter 

7,5 m/5 m 


Weight 


Dimensions 

Ø: 93 mm H: 37 mm 



(Part. No. 766237 or 766238). 

766240 

¬m_I.® 


Accessories 


Combined alarm device 12 V DC, red 

Alarm device as per DIN 33404-3 and EN 457. 

For indoor and outdoor installation (with Part No. 766237). Alarm sounder and flashing 

light may be activated separately. Floating tone going by 1 HZ beat between 1200 and 500 

HZ (DIN tone). 



9 ... 15 V DC 


approx. 100 mA (flash lamp) 

Sound level @ 12 V DC 94 


approx. 1 Hz 


0.7 J 


10 cd 



Air humidity 



IP 54, IP 65 (with 766237 without clips) 

Material 

ABS plastic (UV-stabilized) 


Weight 

approx. 350 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 93 mm H: 92 mm 


Also available with cable entry at the side, possible with Part No. 766237 (see accessories). 

766240.10 

¬m_I§/21p® 

Accessories 

766237 IP65 base red 


Combined alarm device, 24 V DC, red, Asserta type 

Asserta sounder beacons is designed to cope with harsh environments requiring protection 

to IP66 and is compliant to EN54-3. 32 different alarm tones can be selected. Alarm 

sounder and flashing light may be activated separately. 



Flashing lights about 230 mA, sirens about 40 mA) 


2.5 J 


IP66 

Material 

ABS plastic (UV-stabilized) 



Alarm Devices 

Conventional 

Flush mounted Sounder 

Features 

• 28 signal sounds incl. DIN sound selectable via 

DIL-switch 

• Low power consumption (DIN SOUND 9mA @ 

12VDC/15mA @ 24VDC) 

• Adjustable volume up to max. 107dB(A), DIN 

sound 97dB(A) 

The electronic multifunctional sounder has been specially adjusted to the commercially 

available flush mount switch and socket design developed by Merten. 

Optionally the multifunctional flush mount sounder can be obtained in the Jung, Gira as 

well as the Busch-Jäger design. 

When ordering Part No. 766265 the Merten design is supplied as standard; if you wish to 

order another design, this has to be notified. There are no changes in the price. 



10 ... 28 V DC 


5 - 35 mA, depending on the sound frequency 

Sound level 

83-107 dB / A, depending on sound frequency 



IP21C 

Housing 

ABS 

Color 

white 

Please note that an EOL-O has to be installed into the last alarm device socket for standardscompliant 

power monitoring. For installing the EOL-O into the alarm device socket, an additional 

mounting extension ring is required (Part No. 766269). 

The sounder is VdS-approved in the Feller design only. 

Pre-assembled flush mounted siren comprises: 

- in flush-mounted box 60 x 60mm 

- Cover design 

- Installation manual 

Accessories 

766269 Installation extension ring for mounting EOL-O 

808624 Finishing element EOL-O 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

766265 ¬m_by® 

Features 


DIL-switch 

• Low power consumption (DIN SOUND 9 mA @ 

12VDC/15 mA @ 24 V DC) 


sound 93 dB(A) 

Sounder flush mount, white, design Feller 


Sounder in Feller design. 



Sound level 

Housing 

Color 

Accessories 



5 - 35 mA, according to sound frequency 

83 - 107dB/A, according to sound frequency 

ABS 

white 


power monitoring. For installing the EOL-O into the alarm device socket, an additional 







11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

301

Alarm Devices 

766263 

¬m_`s® 

Sounder flush mount, white, design Jung LS990 

Conventional 

Sounder in Jung design type LS990. 



Sound level 

Housing 

Color 



ABS 

white 

Features 


DIL-switch 


12VDC/15 mA @ 24 V DC) 



¬m_av® 

766264 


power monitoring. To install the EOL-O into the alarm device socket, an additional 







Accessories 



Sounder flush mount, white, design Jung AS500 

Sounder in Jung design type AS500. 



Sound level 

Housing 

Color 



ABS 

white 

Features 


DIL-switch 


12VDC/15 mA @ 24 V DC) 



¬m_c|® 

766266 









Accessories 



Sounder flush mount, white, design Gira system 55 

Sounder in Gira design. 



Sound level 

Housing 

Color 



ABS 

white 

Features 


DIL-switch 


12VDC/15 mA @ 24 V DC) 











Accessories 




Alarm Devices 

766267 

Features 

766268 

¬m_d¡® 


DIL-switch 


12VDC/15 mA @ 24 V DC) 



¬m_e¤® 

Features 


DIL-switch 


12VDC/15 mA @ 24 V DC) 



Sounder flush mount, aluminum, design Gira system 55 

As Art. No. 766266, but in Alu color. 



Sound level 

Housing 

Color 

Accessories 



Sounder flush mount, anthracite, design Gira System 55 

As Art. No. 766266, but in Anthracite color. 



Sound level 

Housing 

Color 

Accessories 



Conventional 



ABS 

white 











ABS 

white 









1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

Flush mounted Sounder - Accessories 

766269 

¬m_f§® 

Extension mounting loop for EOL-O 

Mounting extension for the use of EOL-O-final element in the flush box. For standardscompliant 

monitoring, an EOL-O termination element must be installed in the last signal 

generator of each control output. 


Dimensions 

Ø: 60 mm H: 12 mm 

13 

14 

15 

16 

303

Alarm Devices 

Conventional 

Explosion-Proof 

045040 

¬%SI5® 

Ex signaling device DS10, 12 V DC 

Approval: VdS (FDT) 

The sound generator is especially suitable for hazardous industrial areas (zone 2 and 22). 

The robust aluminum die-cast housing is resistant to chemicals and environmental factors. 

The DS10 complies with the technical requirements of DIN 33404 - 3 "hazard signals for 

workplaces". 

Features 

• 9 tone sequences can be programmed: 

• Continuous tone 

• Alternating tone 

• Intermittent tone 

• Siren 

• Fire alarm (different national regulations taken 

into account) 



II 3G Ex nA II T5 

II 3D Ex tD A22 IP67 T135°C 

11 ... 14 V DC 



110 dB(A) ± 3 dB 




Sound level 



Air humidity 90% 


IP66/IP67 

Material 

aluminum die cast 


Weight 



Dimensions 

W: 150 mm H: 150 mm D: 143 mm 

766253 

¬m_VU® 

According to the conformity declaration, the alarm devices can be used in zones 2 and 22. 

Ex sounder, 12 V DC 

KEMA 99 ATEX 7906 design certificate 

The ex sounder is especially suitable for application in hazardous areas at industrial workplaces 

category 2G or 3G (formerly zones 1 and 2) and complies with the technical 

requirements of DIN 33404 - 3. The robust aluminum die-cast housing is resistant to 

chemicals and environmental factors. 

Features 

• 32 tone sequences can be programmed: 

• Quartz controlled sound synchronization 

• ATEX approved 

• LM6 aluminum die-cast housing 

• Self-extinguishing aluminum cone, similar to UL 

94 VO 


EC-type examination certificate KEMA 99ATEX 7906 


II 2G Ex de IIC T4 


12 V DC 


typ. 195 mA; 

Sound level 

110 dB(A) ± 3 dB @ 1 m (depending on signaling type) 



Air humidity 90 % 


IP67 

Material 

aluminum die cast LM6 


Weight 


Dimensions 

Ø: 181 mm L: 263 mm 


Alarm Devices 


Features 

• Shapely, light-weight and compact design 

• Prism with all around 180° visible LEDs with a 

wide area of illumination and high on/off contrast 

These indicators are used primarily for signaling alarms of smoke detectors installed above 

suspended ceilings, between floors or in other inaccessible locations. The indicators have 

an elegant plastic housing with a clearly visible illuminated field. It comprises two parts - 

the base which is installed onto a wall or soffit and the lid which is fitted to the base with a 

clip plug. 

1 

2 

781804 

¬o3%:® 

Cable length of the remote indicators to detector base or voltage supply max. 100 m. 

Remote indicator for conventional detector series 9000, red 

3 

Features 

• 4 pulsed LEDs 

• Power-saving compact indicator 

781814 

¬o3/X® 

Red prism is illuminated by 4 pulsed LEDs to increase the energy efficiency. 



6 ... 12 V DC 



Alarm current 

approx. 9 mA 


approx. 1.5 Hz 



Air humidity max. 57 remote indicators 30 detectors -> max. 30 remote indicators). 

Remote indicator for detector series 9000, 9200 and IQ8Quad, red 

Red prism is continuously or pulsed illuminated by 3 LEDs. 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Features 

• 3 continuously or pulsed LEDs 




1.8 V DC 


approx. 9 mA 

Alarm display 

3 red LEDs 



Air humidity

Alarm Devices 

781814.F0 

781815 

801824 

¬o3/§/G1J® 

¬o30[® 

¬q39x® 

Remote indicator for detector series 9000, 9200 and IQ8Quad, red, France 

The action indicator visual is used to quickly locate detectors in alarm premises inaccessible 

or in inaccessible areas (ventilation, flooring, ceiling, roof, etc ...). Compact in form 

and aesthetics, indicator standard action fits in all types of buildings. The action indicator 

light is fixed on the 2000 series switches. 



1.8 V DC 


approx. 9 mA 

Alarm display 

3 red lights 




IP40 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Dimensions 

W: 82 mm H: 85 mm D: 27 mm 

Remote indicator 12 V, solder bridge open, Netherlands 

Same as 781814, but 12 V. 


Housing 

ABS plastic 



Cable length indicators to remote bases or to the power is limited to 100 m max. 

Remote indicator esserbus-PLus for detector series 9200 and IQ8Quad, red 

Red prism is illuminated by 4 pulsed LEDs for operation on esserbus and esserbus-PLus 

to increase the energy efficiency. 

Features 


• Ultra power-saving compact indicator 

• Powered loop alarm device 



8 ... 42 V DC 



Alarm current 

150 μA 





Air humidity

Alarm Devices 

801825 

¬q3:{® 


Remote indicator esserbus-PLus for detector series 9200 and IQ8Quad, blue 

1 

A blue prism is illuminated by 4 pulsed LEDs to increase the energy efficiency. Connection 

via three-wire cable. For special applications such as indication of assaults on jailers in any 

prison cell of penitentiaries and correctional facilities. 

2 

Features 



• Powered loop alarm device 



14 ... 42 V DC 



Alarm current 





0.6 mm to max. 1.5 mm² 



Air humidity

Notes 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


Connection Examples 310-311 


312-313 


314-322 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

309




FACP 

FSA transponder 

FSA 

IQ8Quad with 

integrated isolator 

(type 802xxx) 

Power supply 

FSA 

Detector series 9200 

Release key 

Holding magnet 

Anchor plate 

Door release functionality by detectors 

series 9200 or IQ8Quad as a release element on the esserbus 

FACP 

In case of a fault of the esserbus the 

functionality of the fire doors is still guaranteed. 



IQ8Quad without 


(type 803xxx) 

Power supply 



(type 803xxx) 

Detector 

series 9000 

Power supply 

Detector 

series 9000 

Release key 


Release key 


Anchor plate 

Anchor plate 

Preventive fire protection with 

several doors and the FSA 

transponder on esserbus 




1 

2 

RAS 2103 and 

Standard Fire Detector 

series 9000 

RAS 2103 and 

Standard Fire Detector 

series 9000 

3 

Power supply 

4 

Release key 

Ankerplatte 

5 

Anchor plate 


6 

7 

RAS 2103 smoke heat ventilation module 

as a stand alone solution with two 

standard detectors 

8 

9 


10 

11 



(type 803xxx) 

Power supply 



(type 803xxx) 

12 

Release key 

Ankerplatte 

13 

Anchor plate 


14 

15 


as a stand alone solution with two 

standard fire detectors without isolator 

16 

311



Smoke Heat Ventilation Modules 

782103 

765612 

¬o6$=® 

Power Supply Units for RAS 2103 

¬mY-5® 

Detector base for door release system type RAS 2103 

Detector base for door release system type RAS 2103 is used for direct activation of 

locking devices in compliance with the regulations of the German Institute for Building 

Technique (DIBt). For power supply, power supply units (Part No. 765612 and 765624) are 

required. 



9 ... 28 V DC 


approx. 25 mA (RAS with detector) 


50 V DC/1 A 




IP40 with detector, IP 42 with installation plate 

Material 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 60 g 

Dimensions 

Ø: 89 mm H: 22 mm 

The RAS 2103 may be operated with the following conventional fire detectors: 

• Rate-of-rise heat detector Part No. 761262 (series 9000) 

• Optical smoke detector Part No. 761362 (series 9000) 

Power supply unit (12 V/3 A) 

Surface mount cabinet for fire door release systems. 

765624 

¬mY9Y® 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC/115 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 


12 V DC 


max. 3 A 



Air humidity 

95 % (without condensation) 


IP20 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 800 g 

Dimensions 

W: 195 mm H: 140 mm D: 70 mm 

Power supply unit (12 A/1.5 A) 

Surface mount cabinet for fire door release systems. 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC/115 V AC 


50 ... 60 Hz 


24 V DC 


max 1.5 A 



Air humidity 



IP20 

Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 800 g 

Dimensions 

W: 195 mm H: 140 mm D: 70 mm 




Release Keys 

767813.10 

¬mo.d® 

Surface mount release key for automatic door release system, German 

Surface mount release key for manual actuation of locking devices with double rocker 

switch insert. 


Contact load 

250 V AC/10 A 


Housing 

ABS plastic 


Weight 

approx. 120 g 

1 

2 

3 

4 

767814.10 

¬mo/g® 

Flush mount release key for automatic door release system, German 

5 

Flush mount release key for manual actuation of locking devices with double rocker switch 

insert. 

6 

796349 

¬p`RN® 


Contact load 

250 V AC/10 A 


Housing 

ABS plastic 

Color 

white 

Weight 

approx. 95 g 

Label for release key 

Red sticker label for release key (Part No. 767813 and 767814). 

7 

8 

9 

10 pcs 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

313



DIBt approved for: 

SHV module RAS 2103 : Z-6.5-1457 

Automatic door arrester system: Z-6.5-430 

Fire alarm system 8000 FSA: Z-6.5-1764 

FSA transponder: Z-6.5-1759 

Magnetic Door Holders 

767010 

¬mg+K® 

The door retainer magnets from this product line are generally vacuum cast and display 

IP65 protection class from the basic device. The magnets are quality-controlled and are 

subjected to a sampling twice per year by the VdS. In addition, all dimensions are in 

accordance with European specifications and tested in compliance with the EN1155. 

Door retainer DH50-N490-WM 

Door retainer with polarity reversal protection and connecting terminal including fixing 

plate for wall mounting. 




Holding power 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

1.5 W 

490 N 

Ø: 50 mm H: 30 mm 

767011 

¬mg,N® 


Same as 767010, but with 1372 N of holding power and additional contact box IP65. 




Holding power 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

1.5 W 

1372 N 

Ø: 70 mm H: 35 mm 



767012 

¬mg-Q® 



Same as 767010, but with steel fixing plate for usage with locking devices on sliding 

doors. 




Holding power 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

1.5 W 

490 N 

Ø: 50 mm H: 35 mm 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

767013 

¬mg.T® 


Door retainer for wall mounting with polarity reversal protection, terminal and manual 

release key for rear cabling. 

6 

7 




Holding power 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

1.5 W 

490 N 

W: 105 mm H: 85 mm D: 37.5 mm 

8 

9 

10 

11 

767014 

¬mg/W® 


12 

Same as 767013, but with additional screwed cable gland. 




Holding power 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

1.5 W 

490 N 

W: 105 mm H: 85 mm D: 37.5 mm 

13 

14 

15 

16 

315


767015 

¬mg0Z® 

Door retainer DH50-N490-GM 

Door retainer with aluminum bracket for base mounting. 





Holding power 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

1.5 W 

490 N 

W: 109 mm H: 121 mm D: 86 mm 

767016 

¬mg2`® 

Door retainer DH70-N1372-GM 

Same as 767015, but with 1372 N of holding power and plastic bracket. 




Holding power 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

1.5 W 

1372 N 

W: 109 mm H: 121 mm D: 86 mm 

767017 

¬mg2`® 

Door retainer DH50-N490-UM 

Door retainer optionally suitable for base, ceiling and wall mounting. The anodized 

aluminum swivel head can be changed from wall to base and/or ceiling mounting. The tube 

can be shortened to 110 and/or 145 mm (base / wall mounting). 




Holding power 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

1.5 W 

490 N 

W: 90 mm H: 80 mm D: 150 mm (Ground mounting) 

W: 90 mm H: 80 mm D: 185 mm (Wall mounting) 



767018 

¬mg3c® 


Same as 767017, but with base length 300/335 mm. 




Holding power 

Dimensions 


24 V DC 

1.5 W 

490 N 



1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

767019 

¬mg4f® 


6 

Same as 767017, but with base length 450/485 mm. 

7 




Holding power 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

1.5 W 

490 N 



8 

9 

10 

767020 

¬mg5i® 


Door retainer exclusively for wall mounting with holding power of 1372 N. 

11 

12 




Holding power 

Dimensions 

24 V DC 

1.5 W 

1372 N 


13 

14 

15 

16 

317




767153 ¬mhVg® 

Ex 

holding magnet 

Explosion-proof and encapsulated holding magnet for hazardous areas. 




24 V DC 


3 W 

Holding power 

1568 N 


Ex-category 

II 2G (gas) and 2D (dust) 


EExme II T6 (gas) and T73°C IP6X (dust) 


EC-type examination certificate 

TÜV01 ATEX 1778 X 

The anchor plate is not supplied as standard. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimension drawing 




Anchor Plates 

1 

767030 

¬mg?©® 

The door retainer magnets from this product line are generally vacuum cast and display 

IP65 protection class from the basic device. The magnets are quality-controlled and are 

subjected to a sampling twice per year by the VdS. In addition, all dimensions are in 

accordance with European specifications and tested in compliance with the EN1155. 

Anchor plate DH50-AP-S 

2 

3 

Fixing plate for door retainers with a diameter of 50 mm. 


Dimensions 

W: 55 mm H: 55 mm D: 18 mm 

4 

5 

6 

767031 

¬mg@#® 

Anchor plate DH70-AP-S 

Anchor plate for door retainers with a diameter of 70 mm. 

7 

8 


Dimensions 

W: 75 mm H: 75 mm D: 26 mm 

9 

10 

11 

767032 

¬mgA&® 

Anchor plate DH70-AP-SX 

12 

Same as 767031, but for usage within areas at risk of explosions (Ex areas). 


Dimensions 

W: 75 mm H: 75 mm D: 26 mm 

13 

14 

15 

16 

319


767033 

¬mgB)® 

Anchor plate DH50-AP-M 


Anchor plate with angle setting for door retainers with 50 mm diameter. This model is 

designed for applications in which there is an angle of contact of the door. The anchor plate 

is adjustable and mountable by 60° settings into the respective direction through the hinge. 


Dimensions 

W: 55 mm H: 55 mm D: 50 mm 

767034 

¬mgC,® 

Anchor plate DH70-AP-M 

Same as 767033, but for door retainers with 70 mm diameter. 


Dimensions 

W: 75 mm H: 75 mm D: 56 mm 

767035 

¬mgD/® 

Ex anchor plate DH70-AP-MX 



Dimensions 

W: 75 mm H: 75 mm D: 56 mm 



767036 

¬mgF5® 

Anchor plate DH50-AP-A 


Telescopic anchor plate for door retainers with 50 mm diameter. The actual plate is cushioned 

by means of a built-in spring (spring deflection about 20 mm). This is advantageous 

with heavy doors and/or sliding doors in order to reduce possible impacts and to protect 

the door retainer and doors from damage. The stop position shouldn’t be more than 5°. 

1 

2 


Dimensions 

W: 55 mm H: 55 mm D: 79 mm 

3 

4 

5 

767037 

¬mgF5® 

Anchor plate DH70-AP-A 

6 

Same as 767036, but for door retainers with 70 mm diameter. 

7 


Dimensions 

W: 75 mm H: 75 mm D: 84 mm 

8 

9 

10 

767038 

¬mgG8® 

EX anchor plate DH70-AP-AX 

11 



Dimensions 

W: 75 mm H: 75 mm D: 84 mm 

12 

13 

14 

15 

Accessories 

767800 

¬mo!=® 


16 





Material 

aluminum 



321


796094 

¬p]¡h® 

FSA label 


796349 

¬p`RN® 

Label for release key 

Red sticker label for release key (Part No. 767813 and 767814). 

10 pcs 

796356.10 

¬p`Yc® 

Label for release push button, red 

6 pieces 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


Installation Accessories 324-330 

Housings 

331-335 

Services 

336 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

323



Surge Protection 

764730 

764731 

764732 

¬mP?Y® 

¬mP@\® 

¬mPA_® 

OVP module for TTY interfaces and standard detector zones 

Overvoltage protection module as 4-pin, rail-mounted device. 

Space-saving combined surge protector module for the protection of two wire pairs of 

symmetrical interfaces with electrical isolation. 


Rated voltage 

24 V 

Rated current 1 A @ 45 °C 

max. cont. operating voltage a.c. 23.3 V AC 

max. cont. operating voltage d.c. 33 V DC 

Nom. discharge current (80/20)/line 10 kA 

Total nom. discharge current 

20 kA 

Total lightning imp. current (10/350) 10 kA 

Lightning imp. current (10/350)/line 2.5 kA 



IP20 

Accessories 

764737 Base for overvoltage protection module 

OVP module for essernet and RS 485 interfaces 

Space-saving combined surge protector with LifeCheck for the protection of two wire pairs 

of radio-frequency bus systems, with either direct or indirect shield grounding. 


Rated voltage 

5 V 






20 kA 





IP20 

Accessories 


OVP module including base support for 230 V power supply line 

Two-pin surge protector comprising base element and connected protection module, with 

potential-free telecommunications contact for independent fault forwarding. 


Rated voltage 

230 V AC 

max. cont. operating voltage a.c. 255 V AC 


Nominal load current a.c. 

25 A 

Total discharge current (8/20) [L+N-PE] 5 kA 

Combined impulse 

6 kV 

Combined impulse [L+N-PE] 

10 kV 

Voltage protection level [L/N-PE] 1500 V 

Voltage protection level [L-N] 

1250 V 

Response time [L/N-PE] 

100 ns 

Response time [L-N] 

25 ns 



IP20 

Base element and connected protection module 



764733 

¬mPBb® 

OVP module for esserbus / esserbus-PLUS loop 


Space-saving combined surge protector module for the protection of two wire pairs 


Two overvoltage protection module of this type is required for each loop. 

1 

2 

764734 

¬mPCe® 


Rated voltage 

48 V 






20 kA 





IP20 (connected) 

Accessories 


OVP module for analog telephone lines 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Space-saving combined surge protector module for the protection of one wire pair of 


7 

764735 

¬mPDh® 


Rated voltage 

180 V 

Rated current 0.75 A @ 45 °C 

max. cont. operating voltage a.c. 127 V AC 




20 kA 





IP20 (connected) 

Accessories 


OVP module for ISDN telephone lines 

8 

9 

10 

11 

For ISDN S0 bus with RJ 45 connections. 

The additional screw terminal connection on the protected output enables a double wiring 

of the S0 bus (distribution function). 

12 


Rated voltage 

5 V 

Rated current 

0.2 A 

max. cont. operating voltage d.c. 7.5 V DC 

Nom. discharge current (80/20)/line 2.5 kA 


10 kA 



IP10 

13 

14 

764736 

¬mPEk® 

No base support is required for the connection. 

OVP module for control outputs 

15 

Power-coordinated combined surge protector for the protection of ungrounded DC power 

supplies for mounting-rail installation. 

Protection of monitored and potential-free control outputs up to 36 volts. 

16 


Rated voltage 

36 V 





20 kA 





IP20 

No base support is required for the connection. 

325


764737 ¬mPFn® 

Base 

module for OVP modules 


Base part as very space-saving, 4-pin, universal feed-through terminal to accommodate the 

surge protector module without signal interruption. 

The secure grounding of the surge protector module is established via the mounting rail 

support base by means of a snap-on attachment. 

As no components of the protection circuit are located in the base part, maintenance work 

is restricted to the protection modules. 




IP20 

Tool-free attachment on 35 mm mounting rails. 




Interface Converters 

764852 

Features 

764855 

¬mQU6® 

• RS 485, 2 and 4 wire compatible 

• RS 485, automatic mode 

• No re-configuration of transmission parameters 

required 

• Min. 1 kV electrical isolation 

• Top hat rail housing according to DIN EN 50022- 

35 

• Suitable as "non-intelligent" converter for 

• RS 485 field buses (e.g. profibus, CS31, etc.) 

RS 232 

¬mQX?® 

Converter RS 232/RS 485 

For converting an interface signal from RS 232 to RS 485 and vice versa. Suitable for C-rail 

mounting. 




Housing 

Weight 

Dimensions 

1 x Interface RS 232/RS 485 industry 

1 x Power supply unit 

Converter RS 232 / TTY 

12 ... 24 V DC /AC 

approx. 85 mA 

plastic small-design housing 

approx. 500 g (incl. power supply) 

W: 105 mm H: 75 mm D: 22 mm 

When using this converter as, for example, a current-loop line driver (amplifier), a printer 

with a serial or parallel interface or a fire alarm panel or an intruder alarm panel can be 

operated at a distance of up to 1000 m from the management system. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Please note that two RS 232/TTY converters are required for each connection. 

10 

Features 

1 x Converter RS 232 

1 x Serial connecting plug 

1 x Parallel connection plug 

1 x Power supply unit 

11 

• RS 232 data rate up to 128 kbps 

• TX, RX Active/Passive selectable 

• 20 or 60 mA selectable 

• DTE/DCE device setting selectable 

• TD/RD LED indicators 

• Power LED indicator 

764853 

¬mQV9® 

Converter RS232/TTY jack, version English 

Same as 764855, but with English jack version. 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

327



Accessories 

057633 

¬&mBU® 

Installation frame for transmission units and transponders 

Installation frame specially designed for 8000 C/M, IQ8Control C/M and FlexES Control 

panels (IQ8Control C only with extension housing). 


Dimensions 

W: 280 mm H: 130 mm D: 25 mm 

1 x Installation frame 

1 x Insulation foil and installation material 


050510 

070450 

¬&&+P® 

¬(%Sa® 


Network interference suppression filter type 2VK3 

The mains interference suppression filter is intended for later installation in all mains-operated 

devices in which problems due to HF power failure arise. 


Rated voltage 

115 V-250 V AC 

Rated current 

2 A 


50 ... 60 Hz 


Dimensions 

W: 52.6 mm H: 46 mm D: 23.1 mm (without flange) 

Mains interference suppression filter and terminal block 

Additional relay 12 V DC 

Small PCB with relay, connection terminals, two changeover contacts. 



382040 

¬G5I¤® 

¬ml+U® 

767510 

8-fuse card 

Approval: VdS 

Fuse card with 8 x 0.5 A fuses for individual power supply protection of each area, zone 

and component. It can be used with all Esser mains units, fire and intrusion detection 

panels. 


Contact load 

30 V DC / 1 A 


0.6 mm to max. 1.5 mm² 



Air humidity 


Weight 

approx. 85 g 

Dimensions 

W: 65 mm H: 72 mm D: 15 mm 

Control relay for top-hat rail mounting 



12 V DC 


250 V AC/DC, 6 A 



Possible installation in housings: Part No. 120240, 120242, 120244, 788600, 788601, 788650, 

788650.10, 788651, 788651.10, 788603 and 788603.10 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

788602 

¬ow#U® 

Top-hat rail 

9 


Dimensions 

L: 400 mm 

10 

788652 

¬owU¦® 

Mounting kit 

Mounting rail for FACP 

11 

The top hat rail installation kit can be retrofitted into the IQ8Control unit housing. The hat 

rail is fitted to the mounting board via two screws. A maximum of two (Part No. 

788603.10) module housings (option) can be mounted to the control unit housing. 

12 


Dimensions 

Mounting rail and accessories 

L: 35 mm W: 175 mm (standard-snap-on mounting 

rail) 

13 

14 

15 

16 


329


788603.10 

¬ow$§/213® 

Module housing for top-hat mounting rail 


For snap-on mounting rail of several electronic modules with 82 x 72 mm PCB size. Angled 

cable entry. 


Material 

Color 

plastic 

green 

1 x UM-profile and 2x side panels 

788605 

¬ow&^® 

Application example with transponder 

Mounting kit 

Mounting kit required for mounting esserbus transponders in extension housings. 

4 x spacer bolts and 2 x fixing screws 

704147 

704148 

¬gJPz® 

¬gJQ}® 

Cable gland M12 with nut 

Polyamide cable gland to increase the protection level. 




IP67 

Material 

Polyamide 

Color 

gray 


6.5 mm 

Cable gland M16 with nut 

Polyamide cable gland to increase the protection level. 




IP67 

Material 

Polyamide 

Color 

gray 


8 mm 



Housings 

Housings 

788600 

¬ow!O® 

Housing surface mount, gray 

1 

2 

Small distributor housing for esserbus transponders. 

The following esserbus transponder types can be used: 

- 2 esserbus transponders each of dimensions (W x H x D) 82 x 72 x 20 mm 

- 1 esserbus transponder of dimensions (W x H x D) 150 x 82 x 20 mm 

3 

788601 

¬ow"R® 



IP40 

Material 

ABS 


Dimensions 

W: 189 mm H: 131 mm D: 47 mm 

Housing flush mount, gray 

Same as 788600, but flush-mounted version. 

4 

5 

6 

788650.10 

¬owS§/21Y® 



IP40 

Material 

ABS 


Dimensions 

W: 189 mm H: 131 mm D: 47 mm 

W: 207 mm H: 149 mm (cover) 


Housing surface mount, white 

7 

8 

9 

Same as 788600, but white. 



IP40 

Material 

ABS 


Dimensions 

W: 189 mm H: 131 mm D: 47 mm 

10 

11 

788651.10 

¬owT§/21\® 

Housing flush mount, white 

12 

Same as 788601, but white. 



IP40 

Material 

ABS 


Dimensions 

W: 189 mm H: 131 mm D: 47 mm 

W: 207 mm H: 149 mm (cover) 

13 

14 

15 

16 

331


Housings 

Fire Protection Housings F30 

Features 

• Fire resistance F30, tested in accordance with DIN 

4102-2 

• Function retention over 30 minutes, in accordance 

with DIN 4102-12 

• Fire load insulation over 30 minutes, in accordance 

with DIN 4102-11 

• Smokeproof 

• Integrated mounting rail system to house the 

FACP IQ8Control 

• Cable sealing for bundle feed-in (above) 

• Closure via push rod with 2-point locking 

• Locking via pivoted lever without locking cylinder 

• Heavy-duty fixing straps 

• Construction material surface coating A2; noncombustible 

in accordance with DIN 4102-1 

• Ventilation system, including active ventilation via 

top fans 

Fire protection housings permit the installation of a FACP IQ8Control or FlexES Control in 

accordance with the requirements of the German Fire Conduit Installation Guidelines 

(MLAR and LAR) of the different Federal German regions in a protected environment. 

The duration of the function retention of the electrical line installations for safety installations 

is at least 30 minutes for: 

- Fire alarm systems, including the associated transmission installations 

- Systems for alarm signaling and issuing of instructions to visitors and employees, insofar 

as these installations need to be in operation in the event of a fire. 

Fire alarm systems IQ8Control or FlexES Control required under building law, which are 

operated with alarm signaling equipment, can be operated in these fire protection housings 

in accordance with DIN 4102-2 with DIBt approval. 

The housing forms part of the VdS equipment certification and, as a certified distributor, 

guarantees a power supply of the alarm signaling equipment beyond 30 minutes. 

Other housings do not meet the approval requirements and must not be used. 

In addition, the fire protection housing meets the fire load insulation requirements in 

accordance with §40, paragraph 2, of the MBO (Standard Building Regulations), as a FACP 

IQ8Control or FlexES Control can also be used in this housing in the required emergency 

access and escape routes. 

A maximum of one FACP IQ8Control or FlexES Control, including transmission unit, can be 

installed in one fire protection housing. 

Since the door of the fire protection housing is always closed in normal operation and 

therefore the operating level 1 is not accessible in accordance with EN54-2, an FBIP for 

initial information may be required in consultation with the relevant fire brigade. 

Since the top fan must provide a static air exchange, as a result of which a continuous noise 

climate of at least 51 dB is generated, installation at permanent workstations must be avoided. 

Fire protection housing, including top fan, mounting frame and fixing material 



788030 

¬oq?6® 

Features 

• Fire resistance F30, certified in accordance with 

DIN 4102 part 2 

• Functional integrity of over 30 minutes, in accordance 

with DIN 4102 part 12 

• Fire load insulation of over 30 minutes in accordance 

with DIN 4102 part 11 

• Protection type conforming IP41 

• Smoke-proof 

• Surface mounted 

• Integrated mounting rail system for FACP IQ8Control 

• Locking via pivoting lever without locking cylinder 

• Cable chute for bundle inlet above 

• Push rod fastener with 2 point interlock 

• Mounting straps 

• Building material surface coating A2 noncombustible 

in accordance with DIN 4102 part 1 

• Color light gray (other colors available for an additional 

charge) Ventilation system includes 

active ventilation and thermal shutter release 

• Weight approx. 164 kg 

Fire protection housing F30 RO 

Housings 

Fire protection housings permit the installation of a FACP from the series IQ8Control in 

accordance with MLAR and LAR requirements of the different federal states. The duration 

of the functional integrity of the electrical circuit systems for security technology systems 

must account for at least 30 minutes for: 

- fire detection systems including the corresponding transmission systems 

- systems that alarm and issue directives to visitors and employees, in as much as these 

systems must be effective in cases of fire. 

FACP IQ8Control C or M required by building laws that can be operated by an esserbus- 

PLus warning device can be operated in this fire protection housing in accordance with 

DIN4102 part 2 with approval according to DIBT. The housing is a component of the VdS 

device approval and, as an approved distributor, supplies power to the warning device for 

over 30 minutes. Other housings do not fulfill the approval requirements and may not be 

used. In addition, the electro-housing fulfills fire load insulation requirements in accordance 

with §40 paragraph 2 of the MBO, as an FACP IQ8Control can be used for necessary 

emergency and evacuation exits as well. Should the interior of the housing ignite, the air 

intake openings will automatically close and a cold desmoking will be prevented. At most, 

an FACP IQ8Control C or IQ8Control M including transmission device may be built into the 

electro-housing. As operation level 1 cannot be reached in accordance with EN 54-2, an 

FAT can be necessary for initial information after consultation with the responsible fire 

brigade. It must be assured that the fire protection housing door always remains closed 

during normal operation. 



Color 

Weight 

IP41 

light gray (other colors available for an additional 

charge) 


Mounting material, sealing kit and chute material incl. base (Part No. 805590), without detector 

Front view Side view Top view 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

1324 

mm 

1200 

mm 

340 

mm 

12 

13 

624 mm 434 mm 

500 mm 

14 

788031 

¬oq@9® 

Dimensions illustration 

Fire protection housing F30 LO 

Same as 788030, but door hinge left. 

15 

16 

333


788033 

¬oqB?® 

Fire protection housing for wall mounting F30 R 

Housings 

Fire protection housing with "right-hand" door stop for a FACP IQ8Control C/M-, or an 

FlexES Control (FX2-FX10) for maximum 3 FACP housings. 


Color light gray, similar to RAL 7035 

Weight 


Dimensions 


W: 500 mm H: 1200 mm D: 240 mm (inside) 

1.569 mm 

Front view Side view Top view 

1.364 

mm 

600 

mm 

inside 

340 

mm 

inside 

500 mm 

inside 

788034 

788035 

¬oqCB® 

¬oqDE® 

664 mm 496 mm 

Fire protection housing for wall mounting F30 L 

Same as 788033, but for "left-hand" door stop. 



Weight 


Dimensions 



Fire protection cabinet F30 R 

Fire protection housing with "right-hand" door stop for a FACP IQ8Control C/M-, or an 

FlexES Control (FX10-FX18) for maximum 3 FACP housings. 



Weight 


Dimensions 



2.269 mm Front view Side view Top view 

2.064 

mm 

1.800 

mm 

inside 

340 

mm 

inside 

500 mm 

inside 

664 mm 496 mm 



788036 ¬oqEH® 

Fire 

protection cabinet F30 L 

Same as 788035, but for "left-hand" door stop. 



Weight 


Dimensions 



Housings 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

335


798655 ¬pwX'® 

Log 

book for FAS (DE/GB) 

Services 

Multilingual file for fire alarm systems suitable for recording operating states, events and 

maintenance work, etc. 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

Appendix 

Planning Guide 338 

Order Forms 

339-343 


358-359 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

337

Appendix 

Planning Guide 

Planning Guide for Loop Installation 

This is a planning guide for loop-powered alarm devices. 

The alarm current of each alarm device is defined as a load factor. When added up, the total load factor defines the 

loop length and the maximum number of alarm devices. 

The maximum load factor of all alarm devices may not exceed 96. Altogether up to 127 bus devices per loop can still 

be connected. The "load factor" download file for easier load factor calculation is available within our customer sec - 

tion at http://www.esser-system.com. 

Load factors: 

Part No. Type of alarm signaling device Load factor 

802382 O/So optical smoke detector IQ8Quad with isolator.................................. 2 

802383 O2T/F multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator ............................. 2 

802384 O2T/So multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator........................... 2 

802385 O2T/FSp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator......................... 3 

802386 O2T/Sp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator........................... 3 

807205 IQ8Alarm/So signaler with isolator, white.................................................. 3 

807206 IQ8Alarm/So signaler with isolator, red .................................................... 3 

807212 IQ8Alarm/F signaler with isolator, amber flash.......................................... 3 

807213 IQ8Alarm/F signaler with isolator, blue/green/white flash ......................... 3 

807214 IQ8Alarm/F signaler with isolator, red flash............................................... 3 

807322 IQ8Alarm/Sp signaler with isolator, white.................................................. 3 

807224 IQ8Alarm/FSo signaler with isolator, red................................................... 3 

807332 IQ8Alarm/Sp signaler with isolator, red..................................................... 3 

807372 IQ8Alarm/FSp signaler with isolator, red................................................... 3 

Table 1.1: Maximum loop length depending on the total load factor 

Maximum powered loop length 

Total load factor 

up to 700 m ................................................................................................................. 91 up to 96 

up to 800 m ................................................................................................................. 85 up to 90 

up to 900 m ................................................................................................................. 79 up to 84 

up to 1000 m ............................................................................................................... 73 up to 78 

up to 1100 m ............................................................................................................... 67 up to 72 

up to 1300 m ............................................................................................................... 61 up to 66 

up to 1500 m ............................................................................................................... 55 up to 60 

up to 1700 m ............................................................................................................... 49 up to 54 

up to 2000 m ............................................................................................................... 43 up to 48 

up to 2500 m ............................................................................................................... 37 up to 42 

up to 3000 m .............................................................................................................. 31 up to 36 

up to 3500 m ............................................................................................................... 1 up to 30 

Example 1: 

How many IQ8Alarm alarm signaling devices with load factor 3.0 can be connected to one analog loop? 

Max. total load factor 96 : 3.0 (load factor) = up to 32 IQ8Alarm devices can be connected 

to each loop depending on the loop length (up to 700 m) 

Example 2: 

Various types of alarm signaling devices are connected to one loop: 

Load factor 

4 x 807205 alarm devices with load factor 3.0 = 4 x 3.0 = 12 

+ 

27 x O 2 T/So multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad (802384) with load factor 2.0 = 27 x 2.0 = 54 

total load factor = 66 

As shown in table 1.1, the maximum loop length for a total load factor of 66 is 1300 m (at a wire gauge 0.8 mm). 

Example 3: 

For alarm signaling with sounder, 25 x 802384 IQ8Quad O²T/So 

detectors are installed - each in one office. What is the maximum loop length? 

Load factor for one 802384 IQ8Quad O²T/So detector = 2 (load factor) 

25 IQ8Quad O²T/So x 2 (load factor) total load factor = 50 

As shown in table 1.1, the maximum loop length is 1700 m (at a wire gauge 0.8 mm). 


Appendix 

Order Forms 

Order Information for Alarm Signaling Devices IQ8Quad and IQ8Alarm 

1. The IQ8Quad O²T/FSp multisensor fire detector (Part No. 802385 ) and the IQ8Alarm "Combi" Speech Alarm 

(Part No. 802385) can also be ordered with a different combination of languages. 

The following five languages are the programmed standard for these speech alarms. The respective languages are 

assigned with the five standard speech announcements for the IQ8Quad (Part No. 802385) and the IQ8Alarm 

(Part No. 807372). 

1 

2 

3 

Country code 

acc. to ISO 

3166 -Alpha-2 

Germany 

(DE) 

Language 

code acc. 

to ISO 639-1 Evacuation 1 Evacuation 2 Alarm Test message All-Clear 

de 

Dies ist ein 

Feueralarm. Bitte 


Gebäude umgehend 

über die 

nächsten Fluchtwege. 

Die Feuerwehr 

ist alarmiert. 

Achtung, Achtung! 

Dies ist eine Gefahrenmeldung. 

Bitte 


Gebäude über die 

nächsten 

Ausgänge. 

Achtung, im Gebäude 

ist eine 

Gefahrensituation 

gemeldet worden. 

Bitte bleiben Sie 

ruhig, und warten 

Sie auf weitere 

Anweisungen. 

Dies ist eine 

Testdurchsage. 

Die Gefahrensituation 

ist jetzt behoben. Wir 

entschuldigen uns 

für jegliche 

Unannehmlichkeiten. 

4 

5 

Great Britain 

(GB) 

en 

This is a fire alarm. 


building immediately 

by the nearest 

available exit. 

Attention please. 

This is an emergency. 


building by the 

nearest available exit. 

An incident has 

been reported in the 

building. Please 

await further 

instructions. 

This is a test 

message. 

No action is 

required. 

The emergency is 

now cancelled. We 

apologize for any 

inconvenience. 

6 

France 

(FR) 

fr 

Ceci est une alarme 

incendie,veuillez 

évacuer 

immédiatement les 

locaux par la sortie 

la plus proche. 

Votre attention s'il 

vous plaît, ceci est 

une alarme. Veuillez 

évacuer les locaux 

par la sortie la plus 

proche. 

Un incident est 

signalé dans le 

batiment. Merci de 

garder votre calme 

et attendez les 

prochaines 

instructions. 

Ceci est un test. 

L'alarme est à 

présent annulée. 

Veuillez nous excuser 

pour le désagrément. 

7 

Spain 

(ES) 

Italy 

(IT) 

es 

it 

Esto es una alarma 

de incendio. 

Abandonen 

por favor el edificio 

inmediatamente 

por la salida de 

evacuación 

más cercana. 

Attenzione. 

Allarme incendio. 

Abbandonare 

l'edificio tramite 

l'uscita di 


vicina. 

Atención. Esto es 

una emergencia. 

Por favor 

abandonen el 

edificio por la 

salida de 

evacuación 

más cercana. 

Attenzione. 

Allarme in corso. 

Vi preghiamo di 

recarvi presso 

l'uscita di 


vicina. 

Atención, se ha 

reportado un 

incidente 

en el edificio. 

Aguarden por favor 

otras instrucciones. 

Attenzione. 

E' stato rilevato un 

allarme.Ulteriori 

disposizioni vi 

verranno 

comunicate 

appena possibile. 

Esto es un 

mensaje 

de prueba. 

No se requiere 

ninguna acción. 

Attenzione. 

E' in corso una 

prova di allarme. 

Non è richiesta 

alcuna azione. 

La emergencia ha 

sido cancelada. 

Pedimos disculpas 

por las molestias 

causadas. 

Attenzione. Cessato 

allarme.La situazione 

di normalità è stata 

ripristinata. 

8 

9 

10 

Standard speech messages of IQ8Quad detectors and IQ8Alarm 

 

11 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12 

13 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15 

16 

IQ8Quad detectors and IQ8Alarm tone table 

339

Appendix 

Order Forms 

Order Information: Composed Combination of Languages 

Up to five languages can be provided per alarm signaling device. 

Other combinations of languages can be ordered in accordance with the following order form. 

The delivery time is approximately four weeks. Please note that returns or cancellations are not possible. 

Order numbers for individual combination of languages 

O²T/FSp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, composed version 

IQ8Alarm/FSp signaler with isolator, red, composed version 

IQ8Alarm/Sp signaler with isolator, white, composed version 

IQ8Alarm/Sp signaler with isolator, red, composed version 

O²T/Sp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, composed version 

802385.SV98 

807372.SV98 

807322.SV98 

807332.SV98 

802386.SV98 

Description: 

Individual combination of languages 

802385.SV98 

NL_nl 

GB_en 

DE_de 

TR_tr 

RU_ru 

_____ 

For example: 

Phrase 1 - 5 NL_nl 

Phrase 6 - 10 GB_en 

Phrase 11 - 15 DE_de 

Phrase 16 - 20 TR_tr 

Phrase 21 - 25 RU_ru 

The message type per language is always the 

same as mentioned in the chart 

"Additional languages for individual combination”: 

1 Evacuation 1 

2 Evacuation 2 

3 Alarm 

4 Test message 

5 All-Clear 

Order Information: Customized Combination of Language 

In case you should need customized texts differing from the standard speech messages, additional signal tones or other 

languages which are not listed in the order form, please contact international sales support. 

Order numbers for customized programming of specific announcements/signals 

O²T/FSp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, customized version 802385.SV99 

IQ8Alarm/FSp signaler with isolator, red, customized version 

807372.SV99 


807322.SV99 

IQ8Alarm/Sp signaler with isolator, red, customized version 

807332.SV99 

O²T/Sp multisensor fire detector IQ8Quad with isolator, customized version 802386.SV99 

Description: 

Customer specific announcements/signals 

802385.SV99 

NL_nl 

GB_en 

DE_de 

TR_tr 

RU_ru 

Extra 

For example: 

Phrase 1 - 5 NL_nl 

Phrase 6 - 10 GB_en 

Phrase 11 - 15 DE_de 

Phrase 16 - 20 TR_tr 

Phrase 21 - 25 RU_ru 

Phrase 26 - 31 Extra 

(customer specific texts / special tones) 

Information about delivery time and price of recording customized announcements and signals available upon request. 

Please note that the maximum recording time is 169 seconds. Also please note that returns or cancellations are 

not possible. 

The programming of speech and/or tone data is carried out at the factory according to your specifications. 

The programming of the customer data is carried out via the tools 8000 programming software. 

Please take a look at the relevant instructions in the online help. 


Appendix 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Order Forms 

341 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

16

Appendix 

Order Forms 


Appendix 

Order Forms 

Order Form for IQ8 Composed Languages 

Customer 

Data 

Please fill out the following form for the registration of these data. 

Company: 

Customer ID: 

Street: 

Zip Code/City: 

Contact Person: 

E Mail: 

Telephone: 

Fax: 

Order Number/Order Text: 

1 

2 

3 

Order 

Combined 

Version 

802385.SV98 

807372.SV98 

807322.SV98 

807332.SV98 

Quantity______ 




4 

5 

802386.SV98 


6 

Languages 

Choose 

max. 5 languages 

Country Code acc. 

to Speech ISO 3166 

Code acc. to ISO 639-1 

7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

Repeat 

Orders 

or Additions 

For repeat orders or additions please 

give the Order No. or the serial number 

of the detector with special languages. 

Order Number: 

Serial Number: 

To be filled out by Novar GmbH: 

Please forward to Production when filled out! 

Order number: 

15 

16 

Position: 

Date/Signature 

Please send to: 

Novar GmbH, Dieselstraße 2 

41469 Neuss, Germany 

E mail: export.neuss@honeywell.com 

343

Part Number Index 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

345 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

16


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

347 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

16


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Index 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

349 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

16

Index 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Index 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

351 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

16

Index 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Index 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

353 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

16

Index 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Index 

 

 

 

 

1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

355

Index 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Index 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

357 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

16

Appendix 


TERMS AND CONDITIONS 

Except as agreed in writing the following terms and conditions apply without exception to 

all sales by Novar GmbH, Dieselstr. 2, 41469 Neuss, Germany ("Novar") to Buyer. 

1. SOLE TERMS. 

Novar's sale is expressly limited to the terms herein. Any additional or different terms or conditions 

on Buyer's purchase order or any other instrument, agreement, or understanding are deemed to 

be material alterations and are rejected and not binding upon Novar. Novar's acceptance of 

Buyer's purchase order is expressly conditional upon Buyer's assent to the terms and conditions 

contained herein in their entirety. Buyer's acceptance of delivery from Novar constitutes Buyer's 

acceptance of these terms and conditions in their entirety. 

2. QUOTE/ PRICES. 

a) Information in any quotations and in attached drawings and illustrations about the goods, their 

measurements and weights are only approximate unless they are expressly stated as being binding. 

b) Content and scope of the supply are determined exclusively on the basis of Novar's written 

quotation and order confirmation. 

c) Novar's quotations are subject to change until accepted by the Buyer. If an offer is stated as 

being binding, it shall be binding for 3 months from its date of issue. 

d) Novar reserves the right to make technical changes to construction, form and material of good 

- also during the delivery time - providing these changes are reasonably acceptable to Buyer. If 

agreed by the parties, changes to goods or services to be supplied, Novar is entitled to claim 

additional costs with immediate effect and is not obliged to perform the contract until Buyer agrees 

to make such payments. 

e) Buyer must request shipment of the entire quantity of goods ordered within 12 months from date 

of order; otherwise, Novars's standard prices at time of shipment may, at Novar's option, apply to 

those quantities actually delivered, even if already invoiced. 

f) Unless specifically agreed in writing prices for goods do not include the cost of packaging, or 

services such as installation, start-up, commissioning or maintenance. If Novar has expressly 

agreed to ship goods, shipment costs will be as per the quote or if none mentioned the relevant 

catalog. 

g) All tooling, designs, drawings, and other intellectual property produced or delivered hereunder 

are owned by Novar. 

3. PAYMENT. 

a) Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing, all payments are to be in EUROS and are due net 

in Novar's account within 30 days from date of invoice. 

b) All bank charges in connection with any payment shall be paid by Buyer. Checks and/or bills of 

exchange will only be accepted in payment’s stead and in accordance with a special written 

agreement. They are deemed as payment only when they have been cashed in. 

c) Novar at all times reserves the right to evaluate Buyer's credit standing and if Buyer fails to 

qualify for credit under Novar's criteria, Novar may modify or withdraw credit terms without notice 

and require guarantees, security or payment in advance for further deliveries of goods. If these are 

not provided within a reasonable period following a notice, Novar may rescind the contract and/or 

claim costs, losses or damages. 

d) Invoices remaining unpaid after their due date will be subject to an interest charge of 8%-points 

above the respective base rate published by the German Federal Bank per year, unless buyer is 

not responsible for the default. Buyer will pay all costs necessary for collection of unpaid amounts, 

including attorneys' fees, unless Buyer is not responsible for the default. 

4. DELIVERY, EXAMINATION, RETENTION OF TITLE, COOPERATION. 

a) All delivery dates are estimates unless agreed otherwise by Novar in writing. 

b) Novar may make deliveries under any order in one or more shipments, to the extent that this is 

reasonably acceptable to Buyer, and may issue separate invoices. 

c) Any fixed dates for deliveries agreed in writing are conditional upon the timely provision of all 

documents by the Buyer, any required authorizations and approvals, in particular of plans and the 

provision of all necessary information. If these requirements are not fulfilled in a timely manner, the 

fixed dates will be extended accordingly. This does not apply if Novar is responsible for the delay. 

d) Novar may demand an appropriate extension of the delivery date in the event of subsequent 

changes agreed. 

e) Delivery terms for goods are EX-WORKS (Incoterms 2000) Novar with all risk of loss or damage 

to goods passing to Buyer upon delivery to carrier. 

f) Buyer must inspect all goods upon delivery without undue delay and must report i) obvious 

defects, transport damages, discrepancies and shortages without undue delay, and in no event 

later than 10 days after delivery, (ii) hidden defects without undue delay, and in no event later than 

10 days after detection in writing to Novar. Otherwise all goods will be deemed delivered and 

accepted, unless Novar fraudulently neglected to disclose such faults. Buyer will return to Novar 

any goods that are rejected at its own expense. In the event Buyer refuses to accept delivery, Buyer 

shall be liable for increased costs incurred by Novar in accordance with section 7c). 

g) Novar shall retain title in all goods delivered by Novar until payment has been made in full. In 

the event Buyer has credit with Novar, retention of title shall serve as security for any balance due 

to Novar. 

h) Until title in the goods is transferred to Buyer, Buyer shall treat the goods with care; in particular 

it shall insure them sufficiently against fire, water and theft at reinstatement value at its own cost. 

i) In the event of seizure or any other measure taken by third parties in relation to the goods, Buyer 

shall notify Novar in writing without undue delay so that Novar can initiate legal proceedings pursuant 

to § 771 of the German Code of Civil Procedure in order to prevent execution of any court order. 

If the third party is unable to reimburse the costs incurred in court and out of court of a claim pursuant 

to § 771 of the German Code of Civil Procedure, Buyer is liable for the damages incurred 

hereby. 

j) Any processing of or alteration to the goods carried out by Buyer shall always be carried out for 

Novar. If the goods are processed using other items, which do not belong to Novar, Novar shall 

acquire co-ownership of the new item in the ratio of the value of the object delivered to the other 

processed items at the time of processing. 

k) If the goods are irreversibly mixed using other items, which do not belong to Novar, Novar shall 

acquire co-ownership of the new item in the ratio of the value of the object delivered to the other 

mixed items at the time of mixing. If the mixing process takes place in such a way that Buyer's item 

must be regarded as the principal item the parties shall be deemed to have agreed that Buyer 

shall transfer shared title to Novar pro rata. 

(l) Should Buyer sell the goods delivered – whether processed or not – in due course of business, 

it hereby assigns any claims from selling the goods with all ancillary rights vis-à vis its customer to 

Novar. 

(m) On good cause Buyer is obliged, if requested by Novar, to inform Novar of any assignment to 

a third-party purchaser and to give Novar all information required for the assertion of its rights and 

to hand over any documents. 

(n) Should the realizable value of Novar's security exceed the debt claim to be secured by more 

than 10 % Novar shall release part of the security – at its discretion – at the request of Buyer. 

(o) Buyer shall make available in time all equipment and grant access to all facilities which Novar 

may require to perform any services. 

5. TAXES. 

The amount of any and all applicable taxes will be added to the price and paid by Buyer, unless 

Buyer has provided Novar with exemption certificates acceptable to the taxing authorities. 

6. FORCE MAJEURE, DELAY. 

a) Novar is not liable for any delay in production or delivery of goods if due to a force majeure 

event, which includes, among other things, shortages or inability to obtain materials or components, 

or refusals to grant an export license or the suspension or revocation thereof, or any other 

acts of any government that would limit Novar's ability to perform, fire, earthquake, flood, severe 

weather conditions, or any other acts of God, quarantines, epidemics, pandemics, or other 

regional medical crisis, labor strikes or lockouts, riots, strife, insurrection, civil disobedience, 

armed conflict, terrorism or war (or imminent threat of same), or any other cause whatsoever 

beyond Novar's reasonable control. 

b) If the force majeure event continues for longer than 90 days, either party may terminate Buyer's 

purchase order. If Buyer terminates the order, Buyer will pay Novar for work performed prior to 

termination and all reasonable expenses incurred by Novar prior to termination. In the event of 

delays in delivery or performance caused by force majeure or Buyer, the date of delivery or performance 

shall be extended by the period of time Novar is actually delayed or as mutually agreed. 

Any claims for damages, costs or losses howsoever construed shall be excluded. 

c) If, for reasons other than the foregoing, Novar should default or delay or not deliver goods, 

Buyer's sole remedy against Novar is an option to cancel Buyer's purchase order, through prior 

written notice to Novar. In as far as Buyer incurs damages due to a delivery delay, Novar's liability 

is limited to 0.5% of the order value of the delayed delivery per week up to a maximum amount 

of 5% of the order value of the delayed delivery. Buyer is only entitled to claim damages in lieu of 

performance in accordance with section 11 (limitation of liability). 

7. TERMINATION, RETURN OF GOODS. 

a) Buyer may not terminate or cancel a purchase order without Novar's prior written consent. 

Goods scheduled for shipment within 30 days cannot be rescheduled. Goods scheduled for 

shipment between 30 and 60 days may be rescheduled with Novar's prior written consent and if 

rescheduled beyond 60 days that quantity may not be further rescheduled. Buyer is nonetheless 

liable for termination charges, which may include i) a price adjustment based on the quantity of 

goods delivered, (ii) all costs, direct and indirect, incurred and committed for Buyer's terminated 

purchase order, (iii) the full cost of all unique materials required for custom goods, and (iv) a prorata 

compensation covering the prorated expenses and anticipated profits consistent with industry 

standards. 

b) Novar may terminate a Buyer's purchase order in whole or in part upon Buyer's breach of these 

terms and conditions or Buyer's bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, or receivership proceedings 

without any further liability. 

c) Returns of goods are only accepted in their original packed and sealed condition within six 

months after shipment. Software, customized products and products in opened packaging, lacquered 

and non-reusable parts cannot be returned. Goods can only be returned with an authorization 

number (RMA) obtained from Novar in advance of shipment to Novar. The RMA is specific 

to the relevant goods and quantity. Novar reserves the right to i) reject any return of other goods 

than specific to the RMA or (ii) charge an additional 25 € per return. In case of accepted returns, 

the purchase price shall be repaid with a deduction of up to 20% for processing, testing, administration 

and other overheads. The minimum charge for returns is 80.00 € per invoice. This does 

not affect the purchaser’s rights under the product warranty. If the Purchaser withdraws from the 

Contract and is not entitled to do so, or if the Purchaser refuses to accept the delivery and is 

unjustified in doing so, the Seller is entitled to 15% of the agreed price as liquidated damages, 

unless the Purchaser proves that the Seller has not suffered any damage or to a lesser extent 

reserves the right to claim further damages. 

8. INFRINGEMENT INDEMNIFICATION. 

a) Novar agrees to i) defend or settle any claim, suit, or proceeding brought against Buyer based 

solely upon a claim that any goods manufactured and provided solely by Novar hereunder 

directly infringe any third party German patent, copyright, or maskwork, and (ii) to pay costs and 

damages finally awarded to the third party, provided that: i) Novar is notified promptly in writing of 

such claim, ii) Novar is provided sole control of such defense or settlement using counsel of 

Novar's choice, and ii) Buyer provides Novar with all available information and assistance. 

Because Novar has exclusive control over resolving infringement claims hereunder, in no event 

will Novar be liable for Buyer’s attorneys' fees, if any. 

b) Novar shall not be responsible for any settlement or compromise of any such third party claim 

made without Novar's written consent. Novar has no obligation and this Section 8 will not apply to 

any claim of infringement of any intellectual property right of a third party i) by goods not in Novar's 

catalog or goods developed pursuant to Buyer's direction, design, process, or specification, (ii) 

by the combination of any goods with other elements if such infringement could have been 

avoided but for such combination, (iii) by goods that have been modified if such infringement 

would have been avoided by the unmodified goods, (iv) by goods not used for their ordinary 

purpose, or (v) by software if such software is other than the latest version of the software released 

by Novar and provided to Buyer. Buyer agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Novar 

from and against any claims, suits, or proceedings whatsoever arising from such exclusions 

identified in this Section 8b), unless this is not caused by Buyer's failure. 

c) At any time after a claim has been made or Novar believes is likely to be made, or a court of 

competent jurisdiction enters an injunction from which no appeal can be taken, Novar has at its 

option the discretion to i) procure for Buyer the right to continue using such goods, (ii) replace or 

modify such goods in a way that it does not further infringe any third party intellectual property 

rights and without affecting the functionality of said goods. In the event Novar fails to do so within 

a reasonable time limit to be set by Buyer, Novar shall accept the return of such goods and refund 

the purchase price less 20% annual depreciation from shipment date. 

d) The foregoing states Buyer's exclusive remedy for any actual or alleged infringement of intellectual 

property rights. Buyer is only entitled to claim damages subject to section 11 (limitation of 

liability). 

9. SOFTWARE. 

a) The use of software, if provided separately or installed on a good supplied, is governed by the 

following terms unless a software license agreement is included with such software. 

b) Subject to Buyer's compliance with these terms and conditions, Novar grants to Buyer a personal, 

limited, nonexclusive license to use the object code of the software solely for Buyer's 

internal purposes. The license is limited to such kinds of goods as are specified on Buyer's purchase 

order, quotation or acknowledgment. No other use is permitted. 


Appendix 


1 

c) Novar retains for itself (or, if applicable, its suppliers) all title and ownership to any software 

delivered hereunder, all of which contains confidential and proprietary information and which 

ownership includes, without limitation, all rights in patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade 

secrets. 

d) Buyer shall not attempt any transfer without prior written consent of Novar, sublicense, or redistribution 

of the software except as expressly permitted herein. Buyer is entitled to copy the software 

in as far as necessary for the contractual purpose. Buyer is entitled to make back-up copies in as 

far as necessary. Furthermore Buyer shall not disclose, distribute, or display any such software, or 

otherwise make it available to others (except as Novar authorizes in writing) or allow any unauthorized 

use of the software. Buyer is only entitled to reverse compile the software within the scope of 

§ 69e UrhG. Buyer is only entitled to modify, upgrade or alter the software in any other way within 

the scope of § 69c UrhG. 

e) Novar may terminate this license if Buyer breaches fundamental provisions under these terms 

and conditions. If the software is delivered with a good, Buyer may only transfer its license of the 

software to a third party in conjunction with the sale by Buyer of the good on which the software is 

installed. 

10. WARRANTY. 

a) To the extent permitted by law Novar shall only be liable in accordance with the following warranty 

conditions, which replace any other warranties or guarantees. Any other claim shall be 

excluded. In particular (unless otherwise agreed in writing) Novar does not warrant the fitness of 

the product for any specific use which would not be the use for which the product was designed 

by its manufacturer. 

b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Novar warrants goods in all material respects to 

be free of defective materials and faulty workmanship and as conforming to applicable specifications 

and/or drawings. Unless otherwise agreed in writing commencing with Novar's date of shipment, 

the warranty period shall run for 12 months. Warranty for spare parts is limited to 12 months 

from delivery. 

c) Non-complying goods returned to Novar in accordance with Section 4 f) will be repaired or 

replaced, at Novar’s option, and return-shipped at the lowest cost, transportation prepaid. The 

costs of transportation to Novar have to be borne by Buyer. In the event Novar fails to repair or 

replace the non-complying good within a reasonable time limit set by Buyer, Novar shall accept the 

return of such goods and refund the purchase price less 20% annual depreciation from shipment 

date. The foregoing states Buyer's exclusive remedy in case of defects. Buyer is only entitled to 

claim damages subject to section 11 (limitation of liability). 

d) If so requested by Novar, the Buyer shall give Novar sufficient opportunity to verify any fault, in 

particular to provide faulty goods and their packaging to Novar for inspection. If the Buyer refuses, 

Novar shall not be liable for such defects. No goods will be accepted for return without an authorization 

number obtained in advance of shipment to Novar. 

e) Goods subject to wear and tear or burnout through usage shall not be deemed defective 

because of such wear and tear or burnout. No warranty shall apply if the defect or damage was 

caused by or related to installation, combination with other parts and/or products, modification to 

or repair of any goods other than by Novar, or resulted from Buyer's acts, omissions, misuse, or 

negligence. 

f) Repaired or replaced goods shall be warranted for the remainder of the unused warranty term 

or for 90 days from shipment, whichever is longer. 

g) It is Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that the goods are fit for the application in which they are used. 

h) Software, if supplied separately or installed on goods supplied, and warranted by Novar, will be 

furnished on a medium that is free of defect in materials or workmanship under normal use for so 

long as the hardware and/or system is under warranty. During this period, Buyer has the rights 

listed in section 10 c) with regard to any defects of the software. Unless stipulated otherwise in a 

separate software license agreement no further warranty is given in respect of software. 

i) If Novar provides any services to the Buyer, including but not limited to training or assistance with 

configuration and installation of the goods, Novar shall provide such services in accordance with 

normal industry practice at such rates as may be specified by Novar in its price list from time to 

time. In case of non-conformance which Novar has been notified of correctly and promptly, Novar 

will repeat services and/or correct accordingly. To the extent permitted by law Novar accepts no 

liability to the Buyer arising out of the provision of such services. 

j) Novar does not represent or warrant that the goods may not be compromised or circumvented 

or that the goods will prevent any personal injury or property loss, burglary, robbery, fire or otherwise, 

or that the goods will in all cases provide adequate warning or protection. Buyer understands 

that a properly installed and maintained alarm may only reduce the risk of burglary, robbery, fire or 

other events occurring without providing an alarm, but it is not an insurance or guarantee that such 

will not occur or that there will be no personal injury or property loss as a result. 

k)These warranties are for the benefit of the Buyer only and are not assignable or transferable. 

l) Subject to appropriate storage and handling according to the manual Novar grants a guarantee 

of durability (in the meaning of §443 II German Civil Code) for 24 months from delivery date to the 

customer. Excluded are device software, consumables and spare parts. At Novar's discretion the 

product will either be replaced or repaired. Defects which occur within the guarantee period must 

be reported in writing immediately on detection or if earlier when it should have been recognized. 

11. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. 

a) Novar is liable for intent and gross negligence on its part, on the part of its legal representatives 

and vicarious agents. If Novar has not acted intentionally Novar's liability is restricted to typical, 

foreseeable damage. 

b) Novar shall also be liable in the event of negligent injury to life, body and health caused by Novar, 

its legal representatives or vicarious agents and in the event of willful failure to disclose a defect. 

Where a guarantee is provided by Novar, then the extent of Novar's liability is to be determined 

pursuant to the guarantee declaration. 

c) Novar shall also be liable for the negligent failure to comply with any of its obligations that are 

fundamental to the purpose of the agreement. If Novar has not acted intentionally Novar's liability 

is restricted to typical, foreseeable damage. 

d) Additionally Novar shall be liable in cases of mandatory statutory liability, for example pursuant 

to the Product Liability Act. 

e) Buyer shall indemnify Novar against any claims, damages, losses, costs and expenses incurred 

by Novar as a result of either claims made against Novar by third parties arising out of the combination 

or use of the goods with any incompatible ancillary products that may be connected to the 

goods or any other matter for which Novar would not be liable to Buyer under these terms and 

conditions . 

f) Other than stated herein any liability of Novar is excluded, regardless of the theory of liability, 

whether based in contract, tort, indemnity or otherwise. 

g) Buyer shall notify and consult with Novar without undue delay and comprehensively if it intends 

to take legal recourse in accordance with the afore-mentioned provision. Buyer has to allow Novar 

to investigate and examine the damages. 

12. RECOMMENDATIONS. 

Any recommendations or assistance provided by Novar concerning the use, design, application, 

or operation of the goods shall not be construed as representations or warranties of any kind, 

express or implied, and such information is accepted by Buyer at Buyer's own risk and without any 

obligation or liability to Novar. It is the Buyer’s sole responsibility to determine the suitability of the 

goods for use in the Buyer's application(s). Other than in cases of statutory obligations the failure 

by Novar to make recommendations or provide assistance shall not give rise to any liability to 

Novar. 

13. LAWS. 

a) Buyer will comply with all applicable laws, regulations, and ordinances of any governmental 

authority in any country having proper jurisdiction, including, without limitation, those laws of the 

United States or other countries that regulate the import or export of the goods provided by Novar 

and shall obtain all necessary import/export licenses in connection with any subsequent import, 

export, re-export, transfer, and use of all goods, technology, and software purchased, licensed, and 

received from Novar. 

b) Buyer shall not sell, transfer, export or re-export any Goods or Software for use in activities which 

involve the design, development, production, use or stockpiling of nuclear, chemical or biological 

weapons or missiles, nor use the Goods or Software in any facility which engages in activities 

relating to such weapons or missiles. In addition, the Goods or Software may not be used in connection 

with any activity involving nuclear fission or fusion, or any use or handling of any nuclear 

material until Buyer, at no expense to Novar, has insurance coverage, indemnities, and waivers of 

liability, recourse and subrogation, acceptable to Novar and adequate in Novar's opinion to protect 

Novar against any type of liability. 

c) Goods and services delivered by Novar hereunder will be produced and supplied in compliance 

with all applicable laws and regulations in the Federal Republic of Germany. Buyer confirms that it 

will ensure that all goods are properly installed and used in accordance with the applicable safety 

at work laws and regulations, and Buyer will indemnify Novar in respect of any costs, claims, 

actions or liability arising out of that Act, or otherwise arising out of the supply by Buyer or use by 

others of the goods, unless this is not caused by Buyer's failure. 

14. PRECLUSION AGAINST SETOFF. 

Buyer is only entitled to set off any amount against any amount due or to become due from Novar 

to Buyer or its affiliates that are undisputed or final absolute. 

15. WEEE. 

a) Prices do not include the costs of recycling goods covered by the European WEEE Directive 

2002/96/EC and such costs may be added to the prices quoted. 

b) Unless a charge has been made therefore under section 15 a) above, if the provisions of the 

WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC as implemented in any local jurisdiction apply to goods, the financing 

and organization of the disposal of waste electrical and electronic equipment are with the exception 

of goods which are b2c as per Novar catalog the responsibility of the Buyer who herewith accepts 

this responsibility, and Buyer will indemnify Novar in respect of all such liabilities. The Buyer will 

handle the collection, processing and recycling of the goods in accordance with all applicable laws 

and regulations, and shall pass on this obligation to the final user of the goods. Failure by the Buyer 

to comply with these obligations may lead to the application of criminal sanctions in accordance 

with local laws and regulations. 

16. APPLICABLE LAW. 

These terms and conditions are subject to the Laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. These 

terms and conditions are excluded from the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the 

International Sale of Goods, 1980, and any successor thereto. The competent court at the seat of 

Novar will have exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate any dispute related to these terms and conditions. 

17. INDEMNIFICATION. 

Buyer shall indemnify Novar for all costs and damages, including attorneys' fees, suffered by Novar 

as a result of Buyer's culpable actual or threatened breach of these terms and conditions. 

18. MISCELLANEOUS. 

a) The parties may exchange confidential information during the performance or fulfillment of any 

supply. All confidential information shall remain the property of the disclosing party and shall be 

kept confidential by the receiving party for a period of 10 years following the date of disclosure. 

These obligations shall not apply to information which is: (i) publicly known at the time of disclosure 

or becomes publicly known through no fault of recipient, (ii) known to recipient at the time of disclosure 

through no wrongful act of recipient, (iii) received by recipient from a third party without 

restrictions similar to those in this section, or (iv) independently developed by recipient. Each party 

shall retain ownership of its confidential information, including without limitation all rights in patents, 

copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets. A recipient of confidential information may not disclose 

such confidential information without the prior written consent of the disclosing party, provided that 

Novar may disclose confidential information to its affiliated companies in the sense of §§15ff AktG, 

and its and their employees, officers, consultants, agents, and contractors. 

b) These terms and conditions (including those agreed separately in writing) constitute the entire 

agreement of Novar and Buyer, superseding all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, 

and cannot be amended except by a mutually executed writing. 

c) Buyer may not assign any rights or duties hereunder without Novar's written prior consent. Novar 

may subcontract its obligations hereunder without Buyer's consent. No representation, warranty, 

course of dealing, or trade usage not contained or expressly set forth herein will be binding on 

Novar. 

d) Headings and captions are for convenience of reference only and do not alter the meaning or 

interpretation of these terms and conditions. 

e) No failure by Novar to enforce at any time for any period the provisions hereof shall be construed 

as a waiver of such provision or of the right of Novar to enforce thereafter each and every provision. 

f) In the event any provision herein is determined to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the validity 

and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected and, in lieu of such provision, 

a provision as similar in terms as may be legal, valid, and enforceable shall be added hereto. 

g) Provisions herein which by their very nature are intended to survive termination, cancellation, or 

completion of supply shall survive such termination, cancellation, or completion. 

h) All stenographic and clerical errors are subject to correction. i) These terms and conditions shall 

confer no benefit on any third party. 

19. LANGUAGE 

The German language version of these terms and conditions will prevail in case of conflict with any 

translations provided for convenience purposes. 

Neuss, November 2012 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

359



Dieselstr. 2, 41469 Neuss, Germany 

Phone: +49 2131 40615-600 Part No. 054581.G0 

Fax: +49 2131 40615-286 June 2013 

www.esser-systems.com 

Subject to change without notice 

info@esser-systems.com 

©2013 Honeywell International Inc.

fire alarm system catalog 2013 - ESSER by Honeywell

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?